[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: ears
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • truths for you.” It appears as if this is to be achieved by a form of
    • from what flows into him through his eyes, ears and his sense of touch.
    • thousands of years ago and will be true thousands of years hence. They
    • and years until finally such powers of soul awaken in us. Then at last
    • hears come to him from the spirit realm. It is characteristic of the
    • spirit world that one “hears” it.
    • eyes and ears, the soul and the spirit must possess organs to perceive
    • years for the physical eye to develop in man, from tiny pin-points to
    • are: "Before the eyes can see, they must be incapable of tears.
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • more than fifty years ago. The idea of this arrangement — the
    • practical ones. And from this point of view Spiritual Science appears
    • a truly significant man, who twenty five years ago, pitted himself
    • years ago, had imagined in theory.
    • fifteen years ago were still valid for many, have been overcome by
    • Are not what one calls the eyes and the ears of the spirit perhaps a
    • and mean me. The word ‘I’ can never fall on our ears when
    • Bears us aloft.
    • the saying: ‘The Eternal feminine bears us aloft’
    • Eternal-feminine bears us aloft’, so others too who, as women
    • longer say: ‘The Eternal-feminine bears us aloft’, or
    • ‘The Eternal-masculine bears us aloft’, but, with deep
    • ‘The Eternal-human bears us aloft’.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • fears aroused by our industrialized agriculture, the individual
    • appears to be a conglomeration of chemical events.
    • Tea, which tears thoughts asunder, is the opposite. This is why tea
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • investigation of recent years, undertaken by individuals among genuine
    • the course of the next three thousand years, He will become visible to
    • fragmentation. And in the course of the coming years you will realise
    • that Christ lived for three years on the Earth in a human body
    • Through what came to pass during those three years men have been made
    • For many thousands of years Oriental Mysticism has spoken of this
    • within a period of 5,000 years after the great Buddha achieved
    • Earth's moral atmosphere. But then, so it was said, in 5,000 years
    • appear 3,000 years after our present era and will speak of the Christ
    • he who will appear three thousand years after our era as the Maitreya
    • incarnations was that of Jeshu ben Pandira, who lived a hundred years
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • gradually disappears.”
    • to write a particular style of penmanship and after a few years were
    • life. Nevertheless, it is still a good exercise to practice in later years.
    • the child, especially during the first seven years, and it will soon become
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, was not chosen without due reflection. It was selected to
    • years we arrange our lives in accordance with the spiritual forces we
    • with the first thirty to thirty-five years, or with the latter part.
    • period of human life lying beyond the thirtieth to thirty-fifth years.
    • especially bears out this fact. Modern pedagogy differs markedly from
    • of man that lies between the thirtieth and thirty-fifth years.
    • years in the life of an individual man. The individual man may use a
    • bears within him. Such a disciple of the second kind of initiation
    • thirtieth to thirty-fifth years in the life of the individual man. In
    • entered the stream of earthly life for a period of three years. Then,
    • the forces of death that he bears within him. The spiritual source of
    • The Christ Event appears to the spiritual investigator in a special
    • The Christ impulse thus appears to us as the spiritual essence given
    • thirtieth to thirty-fifth years, the whole of humanity experienced at
    • the same element that bears the soul from life to life, from
    • thirty-third years gave the impulse humanity needed for its
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • soul in its claws to carry off, and every angel bears away a soul under its
    • eternal being during the first three years of childhood. I have tried to
    • men felt this close connection between what appears in childhood and the
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • upon us of the science of the spirit. Much, however, that today bears the
    • man on earth, appears to us in Apollo as though ensouled in him in the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Several hundred years ago, the dawning of the modern scientific age
    • hundreds and even thousands of years old. But truth possesses powers
    • sort of thing one hears: “This conflicts with monism, which must be
    • to work for years on such concentration exercises; it is impossible to
    • toward the spiritual world for even a moment, everything disappears.
    • in confronting every least detail of what appears to us out of the
    • rejected just because it appears at the dawn of human culture, before
    • simply because it appears in Buddhistic doctrine. That is certainly no
    • liberty of calling a book on Christianity that I wrote many years ago
    • next three years. The Being that thus entered Him went through the
    • thirty years old. Prejudiced humanity confronts spiritual science with
    • brings about a deepened religious awareness. Anyone who fears that
    • the sun might not shine there. He who truly bears the Christ-Sun in
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • the following historical facts. France, for thirty years an ally of
    • in the course of this evolution lived three years in the body of Jesus
    • eighty or ninety years of age. But in a war human beings are
    • Movement is viewed by the public. A few years ago an article was
    • black cross alone. He who tears the roses from the black cross and has
    • for the past fifty years and had many personal dealings with Darwin,
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • truths we have studied in many aspects during recent years.
    • lectures given in past years, we know that Eastern Europe is inhabited
    • retained in the forces of old age, but in his later years the human
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • he appears to the senses, and to the intellect guided by those senses, and
    • appears to outer sense observation. But for this sensible observation, what
    • beings learn from mother or nurse during the first years of life more than
    • being during his earth life in about seven years. (All of this is not being
    • forces needed for these evolutionary processes within himself, he appears
    • from the seventh to the fourteenth years in the rest of the body, apart from
    • and face as well. When we are seven years old, we give birth, as it were, to
    • planetary being to whom it bears but little resemblance. We learn to
    • proper to natural science, as I did years ago. I still believe and always have
    • during the years directly after birth, does not fall within the field of
    • closely what appears strange to them, before condemning it. In such a
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of which I spoke here nearly two years ago, in relation to very
    • differently. In the two thousand years which still have to pass until
    • — it is true the two thousand years will not entirely suffice; what I
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • average about 2000 years. Therefore much remains to be done in this
    • know one another. It is possible for men to meet one another for years
    • we look back on the years in the more distant past to people with whom
    • years. Then we can directly, so to speak, go to the facts themselves.
    • Suppose you are 30 or 40 years of age. You think, “How was it with me
    • when I was ten years old? I will imagine myself entirely into the
    • of ten years old. I will try to forget that I was that; I will really
    • imagination directly. This objectifying of our earlier years is
    • earlier years from yourself and when you make them objective. This is
    • exception of those speaking English, had not stopped up their ears and
    • might seem unsympathetic to non-English ears, but it contains a high
    • inevitable lot of Central and Eastern Europe to block their ears and
    • eyes and ears to that which has happened, sometimes in a terrible
    • Steiner appears to be referring to the political attitudes and
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • out-and-out phrasemonger as Wildenbruch! In the course of years I have
    • Among those who of recent years have been talking a great deal about
    • precisely where science appears in all its greatness. Man immerses his
    • forms over the earth. Truly, man is not simply the being he appears
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • Collected Edition of Rudolf Steiner's works it appears as the second lecture
    • man's organization during the first seven years of his life, become, as it
    • man's nature as it appears in ordinary life. Only there it is not so obvious.
    • understands — for that will disappear with the passing years, and neither
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • modern consciousness appears endowed with content only in the form of
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • supports and bears all the others. Within it, too, something is
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • follow it through the thousands of years that preceded the Mystery of
    • which we have been concerned for many years — namely, the relationship of
    • Christ Jesus to that being whose outer reflection appears in the sun. The
    • course of many years. I have told you: We look back into the first
    • congruence between what appears in Christianity and the old pagan mysteries.
    • wish to truly understand the world, must imagine that Lucifer appears to
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • during the course of the years, we have considered the
    • thousand years after the beginning of the post-Atlantean period, or
    • 2000 years, or even 1000 years, before the Mystery of Golgotha (such
    • for thousands of years as something communicated only to the most
    • the wind through the woods; Varuna appears in the lightning flashing
    • experienced before we had bodily eyes and ears. There we had “a
    • perceiving with eyes and ears, we find it to be the externalized inner
    • world which is the offspring of the shepherds' wisdom. The child bears
    • very beautiful custom, scarcely 150 years old, to have the Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • For sixty years I have heard that cry;
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • the ear that hears of it. — Nevertheless man must realize that life
    • the ocean-depths of the soul that man bears the sun-nature today. It
    • mouth that speaks of it and sinful the ear that hears of it.
    • Physically it appears as though the sun gives the planets light, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • brought prose and jurisprudence into the culture of later years. What
    • also bears of his own being beneath the threshold of consciousness he
    • reflection, as echo, appears here upon earth. Thus, when the matter is
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • and appears in the original German in
    • the first periods of life, and it is many years since I first
    • and in its lower portion something that appears more or less as an
    • body. He keeps this etheric heart during his childhood years, but then
    • being bears within him. One may describe it by saying: not until
    • first place that every single organ bears within it, in a sense, an
    • you are forty-five years old, almost all your movements are inscribed
    • someone a box on the ears, all is inscribed into the astral body. Even
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • indeed, it tears him asunder. Not by way of analogy, but in very truth
    • from sheer love of goodness. I spoke of this years ago in my book,
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • enhances the breakdown processes and inwardly there appears that
    • and buzzing in the ears arise, because at first the breakdown
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • Martha Bosch edited it. In the German it appears in
    • always permeated by nature processes. A substance only appears outwardly
    • years ago. Although it is generally imagined that it is easy for spiritual
    • thirty years. It is thought that one only needs to look into the spiritual
    • years ago. I was only able to speak about it a few years ago after
    • organism in such a way that it appears to you in its three-foldness, then
    • antimony mirror, wherever it deposits, appears like ice-flowers in the
    • the eighth, ninth, tenth, and eleventh years of life, then he does not have
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • years ago. Before that time the Moon looked even physically different.
    • which fulfilled its human destinies more than 15,000 years ago, and,
    • event when I was ten or twelve years old; all that then followed was
    • Mars and Venus related to what appears in earthly life as human
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • And further we saw that this being appears once more in that world
    • could only be, as it were, absolved in another life of thirty years — in
    • this, through the magic idealism that lives in the soul of Novalis, appears
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • This statement appears: Copyright and all other Rights of reproduction
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • of that which at higher stages appears as fetters. The Life that
    • spiritual stream. It appears in forms which many can call to mind, and
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • Now, within the last few years, mathematical science has made
    • magnitudes has become in recent years a powerful educational means for
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • situation and leave it so. Some years ago I spoke to a large number of
    • through the Gate of Death in relatively early years or later in life.
    • our own soul mourns only for those who died in the later years of
    • one who has died in later years, the individual aspect is more
    • have died in the later years of life.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • only in the last sixty years. Last year, in 1921, we could have
    • have celebrated sixty years later, was an important scientific
    • discovery. It is only in the last fifty or sixty years that this
    • through their eyes or any other organ, especially the ears. In other
    • from the ears — the stream of the nerves.
    • the ears and the eyes. In other words, blood and nerves together
    • the inner brain substance appears whitish when you take it out and
    • S, W, so that one barely hears the vowels. What lies behind
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • is living in his seeing; he hears and at the same time something is
    • For years
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • nourishment into my body, What is out there, what eyes see and ears
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • periods of about seven years in length. Roughly speaking, the first is
    • that such an event always comes back seven years later, for the lapse
    • of life, from about 2 – 2 ½ years of age. What happens is
    • ten years old our children cannot read or do sums. The Romans were not
    • years. It swings back in the interval, but then swings out again
    • the Earth bears upon her today the unmistakable signs of old age; she
    • then it somehow or other disappears; it gradually weakens and is lost.
    • something, be it material or spiritual, bears within it. And this
    • long time now, indeed for hundreds of years, mankind has set no value
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • period of thirty years.
    • Egypto-Chaldean period, three or four thousand years before the
    • the first three periods of ten years. This is the period of growth,
    • thirty years. Saturn needs thirty years to complete its orbit around
    • during the first twelve years of life. Again we find the parallelism
    • creatures of the Earth. It appears, to begin with, as if the minerals
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • are. For this is how it appears when illuminated with anthroposophical
    • stapes or stirrup, appears in the light of spiritual science as
    • appears as a transformed knee-cap. Finally, that which passes from the
    • incus to the tympanum or drum appears as a metamorphosis
    • dimensions of space. But the ear tears itself free from the three
    • with these ears you hear how you behaved morally down in this earthly
    • Imagination is quickly lost. It is fleeting, it disappears quickly. It
    • body after death disappears after three days. For it is the same
    • have disappeared, just as the panorama of our life disappears three
    • eighteen years old again. He perceives his youth as vividly as he
    • perceived it when he was eighteen years old. Suppose for instance that
    • when you were eighteen years old you lost someone who was very dear to
    • it is in your memory after thirty years. There need not even be a
    • lapse of thirty years; it very soon grows faint, even with those who
    • possess — you bear it within you because the first seven years of
    • seven years of life we are absolutely devoted to the outer world;
    • another realm. In our first seven years we have an impulse of
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • spoken about during these years, this is in itself something that
    • years old.
    • It cannot be said often enough that in the years between 14 and 18 we
    • — to such a terrible extent appears for the most part only in
    • importance and, in considering the high school years, should be taken
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • vanish without a trace. Every atom bears a trace of your spirit and will
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • eyes are used to perceive light and colour, the ears to hear
    • appears which can be called the harmony of the spheres, cosmic
    • remains hidden, but so appears to the consciousness of
    • eye of vision is opened there appears this figure of Ahasueris
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • complicated process than for the ordinary consciousness it appears to
    • Thus when we proceed further inwards from the senses there appears to
    • the ears of our fellow men, is as if transformed, turned inwards
    • many years ago. In the periodical, Luzifer Gnosis, it is
    • who for the earth has died. For this being no longer has physical ears
    • — and physical ears would be needed.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • him for the three years after the Baptism of John had not previously
    • Thus the spiritual evolution of man disappears behind
    • soul and continued in possession for three years. In the descriptions
    • his innermost nature he bears the true Ego which passes from
    • historical growth of humanity is the Christ, Who for three years
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • with their eyes, they also heard with their ears. Wisdom was presented
    • their homes, a figure of a woman appears and puts a question to them.
    • consciousness appears before him — a personification of the
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • came insistently to his ears the words of a writing which passed into
    • These were the things that dinned in the ears of Julian, now from one
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • renounced. During the past years, we have been involved in the
    • important events. The most important events of the past years have
    • explained to you just now. Particularly the years of sorrow, the
    • past four or five years, can send a great truth trickling into
    • events of the past four or five years have taken, had the human
    • civilised world, during the past four or five years. Many people have
    • the past four or five years resembles the waves Of the sea,
    • years and one could say: Something which has the nature of elemental
    • The armed contest of the past four or five years is only the
    • What we develop ONLY between birth and death, appears to one who is able to
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • being bears within him, as a disposition, the whole animal kingdom.
    • human being bears within his etheric body the whole animal kingdom.
    • As a philosopher might express himself, he bears it within him as a
    • and even the Spirits of the Will. When after years or decades we have
    • ether of the cosmos. But what appears now, as a woof woven out of our
    • with what he bears along within his Ego, carrying it over into the
    • of the head bestowed upon the human being! Man bears within him
    • that strange man, who lived for many years an extremely lonely life
    • less than fifty years time, every kind of invention, every creative
    • things; you have been listening to them for many years and have thus
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • words which echo in our ears when the Dornach Speech Chorus declaims
    • years with which I have greater sympathy. For if one is at all
    • of the son at all costs. For seven years Diocletian receives
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • seems to be in some doubt and appears to have been abbreviated.)
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • realm of shades” — bears witness, how deeply humanity had
    • facts around them. They felt it not as Death. Only in later years, as
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • become no more than a sign. But it is scarcely more than 1500 years
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • existence. At this same stage, another Being appears, a Being
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • see what he may have experienced perhaps many years ago; experiences
    • the foundations of the soul. Years ago, the human being had perhaps
    • 30 years of the physical. Man has a way of hastening here in the
    • equal to 30 earthly years, in one year of the spiritual he
    • experiences approximately the same piece of the world as in 30 years
    • average human life; you get the same number of years — purely
    • by as many days as the Sun requires years to advance through the
    • another. The Sun requires about 25,900 and a few more years to
    • in one day as the number of days he lives, or as the number of years
    • Now at least one such spirit-year — that is, 30 earthly years
    • has passed through a spirit-year, that is to say, 30 earthly years.
    • Death and a New Birth which I gave a few years ago in Vienna. But
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • surprising that one year of spirit time represents 30 years of
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the myth by Dupuis. In other places we have repeatedly for years
    • years, Typhon made a revolution while Osiris was absent extending his
    • North a hundred years after the founding of Christianity, and he
    • me remind you that you know how a few hundred years ago the human
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • years — as you know we have already spoken of other experiences
    • years of age had Imaginations — Imaginations of spiritual
    • the thoughts break too — or when the other appears of which I
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate present bears much in it, that points back to the Old
    • of Scorpio, and opposite in Taurus the moon appears in the Pleiades
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • elemental surroundings of earth withdraws, there appears the
    • to say, as the men of thirty-three years ago said — that they
    • the relationships of life. And the difficult years in which we are
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • years go on becomes older. In a certain respect one can say that for
    • reverse path is to be attributed to mankind. During the 2,160 years
    • great difference in the first 2,160 years after the great Atlantean
    • catastrophe, which again lasted for approximately 2,160 years, and
    • Napoleon had seven years in which to grow familiar with what he later
    • looked on as his task; for twice seven years the tumult lasted that
    • he carried through Europe, and then for seven years more the
    • seven years is the career of this man.’ In a very fine way this
    • always makes an important painting after a definite number of years.
    • Dornach.’] which I gave two years ago, and that he now
    • five years ago sought to attach himself to this Spiritual Science, to
    • took part in group meetings five years ago, and five years ago he so
    • all suited to his own path of development. Now after five years he
    • the vilest articles on Spiritual Science. After five years the same
    • as much good will as the man in question, they need five years, many
    • other people. He was, let us say — twenty, twenty-five years
    • old; near him he saw someone of forty, fifty, sixty years. He said to
    • years I have already mentioned here and there to our friends: We grow
    • Schwabian, then seventy-two years old, who had just petitioned for
    • fragile with his seventy-two years. And the other was Michelet; he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • cosmos appears to you with all its stars, fixed stars, planets and
    • thing: it appears in life quite clearly. The head is the instrument
    • eighty, ninety years old. If he had still lived from thirty to ninety
    • years he would slowly have gone through, one after another, many life
    • experiences. What he would thus have experienced during sixty years
    • none of us could ever be older than twenty-seven years. Twenty-seven
    • years would be the average life of man. For in fact our head is
    • finished when we are twenty-seven years old; if it depended on the
    • young, I view in later years through what my heart gives me, that
    • forty, fifty, sixty years old, and as I grow older from decade to
    • If I am not yet forty years old, that sum of mysteries cannot lie in
    • me that can lie in one who is already forty years old. And if he
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • work chiefly upon the head. So that when the human head appears here
    • establish that what a man bears within him as inherited from
    • relate how I came upon this fact years ago. The forces that play
    • years there are very many grubs — (their larvae). These grubs
    • culture knows that there will be a bad crop three to five years after
    • certain year streams in, only streams out again after several years.
    • universe to birth. Then in later years he loses connection with them.
    • ninety-three years old. And Hartmann related how Michelet had just
    • is only seventy-two years old saying he cannot go on lecturing. I am
    • ready to lecture for another ten years!’ And with that he
    • takes in needs a few years for it to become at home in his organism.
    • three or four years ago, bear its good fruits.’ The whole
    • something and then had to wait a few years in order fully to
    • have value years afterwards. The conscientious spiritual
    • what the present time needs if one bears in mind these demands on
    • Lemurian civilization. It lies approximately 25,900 years before our
    • epoch. It was about 25,000-26,000 years ago that this seventh epoch
    • Pisces, the Fishes. The sun had previously been for 2,160 years in
    • times. Then there appears the Impulse which can reveal it to him from
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • appears before his soul like a panorama. This period ends when the
    • himself. The etheric body bears within itself, as it were, the
    • we must imagine that the human being, as he appears when he is born
    • incarnations and appears in this incarnation in a metamorphosed form,
    • from physical forbears in the Middle Ages as far as their blood is
    • appears as inherited characteristics in the various nationalities.
    • character. For in a certain way, what one hears from Rabindranath
    • Science this appears in a decadent form; the existence of matter is
    • last years. Often even in public lectures I have had to point in
    • indeed, the Americans should not pride themselves on their forebears,
    • it. What appears today as opposition to our work will not diminish
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • spirit that is added by the Ego to what it bears outwards from the
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • as he says later — for at seven years he would not, of course,
    • opinion about his capabilities and faculties; but if our ears are
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • After many long years of work in this domain of knowledge, I know
    • many years have been concerned with answering this very question, you
    • for many years. The point of importance is that the faculty of
    • in a few months; others again will need years. The principle,
    • the astral body bears the eternal core of our being, how this astral
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • years prior to the Mystery of Golgotha, and then it has gradually
    • followed the first four hundred years after the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • world which appears to the external observation through the senses.
    • super-sensible contents gradually pales and disappears. Also this
    • appears not only in the same period, but in the same year of that
    • century, but it appears as a necessary result of the preceding course
    • the super-sensible. Man himself, in the form in which he appears
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • seized the instincts, this now appears in the world-historical
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • also say: When a human being dies in his young years, his etheric
    • of him. This child (he was only seven years old) was an exceptionally
    • only seven years; nevertheless it contained forces that might have
    • ideal of humanity in that human being who for three years bore within
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • dissolved in water. Man bears this water within himself, in his vital
    • up which appears in outer nature at a different stage, when something
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • years of the 15th century. That time was the beginning of that epoch
    • being. Then, this knowledge of the whole human being disappears. The
    • born girl, during all those years it lived in the spiritual world.
    • Everything that appears in the account-book of life is karmically
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • 2,500 years into a connection with the earthly world of such a kind
    • never uttered about the events of the last four or five years,
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • about that in more recent years the way of working had necessarily to
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • continually appears to us as a victory of the spirit, as the spirit
    • that is extricating itself from the physical. It then appears as the
    • life-tableau disappears after a few days. What makes it cease and
    • appears to us woven into this etheric life-tableau. It is the same
    • moment, ten or twenty years ago, when you first met him and
    • body might still have worked for years upon his physical body. But
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • And so a race descends, that bears within its soul, in a natural
    • and in the character of Faust, in general — it bears within its
    • Christ appears at the end of “Kalevala”, but because he
    • together what appears to us like a transverse section of Nature: we
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • the twenty-one or twenty-two years of the Society's development, we
    • For the truth is that everything in life that flowers and bears fruit
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • that what should be inculcated during the tender years of childhood into the
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • wheat a wheat stalk and ears will grow, and out of a bean will come a
    • If you compare the beans of thousands of years ago with the beans of
    • gradually disappears and is forgotten. It is there nevertheless, and
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • been attending these group lectures for years will perhaps have
    • our age of materialism it appears to anyone who can see to the bottom
    • and says he has been suffering from this or that for years, is what
    • we know an illness has arisen in the etheric body, and it appears in
    • four hundred years ago clairvoyants observed materialistic thinking
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • astral and the etheric body disappears, making the physical body a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and that we can only acquire after years of group work. Patient work
    • that life bears them out. The observation we want to start from is
    • astral body's rhythm. The day pneumonia appears the astral body
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • together, the temperature appears, as a summons to fight the enemy.
    • even if we have been working at it for many years. Today we could
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • its effect. This effect appears in the form of some illness, and here
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • when the child cries its first tears and also smiles, because that is
    • forsaken. This is the expression of sorrow leading to tears, that the
    • from out of his ego this also appears physically in the expression of
    • tears which in a certain respect is like a flow of blood brought
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • tears. Just as in different circumstances a kind of satisfaction is
    • obtained from smashing a chair, tears are often shed for no further
    • the mask of tears, even if the person is not conscious of it.
    • sorrow and tears in that world where they can no longer be overcome.
    • spiritual world behind the physical, and that what appears in human
    • man bears in his ego-hood. And we can say that when in the course of
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • process. We have repeatedly emphasised that in the first seven years
    • During the first seven years of his life the child's etheric body is
    • another. It is because man bears within him an ego that has already
    • difficult concepts. But as we have been working for some years in
    • disappears further and further and the physical grows great, whilst
    • the lily of the valley leaves in the seed; the physical disappears so
    • evolving appears at a higher stage. Where does this new element
    • should ponder over such concepts for months if not years, then we
    • years ago than they did three thousand years ago and from the way
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • to emphasise in the lectures given over the years, it is that you
    • their souls. Over the years it has often been possible to indicate
    • what way have our studies over the last ten or twelve years demonstrated
    • the gist of what I have since said in the course of years, about the
    • In the course of years we have spoken a great deal of
    • For some years now the relationship of human beings
    • demand is made that anthroposophists shall not turn deaf ears to what
    • 5,000 years in human history, the so-called Lesser Kali Yuga. Since
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • of his own identity. Indeed his whole life during these early years
    • possible degree. A man with a moral quality of soul, who bears within
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • our death. For instance, if at some particular time, say ten years
    • our eyes and ears is not attributable to the soul but to the
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • being is restored. In the very earliest years of childhood, when any
    • concealed from the human being in his later years. Evidence for this
    • human being appears to clairvoyant consciousness — but of
    • spreads out below. This part of the Ego-aura appears to clairvoyance
    • watch how the ancient knowledge disappears gradually as later epochs
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • previous years, for I propose to do that on Tuesday. I would ask you
    • Among them was one who for long years had been his pupil and friend,
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • months or even first years of his life will seem to external science
    • and years of life.
    • in his earliest years of speaking and thinking in the real sense, are
    • in contrast to an ‘I’ which merely appears in the field
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • in periods of seven years. Even to ordinary observation it will be
    • clear that this systematic arrangement into periods of seven years is
    • seven years with the etheric body, then for seven years with the
    • first seven years of the life of a human being. The principle of form
    • in the human being during the first seven years of his life. It can
    • seven years of life; the human being has then reached the point when
    • — the Ego. This happens in the early years of life, in the
    • back only a few hundred years to find that conditions were very
    • lived, say, six or seven thousand years before the founding of
    • forces than those who lived a mere thousand years before the Mystery
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • the spiritual world that which bears a new life germinally within it,
    • follows. Only in the very first years of a child's life does this
    • man bears within himself characteristics inherited from his
    • is that perhaps only after hundreds of years a particular individual
    • which bears a new life germinally within it. This is the moment of
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • can always know whether the dead soul also hears us, it must be said
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • through eyes, to hear through ears, although eyes and ears no longer
    • was said years ago in the book
    • years ago. We then described the ‘Spiritland’ and a
    • world. Even when additions are made to what had been said years ago,
    • investigation. Yellow today will still be yellow ten years hence,
    • for the first time ten years later. What was said years ago still
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • were made by men, say two hundred years before the Mystery of
    • Golgotha and a hundred and fifty years after it, to deepen their
    • impression on one, there appears again, shining over Devachan, the
    • appears the star which sends forth its rays of power; and you can say
    • will speak of it only in so far as it bears on our present
    • explains so beautifully with his Darwinism, bears no relation to a
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • Christ Being dwelt for three years only in the body of Jesus of
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • later became the Nathan Jesus-child: he appears to us ensouled by the
    • Midas — was born with exceptionally long ears, the Greeks said
    • he had come into the world with ass's ears because in his life
    • he had asses ears, and that was why he preferred wind instruments to
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • relationships. For the Zarathustrian world-picture this appears as
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • disappears below ground and reappears later on. These forces were
    • they appeared in the course of really a good many years, during which
    • a bearing on some problem that one has been following up for years.
    • him a sword, a gift from his niece. Then there appears first in the
    • fourth epoch, so that the third epoch reappears in our epoch, the
    • outcome of many years of research — that in our epoch there is
    • Five years I bore delusion
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • vessel, it appears to us as the bearer of the Sun-spirit, for the
    • Sun-spirit appears within the moon's vessel in the form of the
    • attention three years ago — three years almost to the day —
    • with large numbers of people is abhorrent to her; her tears often
    • appears on the Holy Grail. “There it is to be read” —
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • in one or another way. Let us suppose that a philosopher appears who
    • lives on the physical plane: for seven years he develops the physical
    • body, for seven years the etheric body, for seven years the sentient
    • abstract name ‘philosophy’) lives for 700 years in the
    • etheric body, 700 – 800 years in the sentient body (the time is only
    • approximate), 700 – 800 years in the sentient soul, 700 – 800
    • years in the intellectual or mind-soul and again 700 – 800 years in
    • thought. Then comes the next 7 years, what man experiences from the
    • age. This Being develops in the following 700 – 800 years what man
    • develops between the ages of 28 and 35 years. And now we are living
    • life. One year in a man's life corresponds to a hundred years
    • who stands spiritually as much higher than man as a 100 years is
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • slowly, very slowly, round his orbit, taking some 30 years. Jupiter
    • moves faster, taking about 12 years. Because of this quicker movement
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Someone has died in his young years, he has been torn away from his
    • live ten, twenty, thirty, or forty years with another person, a far
    • let us say, fifteen years sooner. The fact that he has spent a
    • continues, and this continuation appears in the next life on earth.
    • of months and even of years. Many people can remember some important
    • experience, than the events of whole months or years.
    • course of many years and decades. I do not mean that it comprises
    • pervading our present time it appears that man's thoughts grow
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • years. Here, for instance, is the world of our sense-perceptions, the
    • world. Just as when we open our eyes or lend our ears to the outer
    • world if I describe once more in a few words how it appears to one
    • conscious inspirations out of the spiritual world. It appears to him
    • taught in a given epoch bears a certain character only because people
    • are flowing down to them from those who died twenty or thirty years
    • years after his death. Then it will work in this way: it will come
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual side, then death continually appears to us as a victory of
    • physical. It then appears as the greatest, most beautiful and
    • We know that this life-tableau disappears after a few
    • something. What we experienced through him now appears to us woven
    • twenty years ago, when you first met him and experienced something
    • his etheric body might still have worked for years upon his physical
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • think during the course of years, which is only a part, a small part,
    • pass over into warmth only after hundreds of years, indeed, even
    • after thousands of years, it is transformed finally into warmth.
    • that it appears to us as the end of existence — as that which
    • soul-experience of colours, then something special appears. We
    • this etheric body, which then, of course, appears enlarged. We can
    • which he appears during the Earth Period — may be symbolized by
    • just because it appears to them to be entirely logical and thus they
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • and in each of these we see one of the members which man bears within
    • compare the various periods, five thousand years before Christ, three
    • thousand years before Christ, and one thousand years after Christ, we
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • that if at a certain time something appears as a result of the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • you are acquainted, a conception that bears some likeness to the
    • such as appears to external man, a world of external colors and
    • in which the physical world appears to man, in which he receives
    • at colors and hears sounds, so does the Archangel look down upon the
    • around which again is gathered something that appears as a sort of
    • the Archangels is what appears within, in the field of human
    • Archangel so much, that hardly anything else appears of the severance
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • appears before our eyes to-day, we must look at a wonderful tissue,
    • then, in the first seven years of his life man would have had the
    • spot where a man has to pass the first years of his life; and that
    • characteristics upon man, those which belong to the years following
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Will. That which on our earth appears externally chiefly as a fluidic
    • and dissolutions, then he hears these Spirits of Motion, he perceives
    • hears his mill when it is not working.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • from an occult standpoint, quite correct in describing what appears
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • respect appears in the mission of a Folk-spirit, one whom we must
    • years. That is the great polarity between Pluralism and Monism, and
    • thousands of years, gradually to spread over the whole earth. This
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • the figure of one particular god appears in one mythology, and it
    • appears in a like manner in another, and so on. To one who really
    • somewhat as though someone said: ‘Thirty years ago I made the
    • twenty years ago I became acquainted with a man who wore the same
    • uniform, and ten years ago I met another who also wore the same
    • ten years ago wore the same uniform, they could be compared with one
    • no longer so fresh, no longer so young; but what appears as memory,
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • Luciferic influence appears there; you may gather that from the
    • the Luciferic influence and this appears as selfishness. The etheric
    • out that everything that appears in the physical body as sickness and
    • Kali Yuga, the Dark Age, had already lasted for three thousand years,
    • by indicating the divine spiritual Being Who appears to us so
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • only could it come about that nearly 100 years after the
    • what appears in our mythology in Western Europe and the strange
    • quite different. That which it offers appears to us in such a way
    • that bears only the germ of a future evolution within it, and that
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • lasted for five thousand years
    • persons, in the course of the next three thousand years. That which
    • nineteen hundred years ago, knows nothing of the progress of
    • thousand years, Christ will be able to speak more and more to the
    • Scandinavian mythology that appears as Thor fighting the Midgard
    • will be that which swears by no prophet, because it is not under the
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • and thousands of years ahead. But this is mere illusion. In reality it is by no
    • the course of the next few thousand years.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • “Anthroposophy” is by no means a new name. When some years
    • years ago that I was invited by a small circle of people to give
    • science is will find that it bears no more resemblance to the Gnosis
    • spiritual science be confused with that which appears under the name of
    • when the logic that bears sway in man, is treated in a certain way, the
    • sun.” Nevertheless, what appears so fantastic is really only
    • which appears in any diseased conditions of soul.
    • nowadays appears as spiritualism. When spiritual science remembers the
    • remember a priest who became the rector of a university some years ago,
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • years ago the idea occurred that it would be advantageous to have a
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • birth until it appears in a new life: so that a real progress and
    • though the second edition published forty years later was illustrated
    • Medici took him into his house and there he spent the three years
    • our right when we enter St. Peter's. This work still bears
    • almost spontaneously how the human body actually appears in some
    • bears the adult body of her son Jesus Christ on her lap yet seems too
    • which kept him busy for the four years from 1508 to 1512.
    • the Julius monument. But again nothing came of it for years and he
    • out for many years afterwards all those other great works of his in
    • life and being as he had done in earlier years with the figures of his
    • observe him carefully, and see how although he bears clearly within
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • One hears it said so often: The literature of Spiritual
    • have been involved in the process for some four hundred years; it
    • In the study of Spiritual Science, spiritual ears must be trained to
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • dinned into their ears and has presented itself to their minds and
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • same person in later years.
    • into the astral body which appears in the form of an extremely
    • though the decisive influence upon man's character only appears
    • incarnation. Such a person is born as a timid soul, full of fears. He
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • generally appears to us, only because it is permeated by the etheric
    • the living process of plants, Goethe appears to us as the
    • during the past four or five years will be followed by the mightiest
    • years ago, it would have stirred the souls so much that they would
    • of our leading men are given a classical education during the years
    • in youthful years by a Graeco-Latin schooling.
    • is to extract our educational substance for the years which young
    • something which bears the imprint of the state. In that case he can
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • appears before us, might be described as follows: We ourselves
    • need to sleep which appears in the form of fatigue.
    • process; to the clairvoyant, sleep appears as if the body were
    • astral body is gnawing at the roots. This appears in the course
    • immediately appears structured, subdivided into four parts. We
    • may have lived through something years ago and gathered from it
    • on the fact that during his first seven years of life, the body,
    • years, the essential thing is to leave the child's elastic
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • line. Science ignores how far the form in which the animal appears in
    • years! This folly has been slowly gathering strength during recent
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Even as through the years of childhood, from birth onward, we are
    • earlier years, we discover with the eye of the spirit what we could
    • old as I am, and produced some 40 years ago much of what one has to
    • aright. Knowledge one has oneself produced many years ago becomes as
    • earlier years. In fact, I read these only when I must: for instance,
    • knowledge to be investigated in detail. For if it takes ten years to
    • takes, not ten years, but a lifetime to explore in detail even a few
    • spiritual world which bears the stamp of eternity. As we come to
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • in which humanity will be living for many hundreds of years to come.
    • How often nowadays one hears: “I don't know what
    • This bears out what I have been sayings that such people
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • It appears in the original German in
    • a vivid recollection of some event that took place ten years ago in a wood
    • the will. One can, for example, say to oneself: Within five years I shall
    • appears. This causes pain so they say they are ill; when something causes
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • It appears in the original German in
    • merely the catastrophe that happened in the recent years of the war, but
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • not only appears so; it is to a high degree correct for many things
    • emancipated himself; he only bears the inner rhythms in
    • does in rocks like quartz, appears in such a form that it does not
    • grow thick, even fleshy, as you went downward; the ears would be
    • quite stunted — they would have no full ears at all.
    • doubt this appears as a simple piece of information. But truths like
    • takes thirty years to revolve round the Sun, whereas the Moon with
    • visible for fifteen years. It must therefore be connected with the
    • round, in thirty years. Let us draw it thus
    • years; or Jupiter: twelve years.
    • appear obvious to the external eye, appears very clearly, none the
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • improbable as it appears at first sight — it is through the
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • activity appears less obvious than that of other substances,
    • undergone. How different it appears, however, when we perceive it in
    • mobility, it bears within it the creative and formative cosmic
    • constantly dismantle what the carbon builds. Our breathing tears the
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • moment. A normal human life lasts longer than ten years, and the harmful
    • again every seven or eight years as the substance of the body is renewed)
    • thirty-four years, the methods of making and applying the Preparations
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • few years later. Read the Swiss newspapers of the time when someone
    • or rind. For calcium as it appears in this connection, the calcium-structure
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • nothing to arrest its influence upon our weeds. For there are wet years
    • things in Nature being subject to a cycle of four years, after the fourth
    • now, when the nematode appears? The absorption of cosmic forces which
    • these influences take place in periods of four years. The nematode is
    • well investigate the cockchafer-grubs which come in cycles of four years.
    • occur with the potatoes every four years. Wherever this is so, we have
    • a four years' cycle. Though it does not apply to the nematode
    • In Cancer it appears quite feebly, and it is feeble again when you come
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • fungus-nature appears scattered and dispersed.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • which appears as potential fruit in the flower. We plant it in the earth
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years after Christ was to educate man for the
    • taken seriously and deeply. Two thousand years or
    • For two thousand years the world was to learn the value of
    • purified. Therefore for two thousand years Christianity was
    • a real priestly garment. The priest wears first of all an
    • insignia of the priestly dignity. When he wears this he
    • years.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • its infancy. This threefold aspect thus appears also in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • the light, shooting it through with darkness, so that it appears in colors,
    • years that we live in physical and in ether body as human beings — we
    • add up all this in its years, then we find that everyone lives to about the
    • thousands and thousands of years back — when the mankind of the earth
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • permeated by the will. But this thinking now appears in a new
    • and timelessness; it is not easy to understand that it reappears in a
    • only reality, but they even wish to show that the spirit appears in
    • an inner continuity of the will. Throughout many years we should be
    • a visible song, similar to that which one ordinarily hears in the
    • bears in his transient earthly existence as an ever-developing
    • word because here on earth he lives in a physical body which bears
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • appears is nothing other than a projection, a shadow image, of his
    • the materialistic thinker easily mistakes what appears in the soul
    • With the same inner force, however, the sense of self appears
    • appears as described. This means to be in the position of allowing
    • the way I described, the spiritual world that appears, the will must
    • spiritual world appears, slowly to weaken itself bit by bit, to the
    • exactly with an actual soul experience that appears in this
    • ordinary life appears as materialism, however, as the soul condition
    • wanting to give worth only to that which appears in the same way as
    • of death, which passes through the spiritual world and appears again
    • as proof acknowledges only what appears in phenomenalism. He does not
    • the world evolution of humanity, is really, when it first appears, in
    • paradoxical.” To Maeterlinck, truth appears not just
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • applying to what I have been presenting for many years — has
    • seeing in which the human body appears in quite a new way. Above all,
    • spiritual science therefore appears, in the best
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • sentient body. This takes us back 6,000 years before our Christian
    • thousands of years ago, did our soul intermingle with our astral
    • years before our era. When that consciousness came about man
    • we must realise that 6,000 years before our era a great, a mighty
    • field of wisdom six thousand years before our era, when his soul was
    • If we now add four thousand years more to the years we
    • Year on which we shall enter twelve thousand years after the previous
    • another. Twelve thousand years pass between one cosmic New Year and
    • Zarathustra spoke of epochs of twelve thousand years.
    • He meant the great cosmic years of which I have spoken to you to-day.
    • twelve thousand years) becomes a symbol of the great New Year's Eve
    • thousands of years. The year is an image of the aeons, and the aeons
    • Note: — The dream of Olaf Oesteson referred to above, appears in the
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • eyes and ears and other senses, we might have other senses instead,
    • such and such a way; then in the last four hundred years there arose
    • Hence the extraordinary progress of recent years.’
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • published a few years ago, I said that man, as he stands
    • years' study of the nature and being of man — a study which has
    • spiritual ‘mirror-image,’ however, it appears as
    • the East, it appears as a spiritual product of the Earth itself. When
    • stock. The kind of internationalism which appears in Marxism and all
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • given in Berlin and one in Cologne, during the years
    • Gods who through untold millions of years have moulded and
    • see with eyes nor hear with ears; pictures that were not
    • spiritual world but that in the spiritual worlds appears in
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the books:
    • — has really been striving after for years. To a certain extent
    • world for some years now. And perhaps the best result of our
    • some seven, eight or ten years now a real student of human life can
    • seven to ten years wear a melancholy expression. It is as if
    • four or five years, causing great harm; we can turn our thoughts
    • events of four or five years ago? Did they really know what they were
    • but appears of the greatest importance when viewed
    • it were, trampled under foot during the last thirty years and must be
    • ignored. But it appears as if this is being learnt with difficulty,
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • years, then in the face of this there is no possibility of
    • broken down where true thinking appears. To the same degree in which
    • become clear to us that man bears in himself a real force, which is
    • appears as soul-willing is connected with the up-building processes,
    • out of human morality which guarantees its own reality since it bears
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture is one of twenty-three, given in the years 1911 and 1912,
    • This lecture is one of twenty-three, given in the years 1911 and 1912,
    • months, or perhaps years, he wakens on the astral plane, in Kamaloka.
    • Middle Ages and in recent years it has been confirmed by very
    • three thousand years the number of those able to behold the etheric
    • Christ will steadily increase, until in about three thousand years,
    • physical plane. Hence during the next three thousand years men will
    • two points instead of at one. In very truth the three years' duration
    • Jesus of Nazareth who for three years of his life was permeated by
    • again, until in about three thousand years from now, he
    • Jesus of Nazareth for three years only and does not come again in a
    • how the, Maitreya Buddha will teach after three thousand years have
    • years time, will become the Maitreya Buddha. It would be so much occult
    • recognisable in his early years as the Bodhisattva. It is
    • between his thirtieth and thirty-first years that he first reveals
    • years from now, will become the Maitreya Buddha. For the statement
    • years after Gautama Buddha attained Enlightenment under the Bodhi
    • once, and once only, for a period of three years. The Bodhisattva
    • appears in every century until his existence as Maitreya
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • by-and-by disappears.’ The effect of this exercise is that the
    • one with compassion if one bears a healthy soul in one's breast. Have
    • style of handwriting; then, after a few years, you saw to it that
    • especially in the first seven years of life, you will soon see that
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • objectifying space, he really bears this space within himself also
    • — if we could, in the same way, draw from ourselves what appears
    • through my ears and receive through the effects of heat”
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • appears to me imperfect, often indeed wrong, would be different. But
    • with loving care: the forehead, the arches above the eyes, the ears
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • infer this from all you have been hearing for many years — in
    • after one has spoken to mankind for many years of the interests connected
    • the outer world. That is why the Ego-consciousness disappears in sleep,
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • life when he hears the “word”, apparently sounding to him
    • cannot pass away. Man bears within him that which will one day be,
    • perpetual dying. Nature wears, so to speak, a deathlike hue. But over
    • that the moon appears quiet. It is not quiet. It is for ever
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • All that has been cultivated for so many years in our
    • why we have in recent years spoken in these circles of times to which
    • appears so, sublimely in Fichte's philosophy, where he speaks of
    • circles, although a few years ago it did not exist at all. The
    • might still have worked for many years and decades within physical
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • his senses, and is even able to sum up what he sees and hears, and,
    • Epicureans this gradually disappears. The ancient primeval knowledge
    • said: “Indeed, this appears to be true; I can see with my own
    • the ancient wisdom disappears, even in its traditional form. We
    • this wisdom which appears so paradoxical to-day. For in our time many
    • must be studied several years if we wish
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • frequently hears made against Anthroposophy, that it lays too
    • often lately, in these troublous years, has one not heard
    • realised. For thousands of years, the Asiatics have managed
    • appears — a ghostly figure beside the living being
    • over again as the years went on, one had to point out the
    • Europe? For years and years the proletariat of the whole
    • see the old Asiatic spirit lighting up again in recent years.
    • could be effective as an ideal. For years, we have had it
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • eyes, the ears, the other senses from within. You experience
    • your own eyes, for instance, or your ears — filling
    • or your ears. There you perceive how the forces are working
    • the ears will not impress me greatly. The world of the
    • world of the eyes and ears is very small. I should be gazing
    • is maya. What you envisage when you are within your ears or
    • for all these years, and that which our Building contains in
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Moon re-appears and gives it a fresh impetus. It does this
    • decreasing rapidity. A man needs actually twenty-eight years
    • evident during the final seven years as it is up to the age
    • of twenty-one. He needs twenty-eight years to develop his
    • the Venus-man! But this is what actually appears to spiritual
    • around us, the beauty underlying our head, appears in our
    • have the male contribution in the force that appears in a
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • death, we come to the moment in our early years when
    • acquired by the Ego of your later years!’— And
    • words which rang out countless times to their ears and hearts
    • performers in the Christmas Plays rehearsed, how they
    • while he was rehearsing, might sing an unworthy song; that
    • otherwise accustomed only to handling flails were rehearsed
    • to shears, a star being fixed to the end of the lattice work.
    • The star shot out when the shears were opened and the lattice
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • it is lost, a new Buddha appears. Of these, Gautama Buddha was the
    • of the wisdom brought by Buddha disappears, another Bodhisattva,
    • not as yet fully conscious of this wisdom. In his earlier years he
    • compare it with Christianity. Six hundred years after the appearance
    • Six hundred years later,
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • philosophical sense to the effect that man bears an immortal soul
    • meaning of the phrase is this: a healthy body bears witness to the
    • disease. The sufferer will tell you, for instance, that he hears
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • — not only what man bears in himself, but also what surrounds
    • hears the Beings, who have their dwelling in these heavenly bodies,
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • years before the Mystery of Golgotha, men learnt to make use of their
    • thousands of years before the Mystery of Golgotha that man really
    • despair of the human body in death. About six hundred years
    • thought, the Buddha had the vision of death. Six hundred years
    • in the epoch that began about a thousand years before the Mystery of
    • Christo Morimur — the Initiation Wisdom which bears within
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • — Less than 150 years ago, yet electricity is now a cultural
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, in a certain part of the Middle East, a man named Jesus
    • explicitly that, when Yahweh appears to Moses as the burning bush, it
    • is in reality the Christ who appears in this earthly, soul-spiritual
    • Later, however, he appears as Son; he imbues all things.
    • fades away and disappears, and its influence weakens. And in one
    • disappears, because everything that had once been distributed is
    • impossibility of uniting the Christ with Jesus — appears directly
    • three years of human life and about our entrance into the world. If
    • years were to permeate one in the middle of life (as I mentioned in
    • during our earliest years we are far wiser than we are later
    • Jesus as a man, when he was between thirty and thirty-three years of
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • fact to which I am referring appears still more distinctly when you
    • grown beyond the position in which it was when you were 12 years
    • appears, to begin with, as a cloud, but that is only the being of
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • billions of years which geology has calculated for these happenings.
    • the course of so and so many years, and if by measuring the thickness
    • reckoned how many years it has taken for that layer to be deposited
    • years according to the results obtained by different investigators.
    • that our earth appears more and more as an utterly different
    • years but for decades, gives a comprehensive survey — compiled
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • find that thinking always bears reference to something that is already
    • during the first seven years of his life, up to the time of the
    • those for instance who live to be more than fifty years old, have as a rule
    • time proceed from persons who are more than fifty years old! As a rule the
    • thoughts of such people can be traced back to their earlier years.
    • have everything that one sees, hears, perceives as warmth, as the
    • interesting to observe how into the holes which arise through our ears
    • four hundred years external science has collected a vast number of
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • last few years we have been able to develop these dramatic
    • external existence. It appears to us very important to carry out in
    • The Architectural Hall in Berlin appears to me the maximum size; and
    • — for the simple reason that the next few years will be the
    • numerous ears, hearts and souls, and will apparently continue to find
    • the spiritual world. And yet, as the years go by it is more and more
    • evident that we are able to find our way to the ears, hearts and
    • that for some years we have designated as the Christ is the result of
    • said in the course of years concerning the Individuality we call
    • need to ask about His Being, for hundreds and thousands of years they
    • Bodhisattva was that individuality who, five hundred years before our
    • Orientalism regards it as a truth that precisely five thousand years
    • as Maitreya Buddha. That is, three thousand years after our time; so
    • only ascend to the dignity of a Buddha three thousand years after our
    • in an individuality who lived 105 years before our era, in Jesus ben
    • clairvoyant vision of the East it would appear as though 105 years
    • she could not perceive that 105 years later the Christ was there. In
    • that it was all a delusion, but that 105 years before our era there
    • nothing at all was said, but that he who was born 105 years before
    • will find an individuality described there who lived 105 years before
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • the studies we have carried on in our Lodge evenings in former years,
    • beneath him, but also what eyes can see, ears hear and hands grasp;
    • is born, that something else appears — something that makes it
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • is who can grasp the thought: Whenever heat appears in the world
    • do we confront the ancient Sun-existence. Seen from afar it appears
    • appears as the great bestowing virtue of the Spirits of Wisdom. And
    • that what appears outwardly as air is a gift which the Spirits of
    • necessarily connected with receiving appears later. We can only
    • appears we have the gifts of the Spirits of Wisdom radiated back to
    • are the Archangels. Hence we must say: Wherever light appears to us,
    • reappears on the Earth. If this is felt — not in an external
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • possessed its starting point in the world-evolution, appears to
    • Sun reappears as heat on the Moon; we see the virtue of bestowal
    • the external world. That which had been sacrifice reappears in Maya
    • as Heat; and that which was bestowing virtue appears in Maya as gas
    • or air. Resignation as it has now become appears in external Maya as
    • ‘water,’ and this appears on ancient Moon as the
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • grumbled and complained, and shed a few tears, and that would have
    • few grumblings and tears now becomes the suicide of a schoolboy! Thus
    • one room to another. Lo! The world to me appears enclosed in a nest
    • took his own life 100 years ago, shooting first his friend, Henriette
    • planet's attractions? Yet only 100 years ago a truly penetrating and
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • us appears as the real or part of the real — is all this
    • first meet with a being, a thing or a fact, it appears strange to us.
    • adopt a challenging attitude towards what appears to him as ‘a
    • humanity, appears as a kind of recapitulation of this peculiar
    • appears and may be experienced.
    • in the course of the next three thousand years, as we have often
    • which will be developed in the next three thousand years, has its
    • appears as a first shining forth of Christ in the world of man. So
    • Christ for the next three thousand years from our present century.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • than three years we have seen something spread across the
    • the terrible tragedy of these last years. This is something
    • world. We may say to ourselves that it appears as if time
    • happened not just years but centuries ago.
    • through their minds four or five years ago and left an
    • that was created hundreds of years ago. Events which meant
    • through these years — years which have turned into
    • things said in our anthroposophical lectures over the years,
    • said in these very rooms, especially in the last few years,
    • understanding of an event that appears to have come in with
    • there was a time, say during the last twenty or thirty years
    • during those twenty or thirty years. What would have happened
    • get heart-stoppingly fearsome and terrible. Intensely
    • remember that on a number of occasions in the last three years
    • them — sitting in libraries for months, years and
    • be able to write the history of these last years by such a
    • on the surface in recent years show any degree of maturity.
    • or five hundred years old and something entirely different
    • materialism, in the next few years, and if it were to happen
    • that the events of the last three years, to which humanity
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • the Thirty Years War,
    • ten years of war in the seventeenth century, because war has
    • times we have more than a Thirty Years War behind us
    • brought to a halt by the Thirty Years War. As I have said, if
    • evolution is taking. Individuals will gain in years, being 1,
    • 2, 3, 4, years old, and later 30, 35, 40, and so on, years
    • 27 years old even if they live to be 100. It means they have
    • and a social life that is 27 years of age. We do not grow
    • to 26, 25 and 24 years, then in the sixth post-Atlantean age
    • external circumstances or, in a word, remained 27 years of
    • him in the first twenty-seven years of his life and who did,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • the last three years. Many people have learned to work and to
    • Think of all the years in which lectures have been given here
    • the things that appears to be in contradiction to other things!
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • and why should they be exposed to those great and fearsome
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • eyes or ears, but inspiration comes from the world of the
    • is given ass's ears. And the interpretation of this would be:
    • ass's ears; in the spiritual world, having ass's ears as an
    • clairvoyant and sees himself wearing ass's ears. He would
    • telling a joke when I spoke of those ass's ears. If you read
    • thing. Philosophers had to see themselves with ass's ears to
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • emphasized today that for the first seven years, up to the
    • and during the next seven years, until they reach puberty,
    • teachers have come into the world a few years earlier than
    • we are born? We are imitators in our early years because we
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • if this goes on for a few hundred years the reality will be
    • years now we have been caught up in terrible events which can
    • coming and they may have had it for many years. Generally
    • have occurred in the last three years. What, then, is the
    • contradicting theory, and the life of the last three years,
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • of years ago, arriving, for instance, at the nebular
    • drawn: millions of years before, and millions of years
    • observe a child when it is seven, eight or nine years old,
    • a period of two or three years. We then multiply this to work
    • years ago, and going in the other direction we can also work
    • out what it will look like in a hundred and fifty years. It
    • human being, for example. A hundred years ago the child did
    • a physical human being in a hundred and fifty years'
    • never happen that in a hundred and fifty years time a child
    • in its stomach and liver in the course of two or three years
    • years from 1845 to 1879, and if we move on thirty-four years
    • for many years in lectures and lecture courses given within
    • professor who some years ago had an idea that it was not
    • 1917 — thirty-eight years after 1879, with 1879
    • thirty-eight years after 1841 — something important is
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • three years have brought those ideals to realization. People
    • this brings people together! Everybody hears about everybody
    • before our eyes, our ears and our other senses. Imagine this
    • see and physical ears cannot hear: a second world with
    • on the toil and trouble of their schooldays, on the years of
    • to think back to those days. It will be poison if the years
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • only come in later years; children must first of all be able
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • forebears. They were weighed down with earthly qualities
    • phrases one hears in the world today. We have to be able to
    • years this merely cast a false shadow in so far as people did
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • those years, and this was in all kinds of areas. We see a
    • taken place in the last three years, is something
    • “Thirty or forty years ago, I used to lecture on Goethe's
    • subject up again in recent years (1875). Why such a long
    • beauty. For thirty years I yielded to necessity rather than
    • Wilhelm Meister's Journeyman Years.
    • spirits of darkness. These last three years have been a
    • produced not only during the last three years, but also
    • We now join hands across a hundred years
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the twenty-eighth and thirty-fifth years, the development
    • the years of apprenticeship are behind them, as it were, and
    • light, the matter appears as follows. If you see a
    • as we know it today, is not much more than a hundred years
    • years old. Look at the stories or histories which preceded
    • this after the Thirty Years War,’ and so on. These
    • 150 years ago. Then the article was changed
    • when it makes the transition from its 100 years of existence
    • would be like if natural science were only 100 years old and
    • is needed to give even people of more mature years an idea of
    • people can move their ears because the muscles for this
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • of mankind; and in various ways through the years we have seen how
    • in a lecture that I held many years ago in Mannheim that mankind, in
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • man, as it appears in the present time, by showing how the fall of
    • intellectualism already bears the marks of this fall and decay;
    • look into our own selves it appears to us as something living, for it
    • the independent element that it now is, and bears us through the life
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • 4:9 And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. \
    • [i.e., 1879 years after the birth of Ego-consciousness
    • derision and mockery, because it compels us to reckon with years of
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • Teneriffa thousands of years ago, as well as in the small, unassuming
    • him loose but whisper in his ears again and again, ‘You are
    • it out of the earth. What was it millions of years ago according to
    • this condition with human sleep. I will now speak of what appears to
    • the eyes and ears together with the nerves, so the spiritual
    • spirit of the earth are the plants, just as our eyes and ears are
    • whatever arises and disappears in us during our waking state, what
    • way, the plants can be compared with our eyes and ears. What our
    • and ears and nerves mediate our self-consciousness. This makes us
    • part of the whole sun, and that our sun, as it appears to us
    • The robe ever-living the Deity wears.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • or 15 years old were simply there in his environment inasmuch
    • fifteenth years of life, in relation to outer physical
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • effective after 33 years. And after the 33 years — when
    • or of deed takes a whole human generation — 33 years
    • historic evolution for 66 years more. Thus the intensity of
    • Easter is made to vary in successive years. We know that the
    • Festival that follows 33 years later. This indeed is a fixed
    • power for the 33 years that follow, than the impulses of the
    • next year have, for the 33 years which follow it in turn; and
    • strongly his impulses will work into the next 33 years? Can
    • conception. You may tell me that one hears very little said
    • Physical Science bears witness to this fact. You may convince
    • I have shown for many years past and along many different
    • will bear the best fruits after 33 years, the answer is: they
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • sojourns in the body hears from the Earth, while at the same
    • on, Man bears microcosmically within him the several regions
    • in the Cycle of 25,920 years in which we are now living?
    • and significant Mystery for them) that after 72 years the
    • ahead of the Sun — one day in 72 years.
    • body. And when we have lived for 72 years (these things, of
    • for 72 years. It can be much longer, of course, or shorter as
    • is 72 years. All this is connected with the duality between
    • far more the negative aspect of Christianity. It appears in
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • entitled: The Reality of the Higher Worlds. It appears in the original
    • It appears in the original German in
    • retrospection the whole woof of thought appears outside man's
    • everything appears to us in this way when we look back upon our
    • There is one thing which then appears to us very enigmatic, and
    • appears to us, is that we now learn to know man's relationship
    • environing world appears simultaneously with our own self, so in
    • super-sensible knowledge the spiritual world appears through this
    • purely mineral in man, what he bears within him as purely mineral
    • nervous system appears as that organ which transmits this
    • sounds through physical ears.
    • to know man's inner being, the development of the world appears
    • of your memory-store an experience which you had ten years ago,
    • knowledge of something which really existed ten years ago.
    • — to construct what you experienced ten years ago. But
    • though to the physical body it appears as a tapestry of sensory
    • interpret rightly what appears outwardly even in human
    • which appears in the animals under so many different forms. You
    • its spiritual forces and Beings appears in its spiritual-divine
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • as devotedly as those who practice for years in a physical
    • for years in an astronomical observatory in order to become
    • the physical sun. Through the sun that appears to us physically,
    • penetrate through the moon that appears to us physically, to
    • three years' time, I must have acquired an entirely different
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • The Reality of the Higher Worlds. It appears in the original German in
    • It appears in the original German in
    • seen in the light in which Anthroposophy appears in comparison
    • people prick their ears, because in a certain way this appeals to
    • that thing may influence us, and if we look back ten years into
    • like ten years ago.
    • eyes and the ears perceive colors and sounds, so the emancipated
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • European Spiritual Impulses. It appears in the original German in
    • It appears in the original German in
    • deeper share in the events of the past years feel as if they had
    • be traced back thousands of years. Immense respect can be felt
    • external world perceived through the eyes and ears as a great
    • thousands of years. We then look back into a time which lies 3000
    • years before Christ, and by going back still further into a
    • through his eyes, heard through his ears or touched with his
    • a historical moment about 600 years after the Mystery of
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • Resurrection. It appears in the original German in Lebendiges
    • It appears in the original German in
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy as Cosmosophy Vol. I. It appears in the original German in
    • It appears in the original German in
    • from many different aspects. In the course of the past years, we
    • we live from birth to death, then the world appears to us as a
    • appears to have no meaning. Let us realize this.
    • Golgotha is experienced rightly, it already tears us away from
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • and Heavenly Wisdom. It appears in the original German in Erdenwissen
    • It appears in the original German in
    • facing the universe appears in the light of a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: The End of the Dark Age
    Matching lines:
    • The Sun Mystery ... Death, Resurrection. It appears in the original
    • It appears in the original German in
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • a tradition in the history of Christianity which repeatedly appears
    • evolution. That which man accomplishes on the Earth bears the
    • I give to the Earth evolution through my deeds bears fruit. It bears
    • into relation with the Ego from the time to which in later years
    • — lasting for some years — on our body, until that
    • the years which have passed since his birth. As has been said, we
    • tells us is that his physical body has been so many years evolving
    • remains behind. The body goes forward through the years. This is
    • the three last years of the Christ life, when the Christ was in the
    • behind in heavenly heights during his years of growth, has really
    • what appears in ‘Heliand,’ for instance, was composed by
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • This lecture is number sixteen of nineteen, given in the years
    • Dornach, 1935. It bears the title:
    • evolution through my deeds bears fruit; it bears the fruit of
    • for a period of time that lasts a few years, until we have our body
    • you?” He gives his age as the years that have passed since his
    • body pushes itself forward in years while the “I”
    • humanity in relation to the last three years of Christ's life, when
    • in a childlike way but that bears the highest mysteries. Isn't it
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • lived about five or six thousand years before the Trojan War. We are
    • as he did thousands of years before the birth of Christianity, was
    • Zarathustra lived at least eight thousand years before our
    • as man, who bears within himself the enemies of his good impulses,
    • appears to grow deeper and deeper. While we ourselves remain in the
    • behind the world of the senses which works upon eyes and ears, there
    • disciples appears again, materialised, in our own age. People may
    • evil, lying and falsehood. The worst enemy of Ormuzd bears the name
    • all that bears the stamp of the Deva qualities! Make your way through
    • Ahura Mazdao says to me. And he who hears not my words nor
    • who have ears to hear the dim echoes still living in our time, will,
    • if they listen with spiritual ears, hear the faint tones of
    • Zarathustra's words to mankind thousands of years ago. For those who
    • have ears to hear, the message of Zarathustra and other great
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • years before our era, perhaps even earlier still. This may be one
    • and reverence for thousands of years. Those who lived in the later
    • of thinking bears the same relation to the final thought, the
    • nature of man. Into this coffin the Osiris-nature in man disappears
    • appears as the earthly son of One who did not arise in the
    • after a lapse of four times three hundred and sixty-five years it
    • one thousand, four hundred and sixty years that the heavenly
    • the course of one thousand, four hundred and sixty years the year
    • of the great Solar Years denoted a stage in the waning of clairvoyant
    • But we look back through three great Cosmic Years to an age when the
    • Egyptian epoch this no longer appears in its purest form. For just as
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • sting (drawing), and it crawls around lazily. Outwardly it appears to be
    • the caterpillar completely disappears into this covering, and
    • for a certain length of time, after which an opening appears in some
    • finds it easier to accept what it hears. The truth today is told only by
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • when in physical life we close our eyes and ears and go to sleep. If I
    • such things are easily misunderstood. Over and over again one hears that
    • a memory-picture of something experienced in physical life twenty years
    • years before refers to that past time, so does anyone who clairvoyantly
    • appears as an inner experience when after ten years you call it up. It
    • with externals, with usefulness, which appears to have no connection
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • the realm of spirit to what appears in a physical picture as the Moon.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • and hear with his ears. Between real Natural Science and
    • where you can see with your eyes and hear with your ears. Modern
    • It appears very
    • regards the spiritual life by one who fears insecurity in this
    • appears as we know him, at least in his less perfect
    • appears to us ... to be the only one capable of explaining
    • from which he regulates his life. Man appears as if wrapped in a
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • natural science than ten years ago, when one was almost
    • sentence bears in the world of natural science. We need not
    • That is to say that this individual kernel when it appears at
    • being at birth, it appears to a certain extent in a. two-fold
    • in youth. It appears there as something which requires a
    • his life — not only through what he learns and hears
    • some kind. Such a definition appears very plausible at first
    • process of exhaustion appears in the individual human life,
    • disappears.
    • pressed into the memory. When the Ego-perception appears, the
    • “Wait till the child is ten years old, he will then be
    • reappears in new embodiments; and bound up with that is the
    • utter that which to many appears evident from the absolute
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • need years of study, only to be able to keep them distinct
    • appears to us endowed with a certain degree of heat. Heat is
    • fact that the Divine appears to man so far removed, in
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • words: there are spiritual eyes and ears, but human souls are
    • “awakened” when these new eyes and ears are
    • his last years, shortly before his death, he completed this
    • work upon which he had spent fifty years of his life and laid
    • “Oh, everything here appears to me in a new guise; I
    • spirit and the latter appears before him. With wonderful
    • years brought him the possibility of transcending that
    • who would not ascend to the work of his maturer years.
    • world, and where the knowledge, or perception, appears like
    • has felt this, one hears the echo of the spiritual words of
    • rather indistinctly in his late years because of the absence
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • pay homage to the great spiritual King Who appears in the high
    • souls, as it appears in the Gospel according to St. Mark, and
    • magicians, there appears before us the mighty cosmic Being who
    • Behold my tears outpouring and then hear
    • What time the fearsome dragon's feast was celebrate.
    • At seven years they consecrated me
    • ‘I numbered fifteen years, already knew
    • receive it into its ranks. It appears poor and rejected, as
    • which appears before our eyes — even unspoiled as yet
    • — in the childlike organism. And just as it appears in
    • body, the same thing also appears in the etheric body, where
    • all-power too appears personified to us, when we look on the
    • children and before whom the highest love appears in its full
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • a gulf which stretches from a time thousands of years ago,
    • must try and realize what at first sight appears to be the
    • originate in the heart. If there appears to be any
    • years. Then, as you know, man's conception of Mathematics
    • many years is conceived by the Divine thought in one second.
    • believed, as men had done for thousands of years before them:
    • boundaries, the visible appears to us to be limited by time
    • Many years after the death of Schiller, it was decided to
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • from his early years, on, one may say in the truest sense of
    • the 2nd part of Faust really belongs to the closing years of
    • intellectual life, and see how it appears in the light of
    • much diligence and energy for the last forty or fifty years.
    • all that has become known of late years regarding the
    • more years ago, all on which so many fond hopes were built,
    • late years, abundant proofs have been furnished that that
    • extraordinarily fertile in results of late years, and that by
    • instance as the strange theories put forward of late years by
    • years as a celebrated poet, who was for long years condemned
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • where it is not even easy to recognise. It often appears in
    • condition void of ordinary consciousness appears then in the
    • world, and not be persuaded by what first appears in his
    • incidental. One appears empty to oneself, as nothing,
    • appears, and how necessary it is to behold things in their
    • critical mood. Then belief appears in place of objective
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • take its course as it appears to man's present consciousness.
    • life. Then she lived on. Fourteen years have passed. Perhaps
    • — which, it appears, a theologian recently described
    • of what appears upon the surface. Let me give you an example
    • Consider the human being in those years of life when the
    • of these things already emerge in the first seven years of life
    • thus appears in the growing human being comes from his Karma.
    • etheric body is formative. (All that appears as
    • effect, notably in the first seven years of life, when the
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • if we fail to bear in mind, for instance, how all that appears
    • at his fireside. Well, he might have got two years imprisonment,
    • to 20 years' penal servitude. And he is ailing ...
    • the law-courts. He hears nothing; only once, as he is walking
    • along the corridor, he hears the name of the convict called. It
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    •     22 years
    •     48 years old
    • years
    •     51 years old
    • years
    •     56 years old
    • (of course, I shall ask no such question), and how many years
    • years,
    •     46 years
    • it appears to be, directly, in the outer Maya — in the
    • those who were in Annie Besant's environment for years, their
    • action — the object of their fears. And indeed, if what
    • 600 years before the Christian Era. Ku Hung Ming clearly
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • This lecture appears in the book:
    • world, open his eyes to all that appears to his senses,
    • quarters. It only bears witness to the fact that in the circles
    • This is of great practical significance. For it bears a
    • generally attached to the one Time-Spirit, who appears to them
    • Then after a time one hears that he has been talking of these
    • years, nay, through the thousands of years, man only made use
    • much construction going on during these years, and when Watt
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • their death in the last few years, must reflect upon countless
    • world. And he is of such a nature that in his earliest years
    • that he reveals even in his earliest years how he has come out
    • disappears into the body, becoming continually less and less
    • ultimate form: that it first appears, as it were, tumultuously,
    • appears so clearly in human hearts in our age of the
    • bears within him an ancient heritage. It is a mere lack of
    • give health, and the person who hears this may at a certain
    • by Anthroposophy and who dies at the age of 45 years, can you
    • 42 or 40 years of age? Human beings tend always to think from
    • have ears to harken to what He is ever newly revealing in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • see with his eyes, hear with his ears, but comprises, besides,
    • degree in which the “star” appears to them through the earth,
    • be led in different ways. But as a unifying power there appears
    • E'er long he nears through meadows dewy damp
    • and on what mission he has come. He is made welcome and hears
    • from the vision in his dream, the star which appears at the
    • Our spirit hears a word scarce comprehended:
    • bear's jaws. On both sides of the Rose-Cross there appears
    • Amazing things to every one who hears;
    • His life will be esteemed in coming years;
    • Yet to our mind incredible appears,
    • By origin another name he bears,
    • There spears and banners, come from distant lands,
    • comes to a window, a kind of lattice, and hears a strange
    • decrease.” And he increases until he appears where the sunforce
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • what is meant by the term Folk Soul or Folk Spirit which one hears
    • description bears no relation to anything that might be known through
    • each of these incarnations we see one of the members which man bears
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • create a situation in which man appears to be stimulated fortuitously
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • some familiar conception, a conception that bears a close relation to
    • world. Just as man sees colours and hears sounds by means of his
    • around which again is gathered something that appears as a kind of
    • cold, hardness and softness. The datum for Archangels is what appears
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • way for the last time. The second seven-years period of life from the
    • seven-year period covers the years between fifteen and twenty-one.
    • first seven years of his life man would have the consciousness
    • of the mineral kingdom. In the second seven years, between the ages
    • Through the circumstances of the earlier years, through the
    • has to spend the first years of his life. And this influence is
    • farther we move westward the more we see that the civilization bears
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • the Spirits of Movement above them. That which on our Earth appears
    • synthesis and analysis, then he hears these Spirits of Movement, he
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • Time Spirit who, in a certain respect, appears in the mission of a
    • the Semitic spirit in the course of thousands of years. This is the
    • centre of inspiration; in later years its spiritual mission was taken
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • appears in one mythology is also found in a like manner in another
    • years ago I made the acquaintance of a man; he wore a uniform
    • and so on.” Then he rapidly adds: “Twenty years ago I
    • became acquainted with a man who wore the same uniform and ten years
    • became acquainted thirty, twenty and ten years ago wore the same
    • within, and in later years he still understands how, originating in
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • lasted for three thousand years, when men could no longer see into
    • the divine-spiritual Being who appears to us so mysteriously, who in
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years after Christ, Tacitus could describe the Teutons of
    • to its philosophy, appears to us as something which contains only the
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • (which lasted for 5,000 years, approximately from 3,100 BC to AD
    • numbers of people in the course of the next three thousand years. The
    • nineteen hundred years ago can have little understanding of the
    • course of the next three thousand years Christ will be increasingly
    • then Christianity will be the faith that swears by no prophet because
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • annual celebration which has been held here for many years, and as
    • this in mind some years ago, when we produced this very drama at the
    • seven years; but the seed which had been laid in our souls with the
    • seven-yearly rhythm. At the end of the seven years we were ready to
    • has been known for thousands of years, and which has been rich in
    • years ago to develop the spiritual life on broader lines. And if I
    • presence of its recreator, who has now for several years rejoiced us
    • sign of fruitfulness in what we have been doing for years past, we
    • many years, the thinking which has always been present with us as a
    • too that we learn that Eros, another figure who appears in the
    • have received in recent years will enable you to view our present
    • especially those who throughout many years of work in the service of
    • previous years has composed the music for all three plays. I leave it
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • have acquired in the course of years, to consider it in relation to
    • disappears, things are really only transformed. Whither, then, has
    • of Persephone, Demeter appears before us denuded of her original
    • bears the forces of decline. The rape of Persephone also represents
    • the first seven years the physical body is changed, in the second
    • seven years the ether body, in the third seven years the astral body.
    • second seven years of transformation, when the ether body works upon
    • seven years, during which changes take place in the astral body, is
    • acquiring the etheric vision. In the next three thousand years it
    • will lay hold of more and more souls, the next three thousand years
    • next three thousand years more and more men will see Him. Then will
    • thousand years the Maitreya Buddha will descend, and will speak to
    • oriental mysticism, that about three thousand years after our time
    • two thousand years ago the Buddha spoke of what was natural to the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • us and then disappears, belongs to the astral body; every habitual,
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • incarnated for three years in the body of Jesus of Nazareth. We know
    • the Christ did by dwelling for three years in a human body was
    • restricted to His life for three years in the sheaths of Jesus of
    • was incarnated for three years in a human body. What is the reason
    • assume a human fleshly sheath as a sacrifice for three years. But
    • dwelt for three years in such a body. What then is the consequence of
    • of His three years passed in a physical body, the Christ Being
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • walking about as an Atlantean appears to be concentrated in an
    • symbolically expressed as her jealousy — appears and calls upon
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • question as to how the human being appears to clairvoyant sight, we
    • in recent years, the physical body can only be known in its true
    • instead of the physical world as it appears to physical eyes and
    • physical ears, the world that was there for the old clairvoyant
    • in the flames of the astral world. Semele bears witness to this human
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • snub-nose, and ears which stuck out, and anything but handsome.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • physically, the archetypal Phantom which today only appears in
    • represents what man bears within him. The craze for nudism has
    • masters the colour of the garments still bears witness to a vestigial
    • more significant Lucifer appears to him, and he has to retrace his
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • on Goethe's theory of knowledge, which appeared many years ago.
    • us men throughout millions and millions of years by innumerable
    • through millions of years, he does not encounter in a pure form what
    • millions and millions of years, then he comes to the deeds, to the
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • brightly and then disappears again, becomes a member of the whole spiritual
    • gods who were described so gloriously by Homer nearly 1000 years before
    • their whole nature and constitution, appears as a kind of middle epoch when
    • we restudy human evolution during the last few thousand years. Greek
    • world that we see in Augustine, — how impossible all this appears
    • appears in the year 1483 in a “spring-like” birth, as it
    • Raphael's soul developing onwards in regular cycles of four years duration.
    • a higher stage of his soul's development. Four years after the picture
    • years later again the frescoes in the Camera dells Segnature
    • out of the depths of the soul experience although it appears in pictures
    • appears before them uttering words of fire against the current misdeeds,
    • Savonarola seem to resound again in our ears, words by which he dominated
    • appears in the right light when, — to use expression of Goethe,
    • experienced by the soul man in the course of 1500 years rises again
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • can only be perceived by someone who has worked for years in a physiological
    • that only a professor who has worked for years in a laboratory can perceive
    • learns to know after years of work in a physiological laboratory!
    • many years ago. I made the acquaintance of several small boys —
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, — I mean Hermann Grimm, the nephew of the great philologist
    • fact appears at the very beginning of the Iliad; Homer does not begin
    • or Agamennon? When Achilles appears before our souls, he appears to
    • often appears such that we are obliged to say: How egotistical! How
    • which appears so remarkably in the Sagas of Central Europe. Siegfried
    • In this, Sigurd, who is none other than Siegfried, appears as the conqueror
    • thousands of years to its present lofty powers of reason and intellect,
    • and giving shape to eyes and ears, and to the physical brain; thereby
    • experience that which our eyes see, our ears hear, our senses can grasp,
    • which in its results appears in our intellectual soul, was seen by the
    • nation bear the stamp of this Sampo. Hence this etheric body bears in
    • tears of bitter longing and suffering wove its strings.”
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • it appears, is permeated with something else. Essentially, the whole
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • into ears, organs of hearing, which again would be connected with the
    • influence bears particularly on our own epoch and it will go on
    • conqueror of Ahriman, appears with a countenance, a look and a
    • — such is the form of the Christ as He appears every year in
    • there appears before our eyes, between the Luciferic and the Ahrimanic
    • formation of wings, ears and larynx, you will see in him the activity
    • bound up with wings and ears in one organic whole.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • in him. Then, since in autumn Nature dies away and thus bears death
    • appears — I cannot put it otherwise — a Form. When we
    • summer, Uriel appears in the midst of the shining Intelligence.
    • seeking to embody himself in a vesture of light, appears in the time
    • there appears in high summer, with earnest countenance, a
    • beauty which appears spiritually out of the cosmic weaving at
    • historic conscience. Here at high summer appears the historic
    • It appears, as it were, in Uriel's warning gesture.
    • observation there appears, as a kind of culmination, this picture:
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us in summer, and then follows a course which brings him
    • possibilities of illness during the first seven years of life, and
    • an outer experience is preserved in memory and after days or years
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • also to what appears on the surface to run counter to
    • the absence, so it appears, of intellectuality, learning,
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • It appears before one like a word inscribed in the Cosmos, like
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thereafter for three years in the physical body which then
    • three years there dwelt in the body of Jesus of Nazareth a
    • For three years He lived through experiences on the earth
    • absolutely unique earthly life of three years to which the
    • concerning these three years. This life of three years on earth
    • karma, incurred no guilt. A life of three years which neither
    • up during those three years of Christ's life on earth had that
    • came to pass in that earthly life of three years was that
    • through the course of those three years the Spirit bound itself
    • Jesus of Nazareth. In three years the path had led from this
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • development that took place during the following years.
    • eighteenth years of his life, however, a mighty struggle was
    • those years. What he heard from the learned scribes assembled
    • mark well, even in those early years — that much
    • Jesus of Nazareth during his sixteenth and seventeenth years.
    • eighteenth years, when, partly for reasons connected with his
    • seventeenth and eighteenth years, Jesus of Nazareth began to
    • twenty-second, twenty-fourth years. It was always with feelings
    • years cannot be said to have conduced only to inward elation,
    • twenty-fifth to the twenty-eighth years of his life and even
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-ninth years.
    • the amalgamation of the two families had for long years been
    • his mother. For all these years there had been a very deep and
    • know what to make of him. Even in earlier years he had spoken
    • Zarathustra-Ego into his own soul. During the subsequent years
    • went back to the preceding years and to the infinite warmth of
    • eighteenth and twenty-fourth years he had been brought into
    • doctrine. Many a time his thoughts turned to those years. But
    • year. But he had concealed from his mother in earlier years the
    • among the humanity around us to-day there were any with ears
    • prophets might proclaim to-day would fall upon deaf ears.
    • ears to hear. It is useless and meaningless to speak of these
    • forty-sixth years. She felt as though pervaded by the
    • thirty years. He therefore passed through His first earthly
    • clearly to these particular men. In earlier years they had felt
    • were no longer any ears to hear the voices of the old prophets.
    • that they had no longer any ears capable of listening to the
    • transposed into the form suitable for the ears of men now,
    • since they had no ears to hear the old setting of the words
    • Jesus of Nazareth. In the last years, the union with the body
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • Publishing Company. The German text appears in
    • course of the years, leaving the physical plane. I would like to look
    • years of childhood. I have often mentioned this. When we enter the
    • speech. In the first years of our life we develop the forces which in
    • shepherd girl appears. She appeared in a remarkable way; there lived
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • when, more than twenty years ago now, I worked out my
    • Yes, it is easy — that is, it appears so — yet the
    • think back ten or twenty years, we have to conclude: in the
    • ten years ago, since life has only recently imposed them on us.
    • for whose shaping you have to work on yourself for years on
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • first appears before the “mind's eye” every evening
    • recent years, however, psychology has, understandably and
    • appears to be discovered in this way about purely psychic
    • soul reappears.
    • many years lived and worked here in Vienna, and who will never
    • one person years, another not so long; but each can note, as he
    • the moment when this vitalized or plastic thinking appears in
    • entire human substance — there appears before the soul
    • a systematic arrangement, so that everything appears to have
    • the spirit, disappears in the spiritual world, so too in that
    • world every impediment to friendship and love now disappears.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • experience in such things knows that he has to wait years or
    • make us ready to see the spiritual world when it appears to us,
    • and philosophy, as it appears for instance in the vedas.
    • encountered this pointer some forty years ago here in Vienna.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • There appears to be no objective reason for man to abandon this
    • experiences it as immediate reality; he bears it with him in
    • fundamentally the same as what he bears within him. Yet he
    • of the soul, as it appears in ordinary consciousness, must say:
    • not yet come (it is more than twenty years ago now): to
    • appears unutterably empty is filled once more with spiritual
    • expressed some years ago by an Englishman who compared Western
    • This was the tenor of Oriental civilization six hundred years
    • before the establishment of Christianity. Six hundred years
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • organic process, and then appears again in an altered form.
    • There now appears in us what we can call knowledge of man as a
    • experience that has taken place ten years before float to the
    • the standpoint of the world-memory that appears in ourselves,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • to me thirty years ago, when I was trying to look at the
    • their spiritual ramifications. It then appears, for
    • example, that neither the infant in its first years of life,
    • into the depths of the soul. Decades later it reappears. We
    • it to life. It is enormously important to us in later years to
    • this way that we can gain the strength to cast aside old fears
    • especially two years or so ago, saying: “What is the
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • many millions of men like a kind of religion, fifty years
    • cannot help remembering what happened some eight hundred years
    • hundred years ago, over a period of three decades, until the
    • supporters expelled from China. For thirty years, a system
    • years ago there in the Far East on quite different cultural
    • which Christ appears as judge over all the world. His status as
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • sense of gloom that was to be experienced in the years just
    • slavery appears quite natural to him, he would also grant those
    • When, some years ago, I was often called upon to lecture to
    • appears once more as a spiritual residuum in the Greek
    • more: work is being done here which, I would say, disappears
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • some years a teacher at a workers' educational college, where I
    • only be realized in four or five hundred years time.” To
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • some three years ago, at the request of a group of friends who were
    • thirty or forty years, not with some preconceived attitude or
    • going on in Europe in recent years, beneath the surface of
    • a given year will have changed so greatly, twenty years later,
    • look at the law that appears among men, and record it. In
    • spiritual life. Within the classes, there then appears once
    • also perceive clearly that in recent years there has developed
    • there anyone who bears with the development that has taken
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • the senses — that is, we follow the eyes, nose, ears
    • clairvoyance arise. What appears clairvoyantly in this way has no need
    • develop, as a third kind, as a clairvoyance that appears neither as
    • when this appears in societies which should naturally (otherwise the
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • is, when we follow the eyes, nose, ears and taste nerves, we follow
    • clairvoyance. What appears clairvoyantly in this way has no need of
    • evoked when this appears in societies that should naturally
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • appear to our eyes, or are audible to our ears, or which make
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it. That is the
    • think how, 600 years before the Mystery of Golgotha, Buddha,
    • we now turn to 600 years after the Mystery of Golgotha, to
    • There is a wonderful connection within this 1200 years. Six
    • hundred years Before Golgotha, the turning away from a corpse
    • gives an uplift to one's concept of the World; 600 years after
    • which appears so magnificently on the horizon.
    • Therefore the Mystery of Golgotha appears as that power in
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • years later, in the spring of 1955. A review of the
    • future that he has closed his ears too long to what was
    • We are sort of like an engineer who absorbs himself for years
    • years previously had been called upon to deal with the human
    • starvation wages wears clothes that have been produced in turn
    • and 120 years ago, and you will see that much has gotten
    • years ago was accustomed to claiming equality for the beyond
    • circumstances. In fifty years the
    • Among the numerous work stoppages in the first years of
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • hree years have passed to-day
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • that we have worked three years at our building it seems indeed
    • brought to a standstill by the misery of the Thirty Years War
    • Thirty Years War fanned and provoked by a spirit which already
    • three years ago, must understand it by a living understanding
    • have now worked three years at the building, and those whose
    • years have also brought with them difficult food for thought
    • impulses which inspired us three years ago, we can only pledge
    • us, even in what it has been since it was built three years
    • earth upon this hill three years ago.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Batsch. Two men, one some ten years older than the other, listened
    • appears to us a modern, it will be a sufficient justification if in
    • wishes to say more in it than appears from the scenes. For the
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • does not lie in the nature of the thing that it appears to you ugly
    • or beautiful, that you desire it or not. That it appears to you red
    • hears that the Snake will sacrifice herself, he can even say:
    • which for hundreds and thousands of years have brought the message of
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • tears.
    • In the form in which Faust appears in 1808 it seems as if
    • thousands of years of human development resound. We are
    • Though the first part in many ways appears to be
    • to have such experiences, spiritual eyes and spiritual ears are
    • heard with the outer physical ears. From such a work we can promise
    • are only to be perceived through spiritual eyes and spiritual ears
    • From what we know of Faust he appears as one who felt very
    • ripen and bear fruit very much later, in years to come. We see too
    • or thirty years previously when a fluid was poured into his soul
    • and then stored over by the events of the following years and by
    • many experiences, so that only thirty years later he is able to
    • there appears the sign of the little world, the pentagon, and its
    • awake certain slumbering forces, appears before Goethe's soul.
    • develop and the ‘earth spirit’ appears, that spirit
    •  The garment of Life that the Deity wears!’
    • turns away and hears the words:
    • until after long years the seed grows, are unable to see the way
    • appears to outer vision as unreal, that to me is now true, and it
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • therefore cavil at what appears to be ungrammatical. Here in this
    • physical which sounds in the ears of him who is entering the
    • passage, again, we hear the sounds of thousands of years
    • human spirit through thousands of years will be reminded in this
    • passage of some great words spoken thousands of years ago; words
    • spoken by one who through his initiation knew that what appears to
    • appears at the turn of the modern age as that being which prompts
    • all appears confusing if the student is not sufficiently prepared.
    • says, describing this realm as it appears to all who step into it:
    • incomplete to the complete appears here in the picture. The spirit
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • picture disappears in a kind of cloud, and before that again we
    • ten thousand, or fifteen thousand years ago, and how different
    • perception of some ten years ago. Now try and understand
    • exactly what that really means. Ten years ago you experienced
    • something. Ten years ago you may have visited a gathering of
    • event which occurred ten years ago. Now not only according to
    • descendants: that is, let us go back really thousands of years.
    • the Earth bears to the stars that live far out there in cosmic
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • dream. He is asleep. Suddenly there appears before him a
    • dream-picture of a flaring fire. He hears the call of ‘Fire!’
    • enslavements. Undoubtedly that appears to many people as
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • hirteen years
    • back more than a few thousand years.
    • waking condition, bears the Ego and astral body within him
    • physical bears within it, along with the etheric body, a much
    • that I touched upon thirteen years ago, when I spoke of
    • thirteen years ago, as they manifest themselves directly to
    • my Stuttgart lectures of thirteen years ago.
    • Now this was not easily understood by the personality who bears
    • in the Epic bears the name of Gilgamesh, we have still to see
    • such a way that in the subsequent years of Gilgamesh's life he
    • indicated this in my lectures at Stuttgart thirteen years ago;
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • of Truth means, in short, that he tears out of him his own
    • us, or from the experience of our ears can tell the working of
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • hundreds of years, forming a bark on the outside, hardening to
    • by one would have to wait, perhaps thirty years, until the
    • Mysteries every thirty years; all that was concerned with the
    • Moon about every eighteen years. And so on. The priests of the
    • independence of the seasons, or of the course of years and
    • Divine-Spiritual existence. And then something else appears
    • came forward to carry on the work he had begun. In the years
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • between three or four hundred years before, and three or four
    • hundred years after, the Mystery of Golgotha. The real
    • divinely-inspired civilisation. And four hundred years after
    • now let us examine a little this period of time as it appears
    • across the years to human beings who still knew that as surely
    • experienced 20 or 30 years ago. This inward recollection in
    • gradually disappears.
    • third stage appears only in modern times and that is the stage of the
    • has been possible in recent years still to meet here and there
    • Similarly in these years one could still find isolated
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • crystal; it bears its form within it. The Earth enables it to
    • phenomena of the Earth for many years, the noising of the
    • that he bears within him. In this way the Rosicrucian pupil
    • ancient holier years of mankind's history and had worked
    • one of us before the highest, the Divine, that he bears within
    • Goetheanum, building it up through ten years of work. If this
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • same for years now — destructive elements on a colossal
    • the threshold. And in numberless cases one then hears the voice
    • have ears to hear, direct and significant experiences in
    • in recent years.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • to give here in Basel, in this same hall, for many years past.
    • course of the years in which the Goetheanum was being built,
    • one I have employed here for many years — to answer the
    • three or four hundred years was of such a nature that in the
    • the soul-life that was ours during the first three years on
    • appears in varying pictures — according to one's
    • of what occurred years ago, and is not now before us in
    • memory-concept of something witnessed in earlier years in which
    • which otherwise appears shadowy, even in memory-pictures, and
    • more in this way comes at last — it may be even years
    • quiet of the soul appears now also in the personal life as you
    • it descended to the earth. There actually appears now to the
    • know that what the child works out in the first years of' life
    • appears so difficult to them, but judge according to the
    • conclusion — more than ten years ago friends of our cause
    • he needs it even more. What appears before the silent soul, as
    • described it to you, is something that appears more fleetingly.
    • also when, after years of longing, he reached Italy and
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body absorbs that consciousness, so that it appears as
    • we hear with our ears, all that we perceive around us with all our
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • the soul force when it wakes to consciousness wears out and
    • years of physical existence we have to strive for the
    • truth, in what appears as knowledge on the one hand, and on
    • world, and this appears today in the sphere of art as well as
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • many years ago, when someone wrote to me urgently requesting
    • projects itself out into the world, and it appears to you
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • tears him in pieces if he errs in this direction, but if, on
    • himself and tears himself away from his connection with
    • when it is passionately manifested; when it appears merely as
    • was in the year 1828, three-and-a-half years before his own
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • endowed mother. In later years he could recall with inner
    • happiness these years of his boyhood and childhood that led to
    • literally hundreds of years old. There “law and rights like an
    • tears to fall upon the pages that were being read. To be
    • Then he weeps hot tears into his handkerchief over the discord
    • occupation, and he achieved a good deal during his ten years in
    • Goethe appears, not as the poet of Werther, of
    • Goethe lived in Weimar for about ten years and then could no
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • some years in Leipzig as a student,
    • he went there again many years later to visit his old
    • wearing the clothes in which he had seen himself many years
    • gradually between his twenty-fifth and fiftieth years, in which
    • them in those early years, but to continue to live thus was no
    • that after this dampening down for ten years there followed a
    • crest, as it was in Goethe's Weimar years, the awakening that
    • We may really say, therefore, that Goethe bears within him in his view
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • whereas a university instructor had to work for years
    • or more years. In all such things there is obviously a bit of
    • sleep — the ten years in Weimar. This dampening was
    • and then that which appears as the highest achievement.
    • way. A seed often appears quite insignificant beside the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • prosaic, mundane matter.” The way vocational life appears to
    • experience in his or her profession even a hundred years ago
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • years pass. She is perhaps now married in keeping with her
    • observe a human being in those years when, as explained in my
    • fourteenth years, we shall note that just at this time certain
    • appears during the first seven years can be more thoroughly and
    • fourteenth. It will be found that something appears in a more
    • said, not all, but a great part of what thus appears in the
    • during the seventh to the fourteenth years. In other words, two
    • life. As a matter of fact, during the first seven years in
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • seen a map until they were fairly well along in years. Many
    • without taking into consideration that what appears in the form
    • would probably have been imprisoned for a couple of years
    • acquainted with a man who was a jurist in his younger years
    • previously described. For a number of years he belonged to the
    • years the penitentiary.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • passes through a period of seven years, approximately to the
    • and sixteenth years, accepting that it differs according to
    • between the fourteenth and sixteenth years with respect to
    • years. The very thing a person is elaborating here mainly in
    • Reigned for ................................. 22 years
    • age was ................................. __48 years
    • reigned ................................. 6 years
    • years
    • amounts to .......................... 3 years
    • years
    • was in the Society .......................... 4 years
    • __46 years old
    • places. There something often appears to be quite
    • her company have sighed for years because of the state into
    • It came from an earlier culture six hundred years before our
    • that appears today, often from the most dubious sources, in the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • after his son had studied for a few years, he did not have much
    • relationships in which it would be my desire to pass the years
    • refrain from speaking my mind. For twenty years now, and indeed
    • significance when he bears it through the portal of death and
    • appears, however, the connection between the inherited
    • Thomas School in Leipzig some two hundred years ago, and who
    • by 1850, a hundred years after the death of Johann Sebastian
    • after fifty years such families may no longer exist.
    • your attention for years — that the first generation will
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • because it bears within it a certain germ in that men speak of
    • hundreds and even thousands of years, man made use of only that
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • such a human being appears to you to be in the external world
    • the portal of death maintains for many years, of course, the
    • the midnight of existence; it appears to some
    • that chains man to the earth. He bears the sins of the world,
    • haven't seen Hermann Bahr for the past twenty-eight years
    • the sleeping compartment of a train, he hears the voice of his
    • but deceased fourteen years prior to the date of the letter, would
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • appears, it was possible to learn much. For instance, one
    • years of age, your head becomes so that out of itself nothing
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • beginning of the fourth post-Atlantean period, 747 years
    • eyes, your ears, your sense of smell, or whichever sense you
    • diagrammatically thus. To one's ordinary view it appears
    • blue; seen from the other side it appears red (but naturally
    • years they have been thinking a tremendous deal. We can
    • gather up what they have been thinking for two hundred years,
    • the last hundred and fifty years, shall we say, has prompted
    • In recent years people have been breaking each others heads
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feet. Nothing, absolutely nothing, as it appears in Maya is
    • which form a thick mist. That is why your body appears as a
    • ascending from man as he appears, to man as he really is,
    • to be. Then, it was the thirty years war that swept the thing
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years should give rise to this belief in an
    • years old, will be still living in 30 years time, and how
    • so many persons of 20 years old, only so and so many will be
    • living in 30 years' time. And from this one can then
    • and one can tell, that during this number of years so and so
    • occurring every five years within a particular area, that
    • should happen, that at 50 years old you came to look round
    • were dead, of those who at 20 years old were calculated to
    • in comfortable circumstances for a few years, they will
    • not have been possible 150 years earlier.
    • years 1810 to 1815. It was at this period first, that the
    • number of strikes went up 87 per cent between the years 1907
    • last half-hundred of years in the nineteenth century. And
    • disappears, then wants of this sort will disappear too:
    • what has taken place in these last few years; How much has
    • 12 million men have been shot dead in the course of 5 years,
    • of what is left over from the years 1911–18. That will come
    • in thinking that one could employ people for years in manufacturing
    • An abstract, lifeless unity bears no fruits, and destroys
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • talks, and the like, — or which bears the least odour
    • years past it should have been, to hold such a language in
    • learning for many years past. Directly one approaches people
    • wears to-day. Had the people, who accomplished this, been of
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • approach I have represented for many years now — and also
    • Twenty-five years ago in my Philosophy of Spiritual
    • may perhaps take years of trying, but the passing years stand
    • is what appears in the soul when the latter has been
    • perceive with our physical eyes and ears. In fact, anyone who
    • evolution to the human organism, as the latter appears to our
    • with our normal eyes, but which appears immediately when we
    • thinking, on the other, what bears our soul life in a kind of
    • twenty-five years ago I pointed out in my Philosophy of
    • world before he bears a body, and in which this super-sensible
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • the last six years, for already before the war I expressed my
    • have spoken for so many years, I will not shrink from
    • we go back thousands of years. What we come to then is not an
    • the first years of childhood and in the later years of
    • the 25th and 30th years until old age — our souls no
    • describe, and which reaches back thousands of years. At that
    • body in a way that today only happens in our childhood years.
    • experiences the life of the body in our younger years.
    • lives through the various cultures of the earth and he bears
    • erected a monument to him. A hundred years earlier his father,
    • years later — such is the course of history — a
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • that in this new activity memory actually disappears, and he is
    • constantly reappears. And then, when we have accustomed
    • There had first to be a training of several hundred years in
    • earlier times, hundreds or even thousands of years ago, there
    • this kind of motivation, which for our ordinary life appears to
    • that the activity of our senses disappears in a particular
    • disappears too. Then we remain in a state of
    • were to say in the normal way that each person bears a second
    • come to understand why it appears like this in the form of
    • it without being properly adapted to it, it therefore appears
    • present in the spiritual world appears before us as living
    • conception and birth, all this appears before us as living
    • years ago. It can then happen, in the way that one spirit
    • years ago, and who had quite special artistic gifts which were
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • the pictures of such impressions from our memories, often years
    • unintentionally, years later. It may not reappear in its
    • constitution; it may arise in the soul years later, entirely
    • practice, according to a man's capacities, years, months, or
    • Into this disappears his ordinary consciousness, with its power
    • result of anthroposophical research appears before the soul's
    • gaze. The entire earthly life appears in a mighty single
    • learned in direct perception that man bears within him
    • picture of what he experienced ten years ago. The content
    • to something which happened ten years earlier. What now is
    • changed in the course of the years. Everyone knows how in
    • the course of ten years he has changed in his whole mood and
    • the years, has been achieved by life, by external reality.
    • and tones are hidden in the sensory world — appears
    • feel deep satisfaction if a spiritual stream appears in our
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • this for many years now, even in this city. It is particularly
    • with the methods of modern science. Years ago it was believed
    • hears frequently from those who are at home in this subject is:
    • years already there have been some personalities with
    • through his eyes and ears, that he does not perceive what
    • The experience disappears, but the fact of its existence
    • in us. Years later, or whenever it might be, we can recall it.
    • present. But then it appears later, according to the images we
    • after years does there come back what we have perceived in the
    • man, that bears within its spirit-body all the limbs normally
    • What we experienced in the first years of our childhood we can
    • and appears again in a new life on earth. All this becomes
    • open ears, so we accustom ourselves to a spiritual world,
    • theology, only appears to be irreconcilable with the more
    • human society can use for fifty years such phrases as bitter
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • goes through different metamorphosis and then reappears in
    • contemplation of those works of art. Goethe bears testimony
    • constantly resounds in one's ears from the world to-day,
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • vision the Earth appears as it presents itself to the
    • simply an external illusion. What appears thus as this stony
    • again, that which appears to us as being outside the Earth,
    • Stars, even that as it appears to our external sense
    • What appears to us as the Earth filled with
    • which appears simply externally to us here on Earth as the
    • appears the inclination in man which hinders him from
    • life of the East, something appears which has never been
    • to see that what appears below on the Earth appears as the
    • yield to the illusion of what appears to me physically on the
    • appears in the external illusion, and break through that to
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that; we have to turn to what in this life on earth man bears
    • Christ through inner perception. What for many years
    • the knowledge that man bears within him different impulses
    • fearful catastrophe of these last years, the only reason we
    • throughout the years it has been necessary, my dear friends,
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • has maintained for many years to found an understanding of a
    • fearful catastrophe as that of these last years , the cause
    • It was this that caused me over ten years
    • years that facts which have been described should have been
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • years, from the standpoint of spiritual science, the question
    • life at the ages of, say, 30, 40, or 50 years. If he thinks
    • The abstract mystic may talk from the age of 25 years, right
    • with the outer world; we perceive through eyes and ears,
    • appears to us as something uniform, a unity perceived through
    • anything else in the outer world it appears to you as a
    • conception has for the last three or four hundred years had a
    • the last three to four hundred years. It is not in accord
    • seventh and fifteenth years is of such a kind as to kill out
    • in a healthy way are not dead and benumbed as appears to be
    • 13th, and 14th years are told that lightning comes from
    • exhortations to children up to fifteen years old and then
    • young men and girls of 20 years of age — you will attain
    • seventh and fifteenth years is not there for nothing. During
    • possible for anyone who is 18 or 19 years old and has a
    • written by someone only 18 years old — and take them
    • years old are considered mature enough to go into Parliament,
    • considered to be unnecessary at the age of 40 years to try to
    • hundred years and then it will be necessary again to consider
    • lasted for a thousand years to be right for all time. It is
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • thousands of years ahead — in this future there will be
    • and our ears hear will all pass away with the Earth. Only
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • something appears which shows man as a kind of ossified
    • one only in the forms of the head, Something appears that in
    • up with the wings, In short, there appears a kind of
    • beside red. This appears rather trivial to anyone with a
    • women it appears indeed as if they had not only been secretly
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • soul — which bears him into that world — is served by
    • catchwords and phrases appears to him as grotesque
    • appears to be in inward movement, it is not static or final;
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • years later, and after both versions have been published in book
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • may say that the head disappears, and the rest of the body is then transformed
    • body of the next incarnation from the Earth. The head disappears,
    • independently of each other, that during the first three or four years
    • the three years spent in later life at the university. This is literally
    • true. In the first three years of life we learn a very great deal; we
    • and a great deal more besides. In those first three years we learn very
    • the Divine, disappears and is lost. It can be used neither for the purpose
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • tears him in pieces if he errs in this direction, but if, on
    • himself and tears himself away from his connection with
    • when it is passionately manifested; when it appears merely as
    • was in the year 1828, three-and-a-half years before his own
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • It appears in the lecture series,
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • for three years in a body of flesh, and Who since that time has
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • and, from this, everyday life likewise appears as though out of dreams.
    • says: “Well, I have this point of view. What appears to
    • me to be true from this point of view is true; what appears to
    • years ago were experienced in all of their vitality. What is
    • When the ear hears, that which is heard must be there, and so
    • This appears chiefly to be like that which we confront
    • the human being, yet everything appears from within us.
    • conceptions and then clears them away again. There then occurs
    • ears, is in the physical-sensory world. And in the deep silence
    • And this can happen as well for everyone who hears these things
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • Theosophical movement emerged thirty years ago,
    • thirty years of intensive work, it has not the best
    • kind of neo-Buddhism. Nothing that one can say appears to
    • affairs. Who would have thought, a few years ago, that what
    • scientific conference, whereas only two years ago Ledebur
    • important questions, has existed for thirty years. Theosophy
    • such specific knowledge has been available for thirty years,
    • thinking to the matter, and see if life itself bears out what
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • inner joy, and tears inner suffering.
    • it appears to physical sight. Take first what we have in
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • appears like an unwelcome intruder; it destroys, in the midst
    • appears as a testing, as an incentive to greater striving. In
    • only sees spirit where it appears as a kind of crown on
    • looks at the way spirit first appears in the natural world,
    • life. The spirit that in the physical world appears as the
    • spirit reappears as if reborn within them.
    • the cross of Christ Jesus bears witness to this truth, for,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • place through which the spiritual eyes and ears are opened.
    • electricity. At first love appears as sexual love and evolves
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, its aim was not to satisfy curiosity about the
    • fourteenth years to habits, memory, temperament and so on;
    • years is the time when the faculty of the critical intellect
    • matters greatly what it sees and hears and generally absorbs.
    • vital that during these years the educator is an exemplary
    • years, it is mainly a question of authority, confidence,
    • disposition. During these years allegories and symbols act
    • social impulses in the young during the formative years. What
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • riddle to which during thousands of years the most varied
    • hand, if one fears death, it is a consolation to know that
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • physical senses of eyes and ears are protected before
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years corresponds in the
    • seventh and fourteenth years is also the time to foster the
    • what is taught bears fruit and forms the character. What the
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • tears inner sadness. Cheerfulness and sadness we must in this
    • tears, that is, the material expression of cheerfulness and
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • realized that in the first seven years of life only what is
    • of eyes and ears will provide far more pleasure; this is
    • principle is at work in the first seven years, and should be
    • years; the mother who breast-feeds her child pays heed to
    • first years.
    • ready to begin his “years of apprenticeship”
    • approaches his “years of mastery”
    • years. However, these time limits must not be taken too
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • that appears as a basic feature of various accounts can be
    • who in his later years was an ordinary normal clergyman, was
    • seen with physical sight or heard with physical ears. One
    • the person's inner life. Likewise you recognize tears to be
    • brow or tears. If you do not stop short at today's
    • The garment of Life which the Deity wears!
    • person back the oxygen. Plants that grew millions of years
    • to the persistent drip of water that wears away the stone.
    • follow mankind's evolution through millions of years.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • work The Flying Dutchman bears witness to his belief in the
    • of more than can be perceived by eyes and ears. We should be
    • forswears the love through which he is a member of a
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • soul begins to evolve spiritual eyes and ears. We must not
    • and ears can be opened so that he attains a higher kind of
    • physical light; it appears like a sea of spirituality out of
    • what appears to live in human beings as a mere point , aa a
    • astral bodies. It appears as a mere point to which we say:
    • “I am. But this member of our being, which appears so
    • think of man as he is today or as he was thousands of years
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • years ago. It was not understood then, and since then hardly anyone
    • years for this art.
    • think of it as something which appears immodestly in the world and
    • years”. The many complaining letters revolving around this
    • person of Miss Berta Meyer. During the months of the war years we
    • thanked their being, were also rehearsed with these seals. Thus
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • Orient, willed by the Spirit, bears with reference to the handling of
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • last two or three thousand years before Christ, this powerful
    • thousand years preceding the Mystery of Golgotha — when
    • we may say, that during the last thousand years before the
    • during the last thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • light upon the occult wisdom of thousands of years ago, an the
    • of Christ-Jesus who lived upon the earth for three years and
    • was Saturn. We should bear in mind that milliards of years ago
    • Zarathustra, by Pythagoras, who all lived about 600 years
    • an epoch of many thousands of years, we would find a moment
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • of years ago our soul passed through our astral body, through
    • astral body were one. This leads us back thousands of years, to
    • minerals, so 6000 years before our Christian ere marked the
    • What took place at that time? At that time, 6000 years
    • unites with the mineral consciousness, so 6000 years
    • years before our era. This, is the source from which
    • add about 4000 years to the time which has passed since the
    • 12,000 years after the old cosmic year.
    • to another union. Twelve thousands of years pass by from one
    • surrounding world not only in the way in which it appears to
    • Zarathustra speaks of twelve thousands of years, the twelve
    • thousand years mentioned just now. He described the course of
    • thousand years.
    • encompasses thousands of years.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • rhythmic processes, which go on from seven to seven years, something
    • in reality only seven years old at 28. So, this is something, which
    • 14th years lives only in the head very slowly and has come to an end
    • come to an end. Four times seven years come into consideration. (The
    • leave after seven years. Now something must remain, even when matter
    • work into each other, that we truly have to know that, being 28 years
    • old, we would be only seven years in reality, if we were a head being
    • 35 years old, we would be in fact only 14 years if we were only
    • is perception, which appears as perception of sight, just as you notice
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of 7–8 years. Its substance is completely demolished,
    • and the “spleen” appears today already in a variety of forms.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • his organism after seven years. But I also mentioned last time how this
    • after 7 or 8 years. The heart is being renewed. It is made anew. What
    • years seriously you will see: if that which will come as renewed substance
    • is already there after 6 years, that which is there as the old heart
    • At best something like an inkling appears in the contrasting attitude
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • studies of the last few years will actually have more or less
    • other things too. It always appears when human beings want to
    • find a solution. Ahriman is the one who appears first when this
    • materialist, he will jeer and scoff when he hears people
    • always, as I say. But I have counted many cases over the years
    • next moment another being appears and changes the whole thing,
    • or a being you were counting on drops out and disappears and no
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • duality. Look at nature. Mere nature always bears the
    • can now say that everybody bears his past within him, and this
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • otherwise. I hardly need mention that after a few years the two
    • Many years passed. By chance a very unusual event followed. The
    • not concern himself with this sort of thing hears by chance
    • been predetermined hundreds of years before in the life
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • Obviously we must not be pedantic; fifty years more or less do
    • empty space appears for new impulses which can then enter the
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • we look at his portrait thirty years later. Is it no longer
    • like him, thirty years later, because it does not agree with
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • immediate forbears or ancestors of the last century. I told
    • essentially to the events on the earth in recent years.
    • human beings in their earliest years; one must indeed develop
    • book you find you must have been for years accustomed to what
    • twenty-seven years old, that is—we have in our
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • in the early years, first babbling, then gradually learned to
    • for some years have been coming out of the spiritual world
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • during the catastrophe of these last years. Although in a one-sided
    • years in which to practise their Roman Catholicism and yet have fallen
    • has been preached during these 1900 years by the various Christian
    • something that appears to them as a radical difference between animal
    • eighteen, nineteen years ago for fifteen years he had been writing a
    • gone on for fifteen years since when eighteen, nineteen years have passed;
    • odd this appears. Man's attention is directed to one dog, two, three
    • to approach the Guardian of the Threshold who appears on mankind's horizon
    • about 1413, for the 2160 years that the epoch of the consciousness soul
    • years! And just look at what comes to light through animals in the way
    • faculty for abstraction, even though it appears one-sidedly in the various
    • for the first time anyone hears the kind of things I have been saying
    • regard very much of whet has been done for years by the clever as pure
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • being of man as he appears on earth is supposed to develop without any
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • immediately she bears a child—this love of the mother for her
    • Now you know that a certain relation existed some years ago between
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • the man Jesus was born, lived thirty years in the way we have often
    • he lived on another three years, during the last year going through
    • stage runs from 747 years before the event of Golgotha to the year 1413
    • for the fifth post-Atlantean period. For how many years go by, my dear
    • friends, in one culture period? You know that if you take 1413 years
    • after the Mystery of Golgotha and 747 years before, that gives us one
    • culture period, 2160 years, a little over 2000 years. This is about
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • world as a man through his eyes and ears knows about the physical world
    • to recall something I have often said to you during these years of catastrophe,
    • of which will be fulfilled above everything else during the next years,
    • not understood, perhaps underlay his remarkable saying of later years:
    • “Perhaps a hundred years hence Germans will be different from
    • at the last years of the eighties, for example. When after the death
    • that even a hundred years after Goethe is in reality far more scholarly
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • throughout Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throughout Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Nine of the
    • Whoever has worked for many years within these circles, or are
    • flash through the realm — and then something else appears. Here
    • which appears to you as a row of separate spheres, here a
    • The astral body only appears in a kind of firm, steady form as
    • it appears in the astral body as all kinds of thickenings,
    • where it blossoms and bears fruit. Thus astrality gradually
    • appears, here the astral has the upper hand. The principle of
    • researching the plant, how it grows through summer and bears
    • human being exists in a certain place. He hears all kinds of
    • disappears. Just so it is with sensory perceptions: the human
    • or she will meet something which appears as quite new, a
    • appears as spiritual hearing. This is of course difficult to
    • a varied manner. The one, which appears most strongly when you
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • throughout Austria, Germany and Switzerland in the years 1916–1919.
    • throughout Austria, Germany and Switzerland in the years 1916–1919.
    • folk tradition in which appears the “Puppet Show”
    • Faust encounters the Earth Spirit in such a form as it appears
    • not philistine, self knowledge appears to Faust. What was it
    • soul, when we keep everything in mind, which appears as
    • Mephistopheles appears as Lucifer to Faust. This results in the
    • experience everything which appears as a luciferic element.
    • he appears amid all that had been brought from the mothers,
    • work which had accompanied Goethe during nearly sixty years of
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Eight of the
    • well, you must improve,” it appears that he has developed a
    • such and such a date in Vienna, but rather about fifty years
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • as it appears at present from the outside, the idea called up through
    • and its points directed downwards appears to be growing larger, and
    • future can develop out of that which today appears in the form of social
    • in past years we thought we should be successful.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • itself, appears from below and approaching man above is the real Being
    • appears in its whole outline growing out of the blue. You will see more
    • appears physiologically in man as actual formative principles, the Luciferic
    • in this figure of Ahriman. He appears as if slain by light, hence the
    • to a certain extent appears in his essence. This is what I would beg
    • is thus indeed, especially as at present man wears in many respects
    • to the destructive forces in Europe during the last 4 or 5 years; only
    • of Spiritual Science or Anthroposophy, bears no fruit on this account,
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • powerful, and during the sixty years in which he was creating
    • With tears and sighs and frenzied wringing
    • And now the crowd's applause rings in my ears like
    • Faust standing between the divine, spiritual world that bears
    • makes quite clear. And what appears now? A travelling
    • further back in time, say a few thousand years before the
    • veil, also of stone — the veiled Isis of Sais. it bears
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • strolling — as it appears in the text — at his
    • long ago, nearly thirty years, in the eighties of the 19th
    • when she again appears, also glides along. Thus with Goethe
    • were rehearsing that corrections would be needed even in the
    • clambered for three hundred years. That means that Goethe
    • calls up spirits who are three hundred years behind. The
    • origin of Faust lies three hundred years back; the Faust
    • witch souls, for they are three hundred years behind. Since
    • Three hundred years I've clambered zealous.”
    • who is really three hundred years old. The witches are not as
    • the one who has been clambering for three hundred years,
    • him. To Mephistopheles himself she appears as Medusa, from
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • often appears foolish. This is why such a great spirit as
    • appears no doubt, very witty but it is really nothing more
    • Mephistopheles, the ahrimanic element, appears. For the
    • would then see a whole world. But the ego tears man's astral
    • there appears before the world a document living entirely in
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • course of years, we need reflect only upon how the Greek
    • considering during these past years, what is supposed to
    • actually different from what it appears at first sight. What
    • insinuating all this into the courtiers' ears. But
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • and an epoch lasts 2166 years) We have to solve in the widest
    • where Helena herself appears. For these three scenes
    • Helena appears: —
    • the scene at the Emperor's Court, and finally appears in its
    • where Helena appears not merely as a spectre, but as a
    • robbed, and now she hears all that is being said of her. It
    • not to the reality come to her ears, and in the last resort
    • it will soon have lasted as many years. Why is it so? Why do
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • Thus, of the 2160 years of the fourth post-Atlantean epoch,
    • 747 years had to run their course before the main impulse
    • reached the ears of his father, so that he had his son
    • carries Helena away when she is ten years old, and keeps her
    • three Goddesses? The human being then appears as the mere
    • politician appears upon the scenes to-day, wishing to speak
    • have been consigned to death during two years and three to
    • was so after two years, and now, considerably more than three
    • years have elapsed. This is only the consequence of the false
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • self-knowledge appears comparatively early in man, though not
    • significant dreams. In former years I have often told you
    • to what often happens on waking: one hears something that
    • appears to be still in the dream spiritually, in imaginative
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • Spiritual Science for many years, and yet am no whit
    • become anthroposophists, appears to differ very little from
    • layers of consciousness appears,
    • the world that re-appears in the vague experience of dreams.
    • Empusa who appears in this scene among the Lamiae around
    • twenty years of the eighteenth century during which these
    • Saturn. On a higher level, the earlier appears in the later.
    • It is the same as regards evil. Evil appears in order that
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • life of spirit contains that this life appears in the right
    • understanding. nevertheless, it appears to me of quite
    • white appears and he has to realize: The wall is still white
    • means directing the we to the phenomenon to what appears,
    • reflected in what appears to one as life between death and a
    • be stock of ideas that we may take it he has when 42 years
    • bespangled theatrical garments appears in man's
    • followed for nearly two thousand years, how is it that
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • question: Is it like?—Often indeed one hears the
    • years he was striving to find the way of putting into outward
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • Faust for about sixty years. Moreover, we have to do here
    • most difficult circumstances about two years before his
    • the crown of this metamorphosis-idea, that appears for us
    • metamorphosis-idea. Proteus appears in his various forms that
    • nature, when the moon disappears and dawn breaks. But man
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • appears, to even a moderately unprejudiced observation! The
    • head to develop further, a fearsome monster would emerge in
    • moment when Faust appears before Manto. Goethe is trying here
    • clearly seen when Mephistopheles appears for the last time
    • looking into ourselves, we hear with our external ears;
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • bears this world of nature within himself in his outer physical
    • soul life appears much more characteristically in a dream than
    • the dream creates initially something which appears
    • years ago. But what there asserts itself rises up next to other
    • Occurrences which took place ten years ago are tied together
    • Over against this there now appears that which I always call
    • another by years. We can combine them in such a way that the
    • ears and so on, but it now fills itself with spiritual content.
    • looks at one's own self, that one can love that which appears
    • of our time, which as a demand of heart and soul appears in
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • mankind, although it appears far removed from the realm of our
    • which appears above in the heaven, which works out of the earth
    • appears as an image of something which shines above in the
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • instance. It appears, when we contemplate the plant, that
    • activity within the entire development appears to us as one of
    • of years, a spiritual and meaningful stages were reached. High
    • from all sides it appears that we encounter the physical planet
    • as spiritual; it appears penetrated by spirit. We then learn to
    • appears to people. Further we will learn to understand that
    • this world disappears. We call this unconsciousness.
    • movement, it appears cold and calculated by the mind. When we
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • For years past this man, imbued with an enormous amount of
    • fairly bears out my meaning.
    • consciousness through which he appears before us as a
    • sense-organs of the body, the eyes and ears, have been
    • Those ancestors are the physical forebears of man, but this is
    • undeveloped forebears of man should be installed; for
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • years past, we have had to draw attention to a certain point of
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • lectures given in this very town many years ago, before the war, and
    • less in detail for many years. I have said more than once that a time
    • In the years that have passed since we were last together, you
    • form of senselessness. What went on between the years 1914 and 1918
    • during the actual years of the war.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • own Angel, just as through our eyes and ears we are connected with the
    • ears are in the physical world. And the more idealistic thoughts and
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • recent years. True, someone may say that it seems to him as though he
    • had lived through centuries in these few years, but in general there
    • Everything was compressed into a few short years. Events like those of
    • years of the Thirty Years War, and a measure of illumination can only
    • this was done here some years ago (1910) but to-day we will
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • Years' War. The standard of life prevailing at this time in the
    • Two years after this time, in 1771, Baron von Miltitz was
    • do so.” And so Gottlieb, now nine years of age, was fetched,
    • Gottlieb in these early years imbibed from this Anti-Goeze all
    • was thirty years of age. Then a remarkable thing happened. Kant immediately
    • appears as completed existence within the outer senses. It must
    • several years the man worked on, never repeating the same lecture,
    • they are invariably behind their times by at least as many years as
    • an intellectual phenomenon as Fichte appears in the world, the very
    • into his soul, always he appears to us as the most direct
    • was kindled by his words as they poured through the ears into the
    • the ears of the spirit we can hear Fichte, if we understand him at
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • years of contemplative work on this great event we were able to
    • rehearsals. Anyone who wanted to take part had to adhere strictly to
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • thousands of years. He was one who looked deeply into spiritual life
    • such a way that it appears as a teaching given to his pupil. But to
    • appears almost like a justification of these human conflicts. If we bring
    • easily understood, whereas the one from the book appears for the
    • how, in the midst of the battle, Krishna appears and unveils before
    • can in his true spirit form. Then Krishna appears to him (later we
    • for the life of earth around him appears as something strange and
    • meet one of the first of those who through thousands of years have
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • horror-stricken, his charioteer suddenly appears as the instrument
    • I said many years ago, publicly in my books
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness that appears between our ordinary waking state and our
    • or less recently, or perhaps even many years ago, has reappeared in
    • recollection of an experience in everyday life we had years ago,
    • years ago, although they have been doing exercises all the time. The
    • battle.” But that is not what happens. Krishna appears, and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • this case for thousands of years. Therefore we ask again if these
    • paradox appears, for sleep after all is characterized by the complete
    • call the Christ, Who remained on earth altogether for three years.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • ears. The reason for Miss Keller's intellectual development is that,
    • use during the last four hundred years because they were spent in
    • two hundred years ago suspended the constructive activity on his
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • when he poured into Arjuna’s ears the most powerful, incisive,
    • that appear as forms of light. One finds that he hears sounds like
    • the latter presuppose eyes and ears, that is, sense organs. In the
    • mood of soul bears us up into the ninth and tenth discourses because
    • it can only be the holy and formless, the super-sensible, that appears
    • Eastern poem appears in its fullness, where Krishna finally appears
    • one fears to reproduce them.
    • world’s history, and when the author of this impulse appears to
    • bring to mankind’s ears the voice that should speak of slaying
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Gospel I delivered years ago in Basel, when for the first time I drew
    • outside there came into this body during three years of its life
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • reverence to that climax of spiritual achievement that appears in
    • of that period somewhat as follows. What appears to a person today in
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • free heavens appears to him, the impression he gains is none other
    • ears. They must appear in clouds of light because such are visible to
    • that he wears them like a garment, while in his real self he grows
    • years; the Christ who came to mankind to bring together these two
    • years from the baptism by John until the Mystery of Golgotha.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • to be a boundary. It becomes transparent, and behind it appears that
    • with what he is himself producing, something absolutely new appears.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • aggregates itself in such a way that this crystal form appears. We
    • certain epidemics are preparing. So we see what appears to be untimely
    • violently. That is the “malice of things”. But it appears
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • time the work appears in such a light that one asks: Wherefore all
    • Greek Initiation, where it appears in its solemnity. What had been
    • feels himself forsaken and alone if nothing else appears, because he
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • somewhat as a stream which has been on the surface and then disappears
    • Everything that appears at a certain time in the evolution of
    • achievements. On the other side, there appears in Goethe, tormenting
    • that bears on education, with its popularisation of modern science.
    • nature which man bears within himself: concerning Amfortas and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • a matter of twenty years or so, a certain number of them will already
    • a thousand years before the Christian era. It is the epoch of Thales,
    • The special mission of the period which began about a thousand years
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture II: The Mission of Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • Manes, lived on the Earth three hundred years after Jesus the Christ.
    • continent now submerged under the ocean that bears its name. Traces of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IV: Involution and Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • their homes, the figure of a woman appears and places a number of
    • appears and oppresses man during his sleep. The reversed Lord's Prayer
    • Think of the marvelous structure of the femur, of the bone which bears
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • For thousands of years the higher wisdom was guarded in profound
    • last hundred years under the influence of scientific discoveries. As
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • “Before the eyes can see, they must be incapable of tears.”
    • appears in all mythologies. In the Edda, he whispers into the
    • Fourth degree: the Initiate bears the name of his people — he is
    • In deep sleep, the Initiate hears these sounds as if they were the
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VII: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • re-incarnation, therefore, was to be lost for two thousand years and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • The neophyte who meditates on this theme for months and years has a
    • remain aloof when everything is tumbling about our ears, to say
    • impulses of will, his desires and his thoughts, appears to the
    • appears before him and speaks these words:
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • follows the cause. In the astral world, the aim appears as the cause
    • hatred entertained against another being appears as an attacking
    • bears within him. The black magician has the urge to kill, to create a
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • seven years, but the form remains. Behind substance is the
    • happening in higher worlds. This fact appears again in masonic ritual
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • years. Similarly, etheric substance is renewed, although its
    • years. For them there is neither Kamaloca or Devachan but unbroken
    • God — the Christ. 2,160 years before that, the vernal equinox
    • cults of the Egyptian Apis or the Mithras Bull in Persia. 2,160 years
    • new meaning to the incarnations occurring in them. 2,160 years is
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XII: The Devachanic World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • man sees marvelous forms and hears words that are pregnant with
    • physical substance appears as an empty sheath. But it is only the
    • sound, penetrating by the ears into the brains of others, where images
    • ‘Swan.’ He hears the sounds through which his master speaks
    • Apollo brings to the ears of men the tones of the Beyond. The swan is
    • Swan is the chela who bears the master.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • ears with which to hear. Movement in the semi-liquid, semi-gaseous
    • into ears and the frontal parts of his structure into arms and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • will be giving body to the word which bears and sustains the image.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • appears there as joy. And all joy is experienced as sorrow. Its
    • 8) In this layer everything appears fragmented and reproduced to
    • ninth layer represents the substantial origin of what appears on earth
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • events in Palestine between the years 1 and 33 A.D. He who
    • several years in a modern European initiation — because
    • would be in the physical world without eyes or ears. One
    • had no eyes there would be no colours, if one had no ears
    • incarnations, another in seventy years, another in seven
    • years, others in seven months, seven days or seven hours.
    • higher ego appears before Him — his own higher ego,
    • Everything appears reversed on the astral plane. Even time is
    • When one has left the physical body, this appears to one as a
    • mentioned previous to the awakening. He appears for the first
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • This is the mystical death. The whole world appears as
    • disciple who bears witness that Christ lives. Now the higher
    • vanishes, and every doubt disappears, if one knows that what
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • realise that everything we do by means of our eyes, ears and
    • the two incarnations is fifteen to eighteen hundred years.
    • group of boys no more than ten years old, and set about
    • finish learning. Sometimes when one hears an explanation like
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • appears in perpetual movement except for one small space, shaped like
    • space. Just as the empty centre of a flame appears blue when seen through
    • the light around it, so this empty space appears blue because of the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • not yet accessible to ordinary people, one often hears an objection to
    • sentences. “Night and darkness lay around me for years and then
    • of anyone who hears of higher worlds only through the communications of
    • The spiritual eyes and ears of everyone can be opened, if he brings
    • in seven; one in seven years, another in seven months or seven days
    • appears as its mirror-reflection, and it is essential to be aware of
    • only in the soul. To box someone's ears is wrong, but a bad thought
    • At first the sea of colour appears uncontrolled, unattached to any objects;
    • in the world of Devachan. And so another world appears to him; after
    • Bear to spirit-ears the ringing
    • Eyes are dazed and ears astounded,
    • in the physical world appears dark, and vice versa. We see things, too,
    • space he occupies appears dark, but round him is a radiant halo.
    • a battle appears like a great thunderstorm, fiery flashes of lightning,
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • time appears to us as a kind of unconsciousness; only a few memories
    • entire life appears before his soul in a moment, like a great tableau.
    • reappears; hence also the recollection of the whole past life immediately
    • our ears, absolute silence; and no feeling of heat or cold without the
    • music — but he lacks ears.
    • of which he was so suddenly deprived. Nothing else bears comparison
    • for instance he has lived for seventy-five years, his time in Kamaloka
    • will be twenty-five years. And what happens then? The astral bodies
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth and fourteenth years is taken up with acquiring knowledge:
    • only a few thousand years ago this region was covered with primeval
    • backwards round the Zodiac year by year, taking 2,160 years to
    • And indeed the period of 2,160 years does signify a complete change
    • these 2,160 years as a period during which conditions on Earth change
    • incarnations is in fact about 1,000 years. It is not true that there is
    • is that a soul appears once as a man and once as a woman during this
    • period of 2,160 years. It will then have had all the experiences available
    • or animal, and everything physical that still exists, appears as a
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • interval of about I,000 years between death and the next incarnation,
    • his being, and then it appears as a Double, a Doppelgänger.
    • memory of a man's past life appears like a tableau before his soul, so is
    • thread in the causal body darkens and disappears. It persists through
    • tomorrow how Theosophy bears on these problems of education, which point
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • will be disturbed. During the first seven years it is best to leave
    • the child during his first seven years is through the development of
    • are significant, and everything a child sees or hears affects him in
    • The most important thing during the first seven years is to nourish
    • the first seven years. Hence during these years we must try to influence
    • during these early years a child should be surrounded by noble-minded,
    • seven years. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the inner members
    • the third period of seven years, the age of puberty, the astral body
    • of years, the law will of its own accord become part of our feelings.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • the physical body, in so far as it bears on the law of karma. All our
    • him. Think of yourselves as you were a few years ago before you knew
    • separate years of his life and over his life as a whole. In this way he
    • is today because of the changes in human evolution. Five thousand years
    • have, was deliberately planned for thousands of years ahead, and it
    • very widespread today, which was hardly known a hundred years ago —
    • which has been given out to meet the needs of humanity. A hundred years
    • were twenty-eight highly gifted musicians in a period of 250 years. Again,
    • you will find good musical ears, and so when a soul with a strongly
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • At our present stage of evolution conscience appears as a kind of inner
    • appears quite late, and in the language of the earlier Greeks no word
    • at from one side only. Everything which appears to us in one condition
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • eighty years. The physical body is thus in all details the most perfect
    • been heard with Devachanic ears. After existing for a certain period
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture X: Progress of Mankind Up To Atlantean Times
    Matching lines:
    • After millions of years
    • further million years or so, Earth and Moon had acquired a very different
    • means after millions of years — the Earth became more solid. The
    • spread over this continent. In the course of millions of years they
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • Brown-man hears the thunder and sees the lightning and this language
    • he can understand; his God speaks to him in this language. He hears
    • his God speaks to him. He hears the water rippling in the brook, and
    • need only remind ourselves that on the astral plane everything appears
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • may dream that she is on her way to church; she enters; she hears the
    • hears the cock crowing outside!
    • get some idea of how time appears in the astral world. A small experience
    • man and other beings always appears as astral light. Passions appear
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • “Before the eye can see, it must be incapable of tears.”
    • years with absolute patience and perseverance, you will find that these
    • and the world of Devachan appears before him. This is the rending of
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • appears as red; every colour appears as its complementary opposite.
    • remarkable appears. For example, a plant held in the midst of this layer
    • appears to be multiplied, and so with everything else. But the essential
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of a medical faculty. It hardly appears any more in Protestant
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the physical organism in the first seven years of human life are the
    • assemble the really essential material, the number of years medical
    • person develops further; then something quite special appears. The
    • if the labile condition starts between seventeen and nineteen years:
    • What next appears,
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • What appears at the threshold of perception is the first stage for
    • and in the retina is what appears to ordinary consciousness as
    • through the pain: a cherub or seraph appears (this is what the
    • thousand years later. Time is measured quite differently in the
    • years. Let me show by this line (see drawing above) that something
    • appears in three thousand years' time. That is the normal course. You
    • line of time is in that ball. Three thousand years are in that ball.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of every seven or eight years a person pushes off all
    • were correct, we would have new teeth every seven years. We get new
    • part is indeed replaced in the course of seven or eight years. Thus a
    • basic statement can be made for the first seven years. Human beings
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • really holds good only for the first seven years of life. Only for
    • those first seven years is it true that a person's characteristics
    • seven years provides, in a certain sense, a kind of model from which
    • years of etheric body, astral body, and ego) fashions a new physical
    • seven years, but then in the ninth and tenth years they develop in
    • particular kind of work the etheric body has to do. For in the years
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • years of life the child's whole being cannot unite with anything
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • great deal to do in these first seven years of life. It works quietly
    • freed, one can only realize if one perceives that at fourteen years
    • the first seven years into the physical development and is now
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • in the body in the first seven years of the human being, in the
    • works in the first seven years of life are in the cosmos; they are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • — For example a man might say: “Sure, ten years ago I was
    • picture and it was the same one I'd seen thirty years earlier in
    • nineteenth, twentieth years, the ego is stuck too deeply in the
    • us in those early years by premature cleverness, it is a matter of
    • When it appears in the first life period, however, we should be
    • prevented from shining down into the first seven years of life that
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • putting into the child's first years of life something that should
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years or so to the early times of the Old Testament, you
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • obsessed him for years. Even so, he is still bound to animals. After
    • ten years he gets another dog, and now see what happens: he plays
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • appears as a refined (or even metamorphosed) breathing process, is
    •  Plate IVClick image for large view[It appears Plate IV and VI were mixed up in the original publication of the book ...we have switched them (see date in lower-left of image) – e.Ed] 
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • think very, very well. One sees nothing, hears nothing, but one can
    • they stream in into something physical, which then appears as merely
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • appears. This is the physician's task.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    •  Plate VIClick image for large view[It appears Plate IV and VI were mixed up in the original publication of the book ...we have switched them (see date in lower-left of image) – e.Ed] 
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • the same thoughts that have been used for hundreds of years to think
    • happens approximately every 25,920 years. There we have found a
    • through approximately 25,920 of our ordinary years.
    • is encircled by those 25,920 years. And we can very well conceive of
    • the largest interval of time that we possess, to what appears to us
    • 25,920 years: in that span of time the nature of our physical body is
    • 25,920 years. The activity that takes place in our physical body in
    • seventy-two years, the so-called human life span. And we get 25,920
    • days. So we have a life of seventy-two years as the normal rhythm
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • seventy-two years, the 25,920 days in the same way that a breath, one
    • inhalation-exhalation, appears within the whole breathing process?
    • Let us see how the average human life of seventy-two years fits into
    • the Platonic cosmic year. Let us count the seventy-two years as
    • lives x 72 years = 25,920 years: the Platonic year.
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
    • to it. And so one has had to invent leap years, intercalary months,
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • first seven or eight years is entirely stripped off.
    • It appears as a metamorphosis rather than the end of a phase of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • of a medical faculty. It hardly appears any more in Protestant
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the physical organism in the first seven years of human life are the
    • assemble the really essential material, the number of years medical
    • person develops further; then something quite special appears. The
    • if the labile condition starts between seventeen and nineteen years:
    • What next appears,
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • What appears at the threshold of perception is the first stage for
    • and in the retina is what appears to ordinary consciousness as
    • through the pain: a cherub or seraph appears (this is what the
    • thousand years later. Time is measured quite differently in the
    • years. Let me show by this line (see drawing above) that something
    • appears in three thousand years' time. That is the normal course. You
    • line of time is in that ball. Three thousand years are in that ball.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • in the course of every seven or eight years a person pushes off all
    • were correct, we would have new teeth every seven years. We get new
    • part is indeed replaced in the course of seven or eight years. Thus a
    • basic statement can be made for the first seven years. Human beings
    • worked in it during those years. These forces have so appropriated
    • really holds good only for the first seven years of life. Only for
    • those first seven years is it true that a person's characteristics
    • seven years provides, in a certain sense, a kind of model from which
    • years of etheric body, astral body, and ego) fashions a new physical
    • seven years, but then in the ninth and tenth years they develop in
    • particular kind of work the etheric body has to do. For in the years
    • during the first seven years, it is not yet able to receive other
    • years of life the child's whole being cannot unite with anything
    • physical worlds during the first seven years of life will be seen as
    • great deal to do in these first seven years of life. It works quietly
    • freed, one can only realize if one perceives that at fourteen years
    • the first seven years into the physical development and is now
    • depths of human nature. During the first seven years these soul
    • in the body in the first seven years of the human being, in the
    • works in the first seven years of life are in the cosmos; they are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • — For example a man might say: “Sure, ten years ago I was
    • picture and it was the same one I'd seen thirty years earlier in
    • nineteenth, twentieth years, the ego is stuck too deeply in the
    • us in those early years by premature cleverness, it is a matter of
    • When it appears in the first life period, however, we should be
    • prevented from shining down into the first seven years of life that
    • should really only emerge during the second seven years.
    • putting into the child's first years of life something that should
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years or so to the early times of the Old Testament, you
    • something is working that appears in the rhythmic system,
    • obsessed him for years. Even so, he is still bound to animals. After
    • ten years he gets another dog, and now see what happens: he plays
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • appears as a refined (or even metamorphosed) breathing process, is
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • think very, very well. One sees nothing, hears nothing, but one can
    • they stream in into something physical, which then appears as merely
    • bringing our past karma with it appears to be bringing reproach, and
    • appears. This is the physician's task.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • the same thoughts that have been used for hundreds of years to think
    • happens approximately every 25,920 years. There we have found a
    • through approximately 25,920 of our ordinary years.
    • is encircled by those 25,920 years. And we can very well conceive of
    • the largest interval of time that we possess, to what appears to us
    • 25,920 years: in that span of time the nature of our physical body is
    • 25,920 years. The activity that takes place in our physical body in
    • seventy-two years, the so-called human life span. And we get 25,920
    • days. So we have a life of seventy-two years as the normal rhythm
    • breaths during one day. What is it, then, that appears within the
    • seventy-two years, the 25,920 days in the same way that a breath, one
    • inhalation-exhalation, appears within the whole breathing process?
    • Let us see how the average human life of seventy-two years fits into
    • the Platonic cosmic year. Let us count the seventy-two years as
    • lives x 72 years = 25,920 years: the Platonic year.
    • what successive years and days bring us. In short, we evolve as human
    • wonder in pondering over this rhythm of 25,920 years. One is awed by
    • to it. And so one has had to invent leap years, intercalary months,
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • the individual during the first seven years of life. The first body
    • first seven or eight years is entirely stripped off.
    • It appears as a metamorphosis rather than the end of a phase of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • even his outer form bears testimony to the fact that his being lives
    • sound of which the sense-perceptible tone which the ear hears is only
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • element, the solid, which appears now on the third “day.”
    • bears the impress of the joint idea they had formed of their work. We
    • appears as an expression of the capacity and skill acquired by the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • but that the fourth state appears as something new.
    • faculties of seers who speak to us across thousands of years.
    • from the various lectures I have given in the course of years, or
    • have been taught for years that during the Saturn evolution the
    • what I am saying for years that you will acquire a real grasp of how
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • manifestations of the spirit behind all that appears in the positive
    • last thirty years or so I have been trying at intervals to show the
    • for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years.]
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • Genesis now appears to us in a new light. When we are told that what
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • object-consciousness. I have for many years been calling attention to
    • this, and years ago I was able to give information out of the Akasha
    • that a fire external to ourselves appears as a being radiating light.
    • inner process; and while what appears in picture form, in colour,
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • things which I have told you in the course of years about the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • appears on the outside, the more rarefied, etheric, invisible body
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • that happened in the recent years of the war, but I refer to that
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • 30, 35 years old, he bears this inherited blood within him. In that he
    • King” which appears on every ministerial decree, really mean
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • central nerve of Buddhism. And the Christian, too, hears of a
    • hears that one of these Bodhisattvas — born 600 years before our
    • It was because for three years there dwelt in
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • once appears. We need the Christ Who draws into our will,
    • inner freedom, and of the real nature of the will which bears
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • During the Thirty Years' War, through strange workings of karma, this
    • This motif and trend of the Nordic sagas reappears in a medieval form
    • senses: the eyes for seeing, the ears for hearing, and all the other
    • restlessness, his neurasthenic condition, his pathological fears,
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • same God, incarnate in the Man of Palestine, appears in microcosmic
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    •     “preach to deaf ears; he will not be understood by men
    • from six hundred years before the event of Golgotha to six hundred
    • years after it — and think of certain experiences that arose in
    • existence bears him into the earthly world-illness is suffering. The
    • taught. Six hundred years after the Event of Golgotha the
    • nothingness of life. Men who lived six hundred years after the Event
    • into blessedness. Six hundred years after the Event of Golgotha the
    • all suffering, just as six hundred years before the Mystery
    • If, six hundred years before our era, entrance into the physical
    • the glory of the Christ Power and Christ Impulse it bears within it,
    • when the Maitreya Buddha appears, the uncorrupted body of Kashiapa,
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • already been given during the preceding years, from 1908 onwards. Dr.
    • For some years the most significant figure among the group of students
    • encounters, and which led towards the foundation, eleven years later,
    • The theme of Faith, Love and Hope appears in a wonderful way in the
    • imitates what it hears; but that in the early days of talking it has
    • years before the Christian era.
    • during the last 1,000 years, they have gradually adopted modern
    • the first physical personalities, the primal forebears of mankind, and
    • for those who, during the last 1,000 years, have been connected with
    • on, during the next 3,000 years — of an urge to refrain from what
    • a dreamlike way what appears to be an action of their own; yet they
    • during the next 3,000 years does not entail Christ being restricted to
    • next 3,000 years, until important new weighty facts are once more
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • personality living about a hundred years before Christ under the name
    • reckoning of time this will be in about 3,000 years, when a sufficient
    • able to do approximately 3,000 years hence. There is, as yet, no human
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • We have all got ears, but we each hear in our own way. We all have
    • receive through inheritance as ears, nose, eyes, brain, etc., we can
    • people a very active life indeed. It appears so active to us because
    • the twenty-first year and so on; in periods of seven years. And if you
    • of life do not progress in periods of seven years, but irregularly,
    • years. He, too, has his task, each one must accommodate himself to his
    • given by one who dies in later years. That rests in the fact that
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Munich in those early years, through the performances of the Mystery
    • life-strength in later years. It must be admitted that the valuable
    • you picture two centuries later, how different everything appears!
    • the very significant fact that on the one side, through many years of
    • that we may say a widening of our vision appears. While during the
    • Ego remains. But there now appears, and you can gather for yourselves,
    • appears something quite peculiar, to which man has first to accustom
    • and rebirth. To see nature here we have our physical eyes, ears, and
    • such a way that everything that appears is within you. Just as here a
    • its own accord. It appears without one's having very much to do with
    • died. But a soul that appears more of its own accord is a soul which
    • and the task of these years really lies in our experiencing them. Now,
    • in him which he did not use in the years which would have followed his
    • if they had lived till fifty, sixty or seventy years of age. The
    • which he forsook at physical birth. Everything appears different.
    • such a manner that it appears more from outside. Whereas if a man dies
    • task. Outer activity withdraws, and there appears in the soul the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • human life it appears to us as if the accident had overtaken the man,
    • etheric body, perhaps during many years. That force is nevertheless in
    • appears. From the spiritual world one looks back in like manner at the
    • appears as something infinitely significant, when the spiritual
    • existence. From the spiritual this appears so that one can say,
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • appears in the relation of the two people. As has been said, it may
    • with it in the spiritual world, but there also appears the world of
    • appears, apparently from quite a different quarter, a picture, an
    • earth-man appears very different to us when we consider him from the
    • then bears the same relation to us as does the outer world now, is
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • took place, then a serious psychic illness appears, to which I have
    • and heard with spiritual ears. So that what I have already explained
    • penalty, twenty years' imprisonment. The person concerned (none other
    • this verdict as one of the greatest triumphs of his many years of
    • He was not clearly conscious whether in the intervening years he had
    • to pass. Finally, he overhears a conversation, whereby he learns that
    • the consciousness appears evident to his soul; he has an insight into
    • years the Manager of the Hamburg Theatre, and who later became Manager
    • place. It appears to him as a memory which preceded the perception.
    • noted man nearly a hundred years ago. He drew attention continually to
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Ċsteson
    Matching lines:
    • the other member of the inner life appears before the human soul when
    • compare what we obtain through our senses, our eyes, ears, etc. —
    • following: Man has eyes, ears, sense of touch, etc., that is, a
    • in the course of months or years.’ For if he has written a book
    • when a man bears this Luciferic nature within him, then, while he
    • belief in authority which to-day appears under the mask of freedom.
    • remarkable poet, who died many years ago, wrote of his feeling about
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual organism which perceives, sees, hears and so on through the
    • spirit. Just as our soul creates eyes and ears in order to perceive
    • animals as eyes and ears in order to see and hear the world.
    • appears at first in symbols. If man concentrates for instance on his
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the Guardian of the Threshold appears in an abnormal way. This
    • into his etheric body without doing harm to the world. When one bears
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • which bears within itself the old sense of orientation in the three
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • In the perception of sound one hears the wisdom of the world. In the
    • hears or speaks man expresses himself directly in wisdom. At the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • following this appears when the pineal gland (epiphysis) is developed.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of about two thousand years. One can investigate when people who are
    • incarnated, one finds as a rule about 300 to 400 years after the birth
    • 800 years before Christ; that is about the time of the Iliad and the
    • About 800 years before Christ the sun in spring entered the
    • always slightly changing. Eight hundred years before Christ the sun
    • Cancer. Now already for some hundred of years it rises in the
    • not to teach reincarnation for two thousand years, not for any
    • nothing of it for two thousand years. In the gospel of St. John there
    • a period of about two thousand six hundred years.
    • 800 years before Christ and 1800 years after Christ, then we have two
    • thousand six hundred years. About the year 1800 we entered the sign of
    • every two thousand six hundred years, but the experiences he makes as
    • thousand three hundred years elapse between two incarnations as man or
    • as woman, and about two thousand six hundred years between such double
    • being bears within him the opposite sex as etheric body. Thus in the
    • There was a special reason why, for about two thousand years, the
    • about reincarnation. But from 800 years before Christ until about 1800
    • years after Christ, the time had elapsed during which nearly everyone
    • three hundred years had to have such a teaching as was brought by
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years independent towns had developed in all civilised
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Around the etheric body appears the astral body. It is the outer form
    • years or rather more.
    • be discovered. It has only existed for a few thousand years, because
    • disappears altogether out of these conditions into a shorter Pralaya.
    • astral condition. After this it appears physically once more.
    • Round reappears and grows up as the plant kingdom; for instance [the]
    • Then in the Fifth Round the previous mineral kingdom appears in all
    • Round. At first this reappears in the Arupic condition in the pure
    • we have a solution of cooking salt it appears as a uniform grayish
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • “Before the eyes can see they must give up tears”, [The
    • they must be incapable of tears.”] holds good for all times and
    • which he gains, this craving for the physical disappears.
    • Arupa Plane. What he then bears upwards from the Astral Plane streams
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • camera, there appears within it a picture of the surrounding world.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • years
    • on the other side of existence. Everything which appears as
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • for example Robespierre in his later years. Everything which appears
    • soul. As the fourth stage appears what comes towards the consciousness
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • us in the following incarnation, in such a way that it appears within
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • transpose ourselves back some thousands of years we find Europe
    • tools. If we go back about a million years we find in the same
    • not even to those of periods some thousands of years later. Natural
    • Threshold, the lower nature of man, frequently appears in a form of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • so, that a being which appears to us as pleasing works upon our
    • number 563 is there 365. A feeling of hatred also appears as if it
    • light-phenomenon appears (the mollusc-crab for example). This is a
    • brightness which arises around the thoughts soon disappears; but if
    • astral plane appears the counter picture of the nothingness, the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • the course of some thousands of years will become our self is now the
    • hundred years, an Akasha-picture gives the impression of the earlier
    • sometimes hear them tell of such things, in their earliest years, so
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • This ideal which man should attain in the distant future appears in
    • practised these observations and meditations for many years, indeed
    • people shed tears over ‘Die natürliche Tochter.’
    • astral plane, on his feeling, and reduced him to tears. This was the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIII
    Matching lines:
    • lasted nevertheless for perhaps four million years. [Rudolf Steiner
    • periods. Ed.] Four million years were needed by the Moon Pitris in
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIV
    Matching lines:
    • appears in certain pathological cases. Thus the purpose of single
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • The course of evolution in the world appears to us on three levels:
    • one, when as a result he bears within him the memory of the other
    • the final years. After the middle period a sort of reversal takes
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXX
    Matching lines:
    • something new appears. They began for the first time to eat food that
    • seven hundred years earlier announced its mission through the
    • attention to what others require from him; he bears in mind his fellow
    • Marx, Lassalle — only bears the worker in mind, in so far as he
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • which thought depends, first appears with the population of the
    • Buddhism appears as a throwback into the Atlantean Age. This is why we
    • appears in Europe, it was Christianity which first halted him, because
    • could have expressed. What there appears over-ripe appears in him as
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • substances. As recently as three hundred years ago, scholars believed
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • do it for thousands of years! For what is to be found in the wasps'
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • organization; and what the animal can experience in its soul appears
    • the spirit and bodily nature. In the way the animal appears to us as
    • shape in the body; I wish only to say: In the way man appears to us,
    • appears in later life in a finer, deeper, more intimate form when,
    • his inner self, we find how what actually first appears in the
    • appears rather as poured into the soul-nature and intensified. What
    • superiority over the animal ears the imprint of what is within him as
    • translated], and its full significance appears in Knowledge
    • and squeezes out tears: and if man notices this — so says
    • twenty-five years ago, a scientific investigator in this sphere, the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • description was, however, written more than a hundred years ago, and
    • the impressions received through his eyes, ears and other senses.
    • tell you the following story: “When I was thirty-five years old I
    • years old the solution to the problem arose from within me.”
  • Title: Lecture II: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • often extending over a period of many years, constituted the questions
    • took place in such Mysteries through the course of years consisted in
    • own bodies as well; but at the point where Mercury appears in the
    • in four or five years — admittedly in a way somewhat open to
    • five years and there is unwillingness to admit that a great deal more
    • The human being appears to be concentrated inside his skin, but this
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • appears to ordinary sight, or to anatomy and physiology. But he can
    • disappears when we pass into yonder world. And whereas we behold many
    • the man bears them into the organism he receives through heredity. You
    • outside, it still appears to us as if it were spatial, but it no
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • it appears there in mobile thought-forms, is the intellect. But as the
    • which appears as a terminal product, no longer radioactive, and this
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • As in recent years at the beginning of our Munich lecture course, may
    • beginning of this cycle should refer to what for several years has
    • to the movement. We began years ago in Berlin, actually connecting the
    • Now that for some years past we have been able to give dramatic
    • what the years that have since passed have also told us.
    • course of the recent years? It was the importance of the moment in the
    • Years ago, before we started our movement, I often had occasion to
    • of centuries, or over the last 2000 years, how the European can look
    • Greek life appears in quite a different light, and human and divine
    • Greek. Something quite special appears, too, when we allow the
    • feet, as can be done in the case of Caesar. The Greek soul appears
    • full of mystery when we look back into Grecian times, or so it appears
    • its own life. For many years we have been striving to understand the
    • — it is thus that Demeter stands before us. Persephone appears
    • remember with special thanks those who have for years been working
    • were busy rehearsing from morning to night, and on those days Dr.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • pursued over the years, we have recognised that the striving after
    • organs man bears within him because as soon as he begins to bestir
    • germinal and appears so imperfect in man, like the hands in comparison
    • to others but only appears if the eye is there, so the world that is
    • Now another remarkable phenomenon appears to us that can best be
    • years He was living on earth, deliberately left the physical body as
    • brought into life and gave to the world during those three years He
    • years is true. In Christ we have a Being Whom the simplest mind can
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • particular part of it, appears incompletely developed. On enquiring
    • placed where all that we lack appears before us as something real, or
    • natural form, and I am well able to conceal what appears in my
    • because he hides nothing, because he bears in his very countenance
    • picture! But simply because this being appears in such a form, is no
    • to call a devil ugly if he appears as a devil. Feelings of this kind
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • human being is of such a nature that he bears his own being through
    • that it is possible to see; if the ears are prepared, they hear
    • toward which you show pride, tears through the veil and disappears
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • central point. Experience in the astral body, however, appears as a
    • make myself clear. Some years ago it suddenly struck me that certain
    • This feeling of timelessness, this feeling of the circle, appears at a
    • experience that appears there as a longing for temporal life is echoed
    • it that eternity sometimes appears as the passing moment, that the
    • eternal sometimes appears temporal, and that a being in the world
    • more highly organised ego that bears the same relation to the former
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • something within it that is really repeated and appears in all worlds.
    • as a soul you meet Lucifer in super-sensible worlds, he then appears
    • previous lectures, bears within it merely a memory of the ordinary ego
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • attains to visions of the higher worlds bears images within him of his
    • emotion? When we look through what appears in print in the world, we
    • what appears in the mirror is you. When a man wishes to take the first
    • how a totality appears in this way. First we see Buddha active on
    • its super-sensible beings, it appears as a certain hatred, a state of
    • right over their eyes and ears, will be induced to take them off.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • the inner life of man abstractly, it appears in the three forms we
    • spheres of the soul-nature of man, there appears a significant
    • appears to him, a spiritual world, just as a physical world exists
    • with our brain — this world disappears from our view. It no
    • it does not necessarily always appears the same. How differently does
    • thus do the eyes appear in the changed human form. The ears begin to
    • sound in a certain way. One does not see the ears as one does in the
    • short, the human form appears to one as something which gives forth
    • sparkles so that one can feel it, the eyes can be seen, the ears
    • body one has left behind — appears different. The exact
    • own being, which appears to us — it cannot be expressed
    • otherwise — it appears as our ‘personified karma.’
    • crystallised, that, even to the finest chemical formation man bears
    • back at oneself, something else appears; in looking at oneself, one
    • the physical nature, so that it appears as it does in thy
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual gaze to the experiences of our Ego during the years that
    • life appears in such a way that he asks: What is in the future? What
    • appears to us there as coming later? In this way, you have a more
    • there something concerning which one may say that it bears the same
    • the human ideal; this appears like a mighty spiritual structure,
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • Something quite unique appears when we observe the process of
    • being there appears not only this light and this colour, but, in
    • consequence of light and colour, there appears what we might call a
    • human being bears within him, must be aroused in the period between
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • appears in one who takes up Spiritual Science. A person who performs
    • effect on him. Owing to his clairvoyant consciousness there appears
    • cause of that which to clairvoyant consciousness appears as
    • now reappears in the spiritual world, in the way have described. On
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • example, at the age of forty the thought would only be twenty years
    • will reverberate in it for years, the soul has to mature something
    • gradually fade and die down, and they do this after some years.
    • for years, in which, through the illuminating power proceeding from
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us; we see it with respect to what it has made of us.
    • in the spiritual world, there appears from the twilight of our
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation to incarnation: the succession of your lives bears the
    • in nearly 2,000 years is the simple fact that the Christ descended to
    • Even in his latest years Goethe was still eager to learn. His inward
    • years. Men to-day have no idea of that!
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • been the great tendency of the last four hundred years. And to-day,
    • with political life from all that bears the imprint of the
    • super-earthly realms — that he bears in himself the fruits of
    • frightful catastrophe of the last four years.
    • four years, all that we are experiencing now and have still to
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • living perhaps two thousand years ago, who might dream of how the
    • world would look after two thousand years — not with the most
    • thousand years ago could not have conceived the shape which outer
    • have often said in the course of recent years: We are living in the
    • descendants for more than a certain period — thirty years after
    • usual, one hears that someone has said: “He speaks quite in the
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • have just been read out, some of which were written over 30 years
    • question only bears in it the possibility, the potentiality as it
  • Title: Second Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • before. It is displaced, — it appears elsewhere. Moreover you
    • appears violet, blue, green, yellow and red, Indeed, if we made a
  • Title: Third Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • IIc), but what appears in the first place is not the series of
    • material — though it appears transparent in all these lenses
  • Title: Fourth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • light appears reddish. At the bottom edge you have a region that is
    • spectrum. The “subjective” spectrum appears as an
    • prism, it appears to me in such a way that I get a spectrum: red,
  • Title: Fifth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • too; it then appears displaced downward instead of upward, moreover
    • another body appears blue. It swallows the remaining colours and
    • oil appears slightly yellow. If on the other hand you place yourself
    • Va). Look towards the light through the solution and it appears
    • of whatever it is that the light does with it, appears with a lasting
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • perceive the thing displaced. It appears at a different place than
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • with this, I also drew your attention to what appears, as is
    • the green colour that appears to me when I have been exposing my
  • Title: Eighth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • what appears in quite another part of our body, namely in the
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • which he observed is there in every organism and appears
    • first fifteen years, say, of our century; you must admit that a
    • through the wires, appears in the form in which you see it here
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • geometrical or kinematical ideas are related to what appears to us
    • our reason. We see with our eyes and hear with our ears. All that
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • presented to his senses. He sees colours and light, hears sounds, is
    • indeed given over to a spiritual world but it is a world which tears
    • to us; and because it does so, it appears to us as if it were the
    • see with our eyes and hear with our ears arouses in us certain
    • differences in quality between what the eyes see and the ears hear and
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • disappear. What disappears first is the ability to use the limbs and
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • person who for ten years has devoted himself to acquiring deeper
    • laid hold of his inner life, then after those ten years we can form an
    • the eyes, ears, and so forth, do not disturb us, do not immediately
    • and that for which compensation has to be made, appears like a dark
    • appears to us in astral vision as a definite image, the image of a
    • omission in thinking, appears to us in the image of a distorted
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • subject himself. Obedience to the teacher through many years was
    • were going back many, many years, a span of time very much longer than
    • the etheric body he now bears. He began to work at this etheric body
    • Then he lives backwards through further years — almost, but not
    • eyes saw, the ears heard and what confronted him in the outer world is
    • must bear in mind that, viewed from within, it appears as a cycle
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • rest. The choleric man will speak of how fiery everything appears, for
    • as beings, are after all something more than appears, that even though
    • equipped with eyes and ears of spirit. Why, then, should it be
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • with an Ego he appears to us as a being higher than the plant. Only a
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • someone hears a statement in one lecture about a subject, and in
    • something blue or violet, or he hears a sound or has a feeling of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • the one, the life-period of 15 years must be taken as a basic factor,
    • and the life-period of 40 years in the case of the other. Perhaps the
    • darkening; outwardly it appears as if there were a mist or fog in
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • but for months, perhaps even for years. At the present time, however,
    • perish. The Earth which bears within it the Sun is essential to his
    • transformation. Just as a blossom bears within it the seed of the
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • to lecture for many years now, here in Stuttgart, as well as in
    • centuries ago, which had prevailed for thousands of years of
    • the last two, three, four hundred years. In earlier times when
    • but outside it. This is no doubt something that appears quite
    • has its strict method which takes years to learn, and now the
    • patience is demanded over the years by scientific method,
    • work is purely spiritual, are employed. Years of inner work are
    • ego appears to wrestle its way out of the body. This view is
    • appears, it is true, to be paradoxical to the normally accepted
    • Forty or fifty years ago Dubois-Reymond was able to
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • — the eyes of the spirit and the ears
    • appears in our conscious soul life from unknown depths or
    • with our physical eyes and ears and the other sense organs,
    • of spirit for several years knows that he often finds himself
    • perceive in our thoughts of the sense world appears quite
    • A spiritual experience or perception disappears, just as
    • our view of a tree that we have looked at for a time disappears
    • to assimilate something that appears on their horizon. If
    • having given lectures for so many years now, I do not hesitate
    • able to experience in twenty or thirty years in life. If such a
    • at the lectures which have been given here for many years, will
    • border area which appears so ordinary and which yet is so
    • appears to be broken by a sense impression, it is really only
    • because of a particularly sensitive functioning of his ears
    • human being to his environment. Even ordinary observation bears
    • exact observation reveals that as long as a dream appears
    • with our eyes and ears in the physical world, and through his
    • happens appears to be a reflection of what the
    • side by the friend who had already been there for many years.
    • appears in human life when we consider real art and artistic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • people today as a social problem and which often appears as a
    • it in some other way. If the child is ten or fifteen years old
    • child who has reached fifteen or twenty years approaches the
    • years ago. But we can orientate ourselves to how our
    • Now our forefathers of hundreds or thousands of years ago
    • changed during the course of hundreds and thousands of years.
    • experienced years before. Images become permanent in us through
    • years, although with some people it can also take a shorter
    • he cannot see with his eyes or hear with his ears. This is the
    • memory. We do not perceive with our eyes and ears; we are not
    • which we have experienced years before. We have what we once
    • experience is not what appears to the senses in the outer
    • world, but what appears to the eye of the spirit, the eye of
    • the eye. But now to the eye of the spirit something appears to
    • appears and since our eternal nature appears before the eye of
    • for acquiring knowledge, though not as it appears in life, but
    • we were ten years ago, we have to admit that we were quite
    • life during the last ten, twenty years?
    • into what appears to be the most prosaic spheres
    • the abstract kind of thinking, which appears in Marxism and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • often hears it asked: What is the use of believing in former lives
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • during its duration of three or thirty-three years; we must remember
    • And if we investigate the last five hundred years before the
    • years and continued for several decades afterwards, the leading form of
    • bears the name of Christ passed through the Mystery of Golgotha and
    • life appears to us to be something which here on the earth is inaccessible
    • three years after the Baptism in the Jordan, Christ lived in the body of
    • years after the Baptism, to express Himself in a human body. But in what
    • during the three years after the Baptism in a human body — in
    • and dwelt for three years in a human body also includes the fact that
    • inspired mankind for several centuries, for almost five hundred years before
    • as the reflection of Christ, five hundred years before the Mystery of
    • Golgotha. What happened two thousand years ago could only be made
    • to realize that what appears to be folly to those who depend upon the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • what I described many years ago in my book
    • regarded in the right way, it bears within itself the seed of a new
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • man lived 2,000 years earlier and for his time he was as
    • mind lived about 2,000 years prior to the present period (the
    • it was all tradition. Just as 2,000 years later Meister Eckhart,
    • About a hundred years after the Docta Ignorantia appeared in
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • illusory of the thought scheme. This is the reason why it appears so
    • to him. Imagine what this implies: Man tears mathematics free from
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • through and through. The universe, as it appears to us — even
    • where it appears in a bodily form — is but the manifestation of
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • tendency to atomization appears, the being dies. In the case of
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • coordinates himself in this direction in his earliest years. If we
    • what appears as soul and spirit is only the effect of something
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • certain disintegration of the organism. This in turn tears the
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • Thirteenth or Fourteenth Century, the understanding disappears almost
    • view man the way he appears to us today when we open an anatomy book.
    • astonished to see that if one drinks a glass of water, it appears to
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • appears to himself as a soul being. Physics and chemistry were cast
    • the light of the twenty-five years that he has been alive, —
    • his years of unpolished adolescence, and whose guidance must be
    • hundred years. But by that time, other tasks would confront him and
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • But man soon learns that there appears to be something vague about
    • intensified light appears at the focus. The same experiment is made
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • relations with heat appear. It appears that different gases are
    • that appears here is, to use a homely expression, of tremendous
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the two-dimensional being when a point disappears for him into the
    • temperature rise disappears at the melting and boiling point, it is as
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • in the sphere of outer nature heat always appears in external
    • are there to begin with and in them the heat appears. This it is, my
    • with other parts of your organism: with the lobes of your ears, let us
    • disappears from us into will.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • an organ placed in a certain part of our make-up, that appears
    • persons if you had been born 20 years earlier. That is to say, your
    • thermometer disappears, say at the melting or boiling points. It
    • disappears just as our bodily reality disappears when we rise to the
    • when the temperature rise we are measuring with it disappears before
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • relations become negative and a negative body appears. As the
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • water which reappears when we cool, and runs into this flask. After we
    • over into work or whether some of it appears as heat in the
    • of energy, let us say of a certain form, and another energy appears,
    • constant. Energy never is created, never disappears, it is only
    • the transformation is concerned. Heat reappears as such and only a
    • pull the needle away. What appears thus as an effect is very
    • to say: when a form appears, it represents as a matter of fact a new
    • see that the form arises as a new creation. And this form disappears
    • But a counter tendency appears at once. We can therefore say that
    • dissolved, disappears, when solids become liquids. In the gaseous
    • spiritualized, and on the other side to descend into what appears more
    • and more material. Infinite extension upwards appears on the one hand
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • heat support this view. Indeed, that which appears in this modern
    • larger, the peach blossom disappears above and the spectrum extends on
    • soon as we go from the partial phenomenon as it appears in our
    • solid, and attains a form. Similarly, form appears in the gas as tone
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • spectrum we conceive of what disappears at the violet end and at the
    • you to it as follows: What do we have in reality which disappears as
    • have mentioned. Nature disappears from us on the one hand when we go
    • through corporeality into heat and beyond. She disappears from us on
    • childhood, the greater the body building, and as we take on years
    • In other words, in man we have a point where that which appears
    • appears as negative. This is how it manifests. Debits remain debits,
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • portion of the spectrum that disappears on the unknown on this side
    • and the portion that disappears on this other side; you see how the
    • light the heat effect disappears and you will see that the alcohol
    • disulphate, and the middle portion of the spectrum disappears. It is
    • experimenters have done (for instance, Dreher, 50 years ago) the two
    • blossom disappears, violet shades off into infinity on one side and
    • such a residue.) “Thus it appears that the energy principle like
    • substance appears, there enters in something from the other side that
    • substance is annihilated by what appears at the same time as spirit.
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • appears alone with the occurrence of condensation and rarefaction in
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • possible. For this second law really tears a certain realm of
    • mechanical theory of heat, heat appears. We see mechanical work used
    • not all of the heat reappears as light, since heat simply reverses the
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • space is torn apart the moment the flash appears. At that moment, what
    • light appears accompanied by heat. Space is torn apart. Space reveals
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • after years, according to natural predisposition. The man who wishes
    • organization what in meditation appears as a process.
    • and our own psychic-spiritual experience appears enclosed in the orbit
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • In the case of modern man there appears at this moment of sleep the
    • Christ. He overcomes his fears through the working of this into his
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • fainter. It never disappears completely from view, but it fades by
    • is the reality of that which later on appears as religious learning to
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • continued the ancient initiation-methods, told those who had ears to
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • This part of the soul disappears during earthly life by
    • transformed into the head-organization; and disappears in its
    • disappears.
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • added a reflection of moral judgment, which appears within the
    • during existence on earth. This rhythm appears as a cosmic imitation
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • you could see forty years ahead you would be horrified by the brutality
    • law of evolution and just as our souls were different thousands of years
    • years ago. The higher beings, like men, undergo evolution, and what
    • earth's aura two thousand years ago would be quite different from
    • what would have been seen a thousand years ago and different again from
    • body, and speak for three years in a man, Christ Jesus. This was known
    • previously have been possible. Earlier than two thousand years ago Christ
    • revelation was possible. Earlier than two thousand years ago this could
    • expression — and in the very first years of life changes particularly
    • from the nape of the neck in all directions, wherever hair appears;
    • years. Just as in a child the etheric body itself prepares the physical
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • Now imagine that ten or twenty years later, another equally trained
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • applies to the memory tableau after death. It appears directly the etheric
    • at the age of sixty, it can be said that he spends twenty years, a third
    • You know that where a mineral appears, a clairvoyant sees nothing in
    • appears to the seer as the fluid element of the spiritual world,
    • fortuitous that the human being appears on the earth in successive
    • but we now realize today that at birth, when the human being appears
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • for each soul bears his inner, spiritual reality inscribed as it were
    • The human being bears
    • and twenty-first years should the power of judgment come to maturity.
    • (or spiritual) soul in periods each of seven years duration. Hence it
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VI: The Configuration and Metamorphoses of Man's Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • one lecture or one lecture course but years. Hence, we can study steps
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • falling upon deaf ears in humanity. Even if there had been deaf ears,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • just as after a hundred years no remnants of the soft-bodied mollusks
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • beginning of our time-reckoning dwelt for three years in the body of Jesus
    • fathers that they lived for hundreds of years. We are there led back
    • six hundred years later. What do you find? Humanity reveres a corpse.
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • works in physical life. For example, what appears in one life as urge
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • extending through hundreds of thousands of years. But I do not wish
    • the Wise One, to whose wisdom we turn back again after long years,
    • have discovered in Goethe, if after some years he turns to him again,
    • In the latter years of his life he said to Eckermann: “My dear
    • and who can only see with his eyes, and hear with his ears, —
    • It appears to no one who has not worked his way up to that higher
    • highest wisdom is called occult, because it only appears when a man
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Between his student years in Leipzig and his stay in Strassburg,
    • Buddhi, Manas; Atma, in the form of the Bronze King, appears before
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • represent a custom that did not exist a hundred years ago. A century
    • Rishis there appears, like a mirrored image, the divine primeval unity
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • your gaze back thousands of years before our era to ancient Egypt,
    • What appears to us in the harmonious annual orbit of the sun, in the
    • harmony appears in the heights of heaven. Let us realize that the
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • and thousands of years on earth, but he must learn to survey the
    • as the light disappears at Christmas, so apparently has rhythm
    • same time bears the power in itself to bring forth new life. The great
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • can perceive with our senses, see with our eyes, hear with our ears,
    • years, the way in which you feel and think, with the thoughts and
    • for that subject which he developed during previous years, alter. What
    • quite a special mood in it. The blue disappears, and as it were, an
    • disappears for us, in the same way as previously the blue as blue
    • we see with our eyes, or hear with our ears, or that our hands grasp,
    • hearing with our ears, or the intellectual power of our
    • the animal kingdom. The etheric world gradually appears before us,
    • In Occult Science, that which thus gradually appears before man in the
    • appears a second class of beings, to which we can apply the word
    • As we have to think of the individual man as permeated by what appears
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • night, so it no longer now disappears when we fall asleep. When we
    • Spirits of the Rotation of Time say, and hears how they order and
    • itself. A second Maya is what appears to man of the nature-spirits in
    • the forces of nature. A third Maya is that which appears as the laws
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • with our eyes or hear with our ears, we have something in common with
    • sees with his eyes and hears with his ears. We may even perhaps have
    • world appears before his senses. He surrenders himself, so to speak,
    • special, in a sense, our differentiated inner world; it bears a
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • means not to see with our eyes, hear with our ears, or think with our
    • in which he sees with his ordinary eyes, hears with his ordinary ears,
    • consciousness, when he sees, hears, and thinks like other men, and in
    • which appears lifeless, dead, and which we see around as a mineral
    • So then, what appears in the place of manifestation in a being of the
    • of the Second Hierarchy. And if we ask ourselves what appears in these
    • spirit” of the beings of the Third Hierarchy appears in picture
    • separation, perceived in such a way that occult perception hears
    • appears to us lifeless. What lives comes into consideration, but what
    • A whole world of difference appears in the inner
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • gaining of wisdom — who after many applied years of rich
    • years of cosmic growth, this streams towards us in sublime power from
    • Trinity, which, as it were, appears above the Seraphim, as their
    • disappears as in a spiritual Mystery we can say symbolically —
    • Form — so that which appears to us when we direct our gaze into
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • notched, and this notch appears to the physical eye as the physical
    • it back; hence it appears as a reflector, as a thrower-back of the
    • absolutely different from what it appears to physical astronomy. What
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • things appear externally as absolutely different, what appears to
    • however, as a matter of fact, just about when the comet disappears
    • longer exists in the ordinary world. It actually disappears on the one
    • side and appears again on the other. This is a conception of which,
    • conceive that a comet, when it again reappears, has not been in
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • system directly appears as a sum of spiritual activities. How then
    • appears in such a way that we have a direct knowledge that whatever we
    • life in the past, and which, as it appears in the present, is not
    • impression that the external physical moon disappears, and in its
    • place something appears which gives the impression of being like a
    • appears to the physical eye (and which, of course, is there
    • says: “If that which now actually appears to our occult vision
    • years old were suddenly to arise within him, and all the concepts
    • soon as this impression appears to clairvoyant vision, it is then
    • off everything physical which appears before our eyes in the various
    • reality in it. Yet your tears flow abundantly; you do not stop to
    • a reality, and draws forth a flood of tears. Anyone who has had this
    • we can only again have the whole which appears before our occult
    • which appears nearest to the sense-world as soon as one draws aside
    • appears as a reality; but in the physical world this animal ego does
    • physical body of the minerals. Hence the mineral appears to us as
    • well-being, a sort of enjoyment actually appears. That is also a
  • Title: Lecture 9: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • millions of years ago; for the material of which the wasps build their
    • arisen in our earth evolution, making it possible that for three years
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • world, it appears to us as a dead, lifeless substance. To cosmic space
    • to be sought upon the earth itself; hence it appears to the earth as
    • earth-organism, bears a still greater resemblance to the planet
    • has its own light which appears to us, but the moon has not; and the
    • physical eyes perceive, the shining crescent moon, disappears, for
    • comet acquires a mineral nature; appears as a mineral intervention in
    • which is at the normal point of its evolution, and which appears to us
    • time or in millions of years — how the southern half turns to the
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us as one of the most important stones in the building of
    • anything that appears above in the heavens, nor that works out of the
    • that appears above in the heavens, or that works out of the earth, or
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • were spoken, more than three thousand years had passed since the
    • permeated the earth for three years with their powers. This had to
    • on, and continuing for the next twenty-five hundred years, this will
    • thousand years had passed there was the first compensation for it. In
    • years in which a knowledge of God was breaking through there followed
    • reappear. Consequently, the first thousand years after Christ are
    • In the second thousand years after Christ we can recognize a
    • appears in the mysticism of men such as Eckhart, Johannes Tauler, and
    • reappears in the flesh, but only in a Christ who appears in the
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Christ question is such that, for two thousand years now, not only has
    • years of life. We perceive further that in the second seven years of
    • what appears in man as the Ego, as the bearer of the Ego, with that
    • years of life, in normal consciousness, we really dream ourselves,
    • consciousness of the Ego appears in the third or fourth year,
    • but the organization for the Ego first appears in the 20th or
    • have been that, in the first twenty years of life, man would have been
    • years of life completely disposed to imitation. Since grown people, if
    • imitate nothing bad. In the second seven years of life the principle
    • Ego-consciousness would have appeared in his 20th and 21st years.
    • Thus there would be in the first seven years a period of imitation,
    • then in the second seven years a looking up to authority, then in the
    • third seven years a springing forth of ideals, which would bring man
    • work from seven years to seven years (he need not express this in
    • Nazareth, over a period of three years, which streamed down directly
    • during life, this was the force, the impulse, which for three years
    • because once, for three years, there lived objectively in Jesus of
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • recognize in Christ that which lived as an impulse for three years in
    • three years in a physical human body.” — If in anthroposophy
    • of Jesus of Nazareth appears from the standpoint of pure occultism you
    • Christian religious principle was preparing for many years what was
    • that after three years he was crucified. This would signify an event
    • them, before the passage of one hundred years after their deaths.
    • personality of the first order until one hundred years have passed
    • Rosicrucian community until one hundred years have passed after his
    • years after the death of such a personality would this be possible.
    • be pointed out a hundred years after he has passed from the physical
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Nine of the
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • it disappears in an indefinite darkness. It emerges again in the very
    • which reappears in the thinking that the child acquires in the third
    • disappears from his consciousness, comes near to the Angels, and, as
    • self-sustained thinking, such as I recommended more than thirty years
    • If we now observe the child during the earliest years of life, we
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • more advanced years in the present-day world of thought — we
    • this if, in spite of the years piling up, one has not allowed oneself
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • years of youth. We must come together with human beings with whom we
    • thirty years.
    • School education must be listened to with other ears than those with
    • which one hears about other kinds of education or educational reform.
    • last twenty or thirty years and is still shining with a positive
    • discarded all its old clothes because it fears that something
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Earth, and come back again after hundreds of years, the atoms will be
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • character of Greek culture as it appears in the writings of
    • in what Nietzsche lived through during the years of which I am
    • on the ears, then it is evil. And so judgments pile up. The sum of
    • and what appears as the character of the youth movement is, for one
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • called divine; this God appears primitive and incomplete in the eyes
    • been able to ferret out antiquated moral impulses. After some years,
    • thinking, out of which our whole modern civilization flows, bears the
    • up to the sixth, seventh or eighth years, to the end of the change of
    • years — that is to say, to the age of puberty — the human
    • language we learn in the first years of childhood gradually becomes
    • to say, we shall carry childhood on into our later years. And that we
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Janus-headed. Certainly, this appears to be permeated by enthusiasm
    • full spread of the sails as it was some twenty years ago is no longer
    • in the feelings of those who had grown older in years but were not
    • appears to many as unrealizable. For, at the present time, it is
    • are living not only centuries but thousands of years later —
    • through eyes and ears.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • through four more years until I get my second teeth; I will get them
    • between about the eighteenth and nineteenth years. Just as it is
    • eyes or ears. Such things are hardly mentioned today. They are,
    • bears with it the title: “Doctor of Philosophy and of the Seven
    • eighteenth and nineteenth years. For it is out of the inner being
    • the years of imitation and the years when knowledge can be given?
    • artistic element. During the primary school years everything must be
    • steeped in beauty, and in later years beauty must rule as the
    • generation, when truth first appears in the garb of beauty. In this
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • documentary history can go back only a few thousand years before the
    • we go very far back, some seven or eight thousand years before the
    • ancient times, six thousand, seven thousand years before the Mystery
    • and the other Michelet. Zeller was seventy years old and thought he
    • Michelet was, as I said, ninety years old!
    • six-and-thirty years, whereas a more ancient humanity grew in
    • forty-second, thirty-fifth years can recognize quite well: At that
    • nineteenth years, can develop so that from then onwards one can know
    • the human being at two or three years has to get used to speaking a
    • has taken the human being thousands of years to acquire this
    • years an undefined feeling lives in the soul of every human being who
    • who need it most. Between the ninth and tenth years the human being,
    • seventeenth year and sometimes even to the years I mentioned
    • shall not experience what he tells for thirty-five or forty years.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • but fifty years ago was a boy, can remember how some philosophy of
    • years of childhood, but to a feeling for the whole man in the soul of
    • understood everything, after thirty years it is often apparent that
    • definition. In fifty years you would not succeed in defining what you
    • experience in five minutes but cannot describe in fifty years, we
    • because they were able to revere, after many years they become a
    • no different ten years hence? It would be dreadful were he to remain
    • preserve them in memory; fifty years hence they are to be the same as
    • something quite different in ten or twenty years. If we give him
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • years, or of the plastic development of new leaves and blossoms in a
    • the human being bears on his head a kind of etheric, astral cap. In
    • a dull, repressed form between the seventh and fourteenth years. They
    • than a hundred years.
    • what to modern people appears quite horrible. They have spoken, for
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • there appears in the picture of the man-devouring dragon what is the
    • dragon rears up to meet one.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • truth about man appears to consist of anatomical and physiological
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • soul-will activity bears the imprint of our gradual approaching the
    • Every ascent is followed by a descent; every ascent bears in itself
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • years ago, and in two thousand years from today it will again have a
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • see how Christianity bears the character of which I spoke yesterday
    • consciousness. During the last few years much has occurred that was
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • two thousand years, there appeared a soul mood, the echoes of which we
    • appears which is closer to our own world conception. There the first
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • science of history is not much more than a hundred years old. I do not
    • happening now, so many years later, has certainly annihilated the
    • later years of their lives do not lose, on their part, the souls of
    • pain appears which is not the reflection of what lives in the departed
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • Now I beg you to remember that I have for many years spoken about the
    • 1868, 1858, 1848, and 8 or 9 years more; this is 38 or 39 years. Now
    • days (1918), and you also have 38 or 39 years. If you observe the year
    • Therefore it was very important, during all these years of our group
    • enabled him to live another thirty-five years. He bears within him the
    • constitution for another thirty-five years. This, now, produces a
    • time. What he could have experienced during the next thirty-five years
    • ourselves: What is bound to happen in the next twenty or thirty years?
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • having been in love, many years before, with a man whom she did
    • three years before he descended to earth his soul was in the
    • through the years when Nietzsche was reading his books,
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • philological methods. I was connected for six years and a half
    • Nietzsche was for three years in the midst of it, absorbing
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • able then to see how in his early years his parents and
    • though it appears as a world tableau — if you know that
    • If, for example, anyone in his later years is pursued by
    • sometimes say: “Well yes, that appears to be just, for we
    • appears before us, and the devil says: “This is the
    • been two hundred years in Devachan, and has gone through it,
    • years of careful work, then this feeling, these nuances
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • is quite otherwise with that which appears in the
    • belonging to something objective from that which appears in
    • the elemental world — then there appears in place of the
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • of this. Many years ago, I think in 1904 or 1905, on a journey
    • examined by means of physiology and chemistry, but bears within
    • being, 72 years, and you have approximately the same result. If
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • other, and in the course of years, in our anthroposophical movement,
    • among mankind, and appears ever clearer and clearer, the farther we go
    • is a question which I have often answered. Such a question appears as
    • the child become ten years old, and then it will reckon. It is thus
    • had more than thirty years ago, and who as a quite young student was
    • That person in whom anthroposophical wisdom appears must be
    • world. Thus that which appears to mankind through the anthroposophical
    • causes real pain — because it appears irrational to him, if he
    • the spiritual world. He sees and hears with it in the spiritual world,
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • seen, in the course of years, that its aim is not to work on, as it
    • the Theosophical Society, for four years we have occupied ourselves
    • three years we have tried to deepen these basic views with reference
    • nothing appears more natural today than to say: How can four documents
    • teachings which Buddha gave out 600 years before our era. These
    • 600 years before our era as a contemporary of the great Buddha. He
    • in the right manner. Then this Zarathustra, who at that time 600 years
    • external history. What is unearthed in the latter really appears
    • You can easily conceive that whatever appears in the world must
    • periods of seven years. The first period extends from birth until the
    • “I.” In this case, what appears in man in the course of
    • years, so develops here that it appears in the course of generations.
    • appears similar to the grandfather in inherited qualities. Thus it is
    • years. The writer of the Matthew Gospel does this. He describes 3 X 14
    • Captivity — there, where, 600 years before our era, Zarathas or
    • faithfully described, that what appears at a higher stage, is a
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • In the course of years, considerations have been brought forward in
    • Christ-Principle should incarnate for three years.
    • in the Greek text: Behold, how it appears, how it there speaks in the
    • phenomenon, and this appears as man. That is the man. Man is nothing
    • see what man sees when he appears impure. Instead of the noble
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • appear to our eyes, or are audible to our ears, or which make
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it, That is the
    • it in the following way. Just think how, 600 years before the
    • we now turn to 600 years after the Mystery of Golgotha, to
    • There is a wonderful connection within this 1200 years, six
    • hundred years Before Golgotha, the turning away from a corpse
    • gives an uplift to one's concept of the World; 600 years after
    • Earth, but has to be ascribed to the resent Sun, which appears
    • Therefore the Mystery of Golgotha appears as that power in
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical body absorbs that consciousness, so that it appears as
    • ears all that we perceive around us with all our senses, will,
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture I - The Prometheus Saga
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • Adam Cadmon. See also Rudolf Steiner's lecture given at Oxford, 22nd August, 1922, which appears in English in the book Man's Life on Earth and in the Spiritual World.
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture II - The Argonaut Saga and the Odyssey
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • sign thousands of years previously. It is well known that the sun
    • comes to the island of Calypso, sojourns there seven years and is
    • time, which lasts seven years. That is why Odysseus remains with the
    • nymph Calypso seven years. Every man who seeks initiation goes through
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture III - The Sigfried Saga
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
  • Title: Lecture: Greek and Germanic Mythology: Lecture IV - The Trojan War
    Matching lines:
    • are from the German edition that bears the title, Kosmische
    • happen in five hundred years time. In order for this to come about
    • bring about an event straightway, years before it was due. Then
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • five currents hidden in him. The healthy etheric body appears so that
    • to observe it from space, then one would see that it appears bright
    • perception. This inner light in which creative wisdom appears is also
    • it were, space appears as still something else. When he practices
    • definite distance in one hundred years, and this distance through
    • speaking of a celestial harmony. With spiritual ears one can hear it.
    • into what we call the Atlantean epoch. Our forebears then lived on a
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • contemplation of building forms appears in the mood of his soul.
    • thousands of years ago, appears to us in human countenances thousands
    • of years later. Thus, one recognizes why such arts were practiced.
    • process went on for thousands of years. Only gradually did things
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • appears to us in the world, whatever reveals itself, whatever is not
    • repulsion. Everything appears in duality. Two, duality, is the number
    • the Middle Ages. Feeling steadily declines and inwardness disappears.
    • speaking of evil only where fivefoldness appears. When, one day,
    • of periods of seven years — from birth until the change of
    • teeth; puberty; seven or eight years later; toward thirty, followed
    • who knew something of these things, the years of the apprentice and
    • absorbed by the object. Hence, a red object appears red because it
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • to your ears and to your souls. When I say a word, for example,
    • astral world. Here on earth one sees physical men, each of whom bears
    • Were we to go far back millions of years in human evolution,
    • development for the human being, yet it still appears brief compared
    • forth suns. Hence, the woman that bears the sun in the fifth seal.
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • matter appears on the other side. That is the teaching of primeval
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • behind, and this appears again and again, and still appeared even
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • first thousands of years immediately after the Atlantean catastrophe.
    • came during Pisces, which began 270 B.C. Add 2150 years and we get
    • through the Zodiac during the course of long years. It is generally
    • whole sign of Aries during 2150 years. Before that, Taurus had been
    • of 2150 years. And if we go back to five or six thousand years B.C.,
    • even if it were for millions of years.’ This is more or less
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • physically visible (for when he appears only in an etheric body he is
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • know why the whole space of heaven appears blue. It seems blue,
    • illuminated space. All that is dark, seen through light, appears
    • earth appears, and all those things I have described; the departure
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • four hundred years — but thoughts of men in general, as they
    • creations on earth, through all the hundreds and thousands of years
    • and the strange thing is that in that centre matter disappears.
    • disappears. It does not get pushed over to its other side, it
    • absolutely disappears into nothing in its own central point! So that
    • it disappears in the central point, it reappears again in
    • point in space matter disappears and emerges again at another. Out
    • there it is coming forth anew. The substance disappears in one place
    • it appears somewhat pedantic. Let us suppose, leaving aside the
    • centre, disappears there, and then emerges again out of the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • been built into our body such as eyes and ears, etc., but also
    • with physical eyes, or hear in them with physical ears, can we learn
    • developed to the eyes and ears of the physical body, though the
    • spiritual eyes, spiritual ears, etc., and of doing all that is
    • equipped his astral body and ego with spiritual eyes and ears, etc.
    • necessary for spiritual eyes and ears to be developed in his astral
    • the spiritual eyes and ears, etc. formed in the astral body imprint
    • form, that is to say its spiritual eyes and ears, etc. But we are at
    • been tested for thousands of years in the way of exercises,
    • the physical body in sleep it develops its spiritual eyes and ears
    • developing spiritual eyes and ears in the astral body, but that
    • ears, his physical intellect, his physical feelings, etc.; he is
    • this way in the outer world reappears as higher and more abundant
    • which our senses see as flashing fire bears the same proportion to
    • light, and behind what our ears perceive as sound, are active beings
    • different from what it appears to be in the world of the senses. We
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • need not go further than some thousands of years, and we shall find
    • — a few years only — occurred the transition which
    • thousands of years in search of an instance of our modern soul life,
    • comparable to the human form appears, but only a form, a figure. To
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to say that the sense wisdom appears again and again in different
    • thousands of years before the coming of the Christ, full wisdom could
    • his life and call him Muller. He is the same person who thirty years
    • of the gods as remaining unchanged through thousands of years? It
    • Indra and follow him through thousands of years. We come to a point
    • lapse of thousands of years. History is being made in the spiritual
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • up the external world of the senses appears; when man penetrates
    • see with their eyes, hear with their ears, and so on, it was natural
    • external sense world and to find the upper gods hears that somewhere
    • from the figures of the other gods; the ears are different, so is the
    • spiritual sight, upon earth, and its maturing there for three years
    • sun, treading the earth for three years, as man among men. Thus
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • vehicle of the Sun spirit for the space of three years. [Dr.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • last thousand years before the appearance of Christ and during the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • eyes or hear with ears, or think with the physical organ of
    • three hundred years. A man of the present day would think he
    • hundred years; he would think he knew a good deal even if he had
    • now studied the Vedas for three hundred years; see, there are three
    • parts of the Vedas for three hundred years.’ Then Indra took
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • civilisations of the post Atlantean era, who appears in each epoch in
    • last three years the Christ principle was predominant and the Christ
    • West, was incarnated in Gautama Buddha about six hundred years before
    • believed thousands of years ago, and which has been propagated by
    • remained the same as he was six hundred years before our era. But it
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • anthroposophy. Now, after a lapse of seven years that constitute a
    • recognizing reality below. This danger disappears, however, as soon
    • ears and so forth, is the product of a long development. It has all
    • Through millions and millions of years it has continually changed and
    • first years, exactly like hearing and sight. We cannot alter what a
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • element of the process. The sentient soul subconsciously bears within
    • air in the ears, and this results in external activity of the air.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • there appears what is called spiritual activity; the so-called
    • because what appears in the imaginative sense works its way into us.
    • soul to the spirit, where what normally appears as our inner life
    • these form what appears to us as the sensibly perceptible human
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • openings represent the eyes, ears, organs of smell, etc., and the
    • currents. When a current appears running inward from without, the ego
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • not at all be known to you, but you do know that it appears in your
    • appears in your soul life, and side by side with this appears
    • of our soul life there appears a conception that joins the others
    • Here, however, a grave error appears, and a certain
    • it disappears every day.
    • An ego conception appears without external stimulus, but it shares
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • appears in the midst of the other surging activity; it is omnipresent
    • As we contemplate Goethe's soul in his youth it appears
    • that in later years Goethe followed but one of the impulses we
    • then the reasoning would follow. But that only appears to be a
    • question have for years been accustomed to other conceptions. These
    • can simply say that it is not German, though it occasionally appears
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • activity, this poem appears as a by-product, written for an occasion.
    • As memory had laid long years between.
    • Returning thought, in fearsome alienation,
    • is added; indeed, in all subsequent recurrences it appears in the
    • but also, all that appears as desire comes to an end at a certain
    • soul life, while feeling remains farther within, where desire wears
    • significantly characteristic of the soul life, that appears different
    • whether a conception reappears in our memory easily or not. It is
    • to the ego conception. Our entire continuous soul life bears a
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • that happened to them ten years before, provided the cause has ceased
    • What about this ego during the first three years of a
    • appears. You see the past, not the future; the mirror shows you the
    • What is this ego primarily as it appears in physical
    • the ego appears from the other side and acts in the same way.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • point of view. Two years ago the physical nature of man was discussed
    • descent, but with hereditary traits. The soul element appears as
    • appears upon the physical plane, the body and soul elements combine
    • mere existence in the vale of tears, but that it is of great
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • produce what appears to man as his spiritual life. In short, suppose
    • undeniably super-sensible, appears to countless people as sufficient
    • disappears. What is purely spiritual comes into view, disclosing
    • that appears to have been resurrected in recent times and is
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • an attribute of the spirit that appears self-evident. That is, its
    • error appears only in that realm to which man raises himself by
    • itself quite realistically the moment it appears. When our soul
    • feels an indirect contact with a world that at first also appears to
    • perceptions through our eyes, ears, etc., and of our nourishing the
    • organs, nothing that enters us through our eyes or ears. We are
    • conceived of simply as something that isn't true, bears direct
    • that appears in intuition primarily as emotion, so that imagination
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • difficulty in recognizing a fact that to us appears fundamental: that
    • appears in his physical form, is an image of God in the true Biblical
    • distasteful and appears altogether hideous and the animals
    • symbolizing his passions seem loathsome, this world appears in most
    • world does not weigh heavily, even when it appears ugly. It is
    • sees there. Everything in the imaginative world that appears as
    • to a humble man must seem great appears to him small, like the tiny
    • clarify the matter, or to designate that world that appears
    • sections actually stand after ten years of work. We would be about as
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • of years before the Christian era we find that a Festival was
    • rhythmically and with what regularity the Sun appears and disappears.
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • the ears of those who were pupils of the Mysteries — before they were
    • dating no further back than about a hundred years or so. Although,
    • thousands of years but must also be able to survey the whole course of
    • appears at the midnight hour, when the world around lies at rest in
    • they saw ears of corn as tokens of life, indicating symbolically that
    • is, the more does this rhythm decline. As the light disappears at
    • of which life was born — life symbolised by the ears of corn. As
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • of the symbol itself. Yet as late as 353 A.D., 353 years after Christ
    • physical human body for three years only. More and more it will be
    • during those three years in the physical body of a man is one of the
    • in Norway during the last ten to fifteen years and has become familiar
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • recognise the one who, as man, was predestined after thirty years of
    • nineteen hundred years behind us, to give an answer to the question:
    • But we have to go very far back — to about three thousand years
    • Hertha-Mystery — "He knows when the Goddess appears in the sacred
    • reached the age of thirty, and he remained leader for three years, for three
    • years only. What happened to him then I may perhaps be able to tell
    • that at Christmas time, nineteen hundred and sixteen years after the
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • and in the course of years we have studied them from different points
    • of the soul — have for thousands and thousands of years been
    • or seven thousand years ago, man had a quite different conception not
    • for thousands of years in the Mysteries, but there it was communicated
    • One often hears it said to-day that the teachings given in the
    • bodily ears. Our experiences then were a priori — a form of cognition
    • eyes and ears, is the externalised form of the inner knowledge once
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • need years of preparation but will be able from the beginning, to
    • Race it was necessary for a body to be prepared for thirty years. (In
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • future. It was revealed in the Mysteries that man bears within his
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • In the course of years our studies have brought it home to us that as
    • evolution and then, living in the one for three years, consummated the
    • One. Wrapped for three years in the body of a Man, He came then into
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • years. Let us consider the nature of this progress. After the great
    • could have been heard in this form 2,500 years ago? It would have been
    • form of pure thought. Suppose some individuality 2,500 years ago had
    • been uttered by human lips, 2,500 years ago, entirely fails to
    • of the Ego we call the form of pure thought. 2,500 years ago there
    • embodiment, has changed. Five thousand years ago, when a human soul
    • is not the case. In 2,500 years' time the same truths will not be
    • When this Bodhisattva, who had never really incarnated, was 29 years
    • which appears to-day as the power of clear thinking.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • take the following example. A young lad, fifteen years of age, has
    • sentiments that penetrated his soul, three years before the change of
    • of years after the turning-point as the cause of them originated
    • lectures about the ‘noble’ anger which appears in youth. I
    • the second half of life it reappears in a different form; it appears
    • his early years by a noble anger aroused at the stupidity or the ugly
    • the long years of my tutorship I not only observed the children of
    • That is now some twenty-five to thirty years ago. You may have noticed
    • how every five years or thereabouts the doctors have a different
    • for delicate children three, four or five years old, to drink a glass
    • then from two to five years old and who were given the glass of wine
    • twenty-eight years of age. I particularly noticed that only then the
    • true observer many years after. Nothing but the great connections and
    • transformed in later years into a force which works invisibly, pouring
    • them in their early years with that which, as he knows, they will be
    • his life-force. In his later years, instead of being arid and dry, he
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • If we look back at much of what we have learnt as the years went by,
    • In the course of years a great deal has been said as to what the
    • world through their eyes, ears and so on, they perceived the spiritual
    • from your ears behind physical sound; yet, when Christ Himself shall
    • hundred years after Christ he only mentions the Christians as a sect
    • Christ Jesus Himself. They hinted to those who had ears to hear that
    • first years of our era on earth, in the flesh. In accordance with the
    • certain number of persons, particularly between the years of 1930 and
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • bears the law within it. They called the etheric body of this ancestor
    • condition had, in the course of thousands of years, grown worse and
    • off, with all the thirst of earth. Even six hundred years before
    • worst consequences of the longing for existence. Six hundred years
    • other men, for each of us bears the ego within him — shines
    • thousand years ago has not since then undergone further development.
    • in the course of the next 2,500 years will be experienced to a greater
    • flesh. Thirty years before, another Messiah appeared in Spain; there,
    • Christ appears in the manner described, or whether they will then have
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • this case spectro-analysis asserts what Spiritual Science stated years
    • though something new were born, when a comet appears.
    • of Halley's comet, in the years 1759, 1835, and the one we are now
    • first fore-runners during the next 2,500 years, and as it appeared to
    • years, through the addition of an etheric realm, which indeed is
    • humanity during the next 2,500 years. Formerly, in the days of
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • thousands of years, were very different in primeval times from what
    • years ago, in other incarnations. There is a purpose in these many
    • about five hundred years before the Christian era, we come to the
    • that name. Five hundred years before the Christian era the greatest
    • appears atavistically, and only in abnormal cases. No blame should
    • gradually came into being during the last five hundred years before
    • years and make it fruitful for our understanding of what the human
    • on. We see how for thousands of years souls were prepared on the soil
    • power as does the Spiritual-Soul itself when it appears; but yet with
    • So, we see: Love appears on the earth in the East; Conscience in the
    • West. The two belong together; as Christ appears in the East, so
    • mentioned, because they have been going on for a number of years.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • is proved by the fact that to-day, thirty years after the birth of the
    • itself. Some years after, if it should transpire that this person's
    • stimulus to her; but many years have gone by since that time and we
    • historic Jesus; though she certainly placed Him one hundred years
    • continually increase during the next two or three thousand years. As
    • now appears as an illusion. Eastern religions attribute the blame for
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • means of our eyes and ears. Now, however, we encounter a difficulty
    • meets us in the spiritual world a vision appears, but to begin with
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • an antagonistic being. On the contrary, he appears more and more to
    • in earthly affairs. He now appears as the being who illumines what we
    • subjectively. Yet what appears shocking is perhaps in this case the
    • fact, for this phase it appears as if Christ had given us everything
    • formed itself karmically during that life, appears before the soul.
    • before birth is experienced in its reflection in a matter of years.
    • earthly matters during the middle years of his physical life, so in
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • the time. During the last two years it has been my task to
    • For more than ten years now we have been studying the religions, but
    • sphere. This is what we have been doing for the last ten years in our
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • known for thousands of years, yet it is difficult to describe them. I
    • means of our eyes and ears come to us. Only in the higher realms of
    • people's ears, but they act in such a way that the impulse
    • lived as Gautama during his last incarnation six hundred years B.C.
    • than when the botanist tears it to shreds. The far distant starry
    • cosmos now appears as if reflected by man. You can imagine the
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • impressions upon our ears and other impressions upon other sense
    • in the course of years, but the Christ Mystery can ever and again be
    • our way in the Sun sphere a new Light-bearer appears there, a Being
    • the moral-universal. What appears to be theory is immediately
    • responsible to the whole cosmos, for he actually bears the whole of
    • What has been cultivated for years, through the performances of the
    • appears to rise up, and one knows that it could walk about were it
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • During the first period after death man still bears the shells of
    • In yet another respect man bears his earthly connections with him
    • experienced confronts one after death. What appears ludicrous
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • this can be so after the first five years of our work here in Bern
    • over a period of fifteen years, we shall become aware of it after
    • It is as if one were to consider a field with its many ears of wheat
    • that sprout and carry ears. This is literally so, for the
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • definite period of years. If the one who has remained on earth is
    • that they think the same. This can last for years and then suddenly
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • with spiritual scientific observations, it all appears most
    • appears to them as empty and barren. Only they feel filled with a
    • from death to rebirth like one who has no ears and therefore cannot
    • As soon as we enter the realm beyond the physical, Ahriman appears
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • then she appears unable to speak. It can be compared to two people,
    • language the dead used to speak. But after five, six, eight years,
    • It is only from the first years of infancy until the child develops
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • replacement appears; he has a replacement if one has been unable to
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • corporeal form from within outwards for many years to come, in order
    • appears as chance occurrence in life is actually conditioned by means
    • person during his next life we find that he bears the characteristics
    • responsible for it appears well-meaning and no doubt thoroughly
    • not developed of its own accord. Thus something that appears
    • years. When death strikes a man in the bloom of life the conditions
    • to say to oneself that where a lack of wisdom appears in the universe
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • had lived on earth as the Buddha for fifty years. Then in his
    • manifestation of the breath of peace emanating from the Buddha, bears
    • and rebirth that appears again in a new life as a stellar
    • united with the human being in quite a different form. It appears as
    • sphere. This must be borne in mind. Thus in what he is man bears the
    • remember that Leonardo took sixteen years to paint this picture, and
    • Leonardo had already been working at the picture for many years. This
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • gate of death. If we were to go back several thousand of years, we
    • how this appears to super-sensible perception. To begin with, the soul
    • years after death, for a period of some three to five years, a person
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless, Christianity rightly understood bears within it the
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • That appears very reasonable. And yet for a century people have been
    • “Why do you need botany? Last year and two years ago the plants
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • for themselves. But in so far as anything real appears in number, the
    • say of it only that it ‘appears’ to me. I have no right
    • is a world which appears to me; I cannot speak of anything more. I am
    • colours, while processes in my ears present themselves to me as
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • they can be theistic, so that what appears in the soul as tone must
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • For example, that which appears to us finally in the sign of Idealism
    • appears in Idealism.” Imagine this first as the preparatory
    • seem to me as if a contradiction appears here or there, if in one
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • That appears very reasonable. And yet for a century people have been
    • “Why do you need botany? Last year and two years ago the plants
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • for themselves. But in so far as anything real appears in number, the
    • say of it only that it ‘appears’ to me. I have no right
    • is a world which appears to me; I cannot speak of anything more. I am
    • colours, while processes in my ears present themselves to me as
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • they can be theistic, so that what appears in the soul as tone must
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • For example, that which appears to us finally in the sign of Idealism
    • appears in Idealism.” Imagine this first as the preparatory
    • seem to me as if a contradiction appears here or there, if in one
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • life suffering appears as a destroyer of peace, as a damper-down of
    • ennobling of man. Suffering appears to us then as a testing, as the
    • hero and sadness that such sufferings are possible, but it appears
    • and appears in external action. Let us try to put before us two men
    • appears as if it went out of itself and became wider and wider. What,
    • the other personality becomes deeply comprehensible, what appears in
    • right way. Man therefore appears to the spiritual investigator as a
    • sense of phenomenon appears to be the last, is to us the original
    • Spirit, as what appears to us as the element flowing through the
    • process of human life. What appears as last is at the same time the
    • appears to be born out of them anew.
    • shape of matter and of the Life which appears in the Form and lastly
    • of Consciousness which appears within the Life. So we speak as of
    • continual decay, then consciousness appears to us within life as
    • is so strong in itself that it perpetually bears death within can
    • becomes somewhat transformed and a tiny eye appears. What is it
    • these three there appears for the first time the higher, new-born
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • opens man's spiritual eyes and ears. It will be attained in the
    • peculiar it seems at first, Love appears to begin with as sex-love
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • with the question of death, which for thousands of years we may find
    • imaginative force, gradually disappears.
    • consumed, the life-force of the physical body disappears, the body
  • Title: The Rishis
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Nine of the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • after, or many years hence, our karma will bring us the tasks which
    • few years would pass quietly, though about his twenty-fourth year it
    • boredom arising five years after the change of calling must be sought
    • school-boy of thirteen, five years before the change of vocation,
    • painful perhaps now because it appears to us merely as the result of
    • even for a few years; people are not accustomed to connect what has
    • Supposing we have brought up a child during the first seven years of
    • child in the first seven years of its life. If we now look at the
    • first years of its life. Observation of life reveals to us that the
    • years does not manifest itself until the very evening of life. A man
    • earliest years comes out as effect in the latest ones. But in addition
    • years for the one who recognised his work.’
    • The next appearance of the comet will be [was] in 1986. Its periodic visitations occur at intervals of about 76 years, and have been recorded since 240 BC. During its last visit, it passed directly between the Earth and the Sun, the Earth actually passing through the tail of the cornet. It is interesting to note that this series of lectures were being given as the comet was at its closest to the Earth, May 1910. (Ed.)
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • with us the power of changing our teeth at about seven years of age.
    • in preceding years, we know that on each of the planetary incarnations
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • recent years in regard to health and the actual investigations into
    • accomplished in recent years it is Spiritual Science that should do
    • years.
    • thirty years is a kind of absolute truth which may, indeed, be
    • This we can best see when a disease appears in a plant. Here we have
    • at the next transition stage of its life, a stump appears; the second
    • the higher animals the same phenomenon appears only in the offspring,
    • impression made upon a child in its earliest years and how something
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • circles. I may say that during the earlier years of my life many of
    • modern times we call diptheric, which in many cases appears when there
    • to a previous consciousness with what appears in the consciousness in
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • must not confuse what appears at the beginning of such a movement as
    • degeneracy of our age, and when some such degeneracy appears in the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • hereditary characteristics are a part of us only because our forbears
    • have inherited from our parents and forbears. When we reincarnate we
    • heredity, that the characteristics are inherited from the forbears,
    • We must compare sickness and health with something that appears in
    • that even if no pain appears, inner reactions may always come, but if
    • if it does, then pain appears, and through the pain he knows that he
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • shock, for this is something completely unknown to him, and he fears
    • judgement, the more do we work in opposition to Ahriman. This appears
    • reappears in a new incarnation. Then it will become manifest that some
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • the course of ten years the whole of his physiognomy will have changed
    • plane we still shall become different after ten years, but the change
    • the course of ten years we may possibly develop a different facial
    • rational soul, and that which appears within the etheric body as a
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • that had disappeared in earlier periods, reappears by its reversed
    • inevitable that what is of profound inner significance also appears as
    • something neutral appears as karmic link.
    • organism appears when the forces of the soul desire to be more deeply
    • outwardly appears identical, differs inwardly. It is the inner
    • the spirit, if we believed that what appears identical externally is
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Free Will and Karma in the Future of Human Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • changed in ‘each fifty years’ of the nineteenth century, so
    • appears there is no longer matter, but something which lies beyond all
    • of the word: love. Every stirring of the soul, wherever it appears, is
    • corresponding electricity — the negative — appears. Thus
    • distinguished from that which man bears within him. Externally it is
    • based on truth, are not right for five years only — as one doctor
    • surrounding nature, which now appears to us as the world, that which
    • contrary tendency appears among those souls who are living in the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • lectures extending over three or four years and during that time gave
    • thousand years there would still be persons who would speak of the
    • many centuries and many thousands of years of human culture,
    • course of the next two or three thousand years will these capacities
    • appears to them as a sort of conscious dream-picture, is the
    • say: In this way, thousands of years ago, the foundations were laid
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • working inwardly as soul force, now appears as a living being or
    • it draws near ... nears in spirit brightness ...
    • A heated battle nears — and my own thinking
    • tears itself away from what one generally calls the inner life; that
    • in life, tears itself out of the inner being and seems to go off
    • remarkable way — he stands there so that literally he hears
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • power that tears him out of that world. A large part of what is
    • physical sense world, tears it out and puts it in a special luciferic
    • when love appears in the physical sense world and has its effect on
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • perceive them when the eye sees their color or the ear hears their
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • developments of the last couple of hundred years). Ahriman is
    • designated as Philia appears to him as a spiritually tangible being,
    • ourselves entirely to seeing or hearing the things our eyes and ears
    • inwardly forceful that our own thought appears before us like a
    • soul flows within a divine-spiritual element that alone bears in
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • say of a great deal of the karma of our youthful years that it cannot
    • appears. As he nears his other self, the double and then the Spirit
    • take objective form and appears in the outside world in its entirety.
    • Philia appears and later on he mistakes the double for her. Mistakes
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • chaos. For many years it has been my custom to point to this as
    • its destined transformations. In the following years, for some a
    • years old and then would have to look eternally at what he had done
    • remember disappears. It returns, but in an altered manner. Everything
    • of Death in the world. Beginning with Scene Three this appears
    • has to come about.” The Manager hears in these few words
    • appears and tells Strader what she will do for him in the
    • writings and lecture-cycles of the last three or four years have
    • hardly be expressed in words, and the one who bears it rooted deeply
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • very many years, for instance, our long-lived trees. But of these
    • through years and decades, we can recognise there also this coming
    • spiritual element appears with the Christ-Impulse.” Through
    • Jesus-Child to the Madonna, where this Christ-relation appears as
    • eleven years old. At the age of eight years his father sent him as a
    • appears that there lived in the soul of Giovanni Santi much more than
    • Giovanni Santi died when Raphael was eleven years old. If we now follow what
    • through the gates of death and there now appears in the child, with
    • Giovanni Santi, the father, died when Raphael was eleven years old; he had not
    • soul, we say: Giovanni Santi lives on in Raphael, who appears to us
    • things, but in fifty years’ time this may be possible, because
    • and works of single personalities. Raphael appears and allows his
    • that his works will fall to dust. Then Novalis appears to take in
    • have to believe, such as that this or that spectrum appears when
    • Anthroposophy, that life appears to us in quite a different light
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • springing up a great number of ears of corn. We know quite well that
    • out of every single grain in these ears of corn a new ear of corn can
    • their object, namely to become ears of corn in their turn. In
    • world there appears a world of moving images, a world of surging
    • their goal and become ears of corn. What would be the result? The
    • disappears is false, that which finally remains is true. Not in this
    • are no more differences nothing which appears differently to
    • that he sees them, whereas the other does not. The one bears them
    • within him and sees them, the other bears them within him and does
    • lions, bears, wolves, lambs, sharks, whales, etc. Man distinguishes
    • disappears, does not sink away into nothingness; it merges with the
    • philosophically, for that is what I tried to do years ago in my booklet
    • the sense-activity appears and then the inner world, but that union
    • itself progresses and a new polarity appears which represents a new
    • existed at the beginning of world-evolution as unity then appears in
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • still be correct however one feels them, “One only hears of the
    • Nietzsche, this Renaissance comes to life again in his best years. We
    • reappears again in the Renaissance can indeed be called luciferic, for
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • slow unfolding because the entire period of 2,160 years, starting in
    • to be understood in relation to the Palestine of the years 1 to 33
    • out to depict Jesus as an historical figure living between the years 1
    • this super-earthly finds expression in myths. We know that man bears
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • thirty-three years old. These facts emerge when, as stated, one
    • that it lasted for three years. The being of the virgin birth bore a
    • Today, I should only like to add that when, twice seven years ago, our
    • seven years all had come to pass that has been striven for, if the
    • seven years, in many respects it has remained behind. Such
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • from the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, bears essentially the
    • what it had to become in the last three or four hundred years, had
    • has come out concerning this. Throughout the sixty or seventy years
    • three years. If we do not follow an ostrich policy but with truly
    • problems that have agitated the world during the last two years. It is
    • years ago as an important personality when his first book on European
    • what is said today is intended to close one's ears. Some people will
    • absolutely necessary for European humanity. The bitterest tears could
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • When we picture the nature of the Greco-Roman epoch, it appears to us
    • matters that he was an actual being, but one who appears only in an
    • place, namely, between the years 1 and 33 A.D. That is the remarkable
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years more. You know, too, how in our Mystery Dramas we have
    • which it can again be brought to expression today, a hundred years
    • luciferic, appears, to him who goes through such an initiation, side by
    • which the good spiritual world disappears before his spiritual gaze,
    • the Temple and the Beautiful Lily, who appears at first as without
    • showing how the leaf changes into the blossom, how an organ appears in
    • will read again today the passage I read years ago as proof of the
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • outstanding individuals who appeared in the years following the time
    • Now we see a certain concomitant phenomenon that appears in all these
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • gave to it the character which it bears today?” If we go back to
    • East. Thousands of years ago at their source in the East they had
    • of years ago. That, however, which for us today in educational
    • certain spirituality. Again and again there appears some such sentence
    • especially in recent years. So one can even call this man the Rasputin
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • When I have had occasion in recent years to speak on any of the great
    • the lectures which for many years have been given in our circles, that
    • so-called war-years, in reality years of terror, a cry which has
    • During the years of the war we heard continually the universal lie:
    • from this Luciferic incarnation thousands of years before the Mystery
    • necessary during thousands of years of human evolution to enter into
    • The same thing appears in Goethe's Faust, where we find
    • Leonardo was a long time painting this picture — twenty years. He
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • catastrophic years, only he can close his eyes to the fact that we are
    • the last few hundred years, i.e., the period since the middle
    • the eighth pre-Christian century. We see, about two hundred years
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • bears within it this world of ours — and to clothe these
    • in Palestine so many, or so many years ago — we want to
    • years spread abroad the lie that I was a renegade priest:
    • Society picked up again to some extent in the course of years, and now
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • Five lectures given in Stuttgart, at Christmas and New Years,
    • than thirty years ago and which are shortly to be published. Although
    • more than thirty years ago, to a past which was then the present. I
    • serious side of this phenomenon only appears when we take into
    • preceding thirty years, was an attack directed against the aims and
    • serious times of ours, to review the last thirty or forty years, and
    • of events during these last thirty or forty years has shown clearly
    • cease, when something of this kind appears before us pointing most
    • forty years, the essential nature of the German people would not turn
    • I told you the following some years ago: In the sixties and seventies
    • chattering in the same way they had chattered for years, particularly
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • months, in the case of another years, but sooner or later, provided
    • If we look out upon the universe the sun appears to us as a physical
    • of years. Thus by self-education we train ourselves to will, until we
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • to physical-animal forbears. In this way one really moves away from
    • Although the aspect of the human corpse as it appears to us is not
    • processes of outer nature. This appears in him as instinct, passion,
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Gemüt. Our thinking appears to us cold, dry,
    • what appears in our time as symptoms of decline is basically connected
    • appears as real as the ground under our feet — the ground without
    • — even the last thousand years of human history — the vastly
    • him that every blossom bears testimony to the existence of an
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • three or four hundred years has today become an axiom. This has come
    • imprinted. That is what appears so conspicuous in that locality; and
    • knowledge! Man bears within him the animal nature, and truly he does
    • example, appears to present-day astronomers as some sort of a
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • cognition is what appears to be absolutely irrefutable. You see, the
    • million years ago, calls for mental brilliance and exact knowledge.
    • million years, others two hundred million; but people of today take
    • geologists use to calculate geologic epochs by millions of years: they
    • and figure out how this human heart looked three hundred years ago and
    • how it will look in another three hundred years. The calculation may
    • years ago, nor will it be three hundred years hence. — Similarly,
    • million years ago, when there was no trace of Silurian or other
    • occur in various substances in twenty million years. In this direction
    • hundred years ago, or how the earth appeared two hundred million years
    • years: well-meaning people who do not want the Easter Festival to be
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • say ten, twenty or thirty years ago. I will merely indicate how this
    • a garment, or something she wore twenty years ago; she puts this on
    • past years so that you can live in it and entirely forget the present
    • experienced in childhood or, many years ago, in order to realize
    • aunt gave him a bonbon when he was eight years of age; and things of
    • your behaviour of say twenty years ago as regards your gesture on any
    • space in which the external dawn appears to us. The dawn begins then
    • we again turn our gaze to the dawn and it appears to us almost as it
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • over into later years.
    • natural-scientific ideas to designate as heredity. Man bears within
    • that which man is as spirit appears after he has laid aside the
    • the head of man appears but faintly to the gaze of the soul. The rest
    • death. It bears a true physiognomical expression. It is in a sense a
    • at the spirit-form which remains after death we see that it bears the
    • morally evil united with his soul bears a physiognomical expression
    • perceive, what bears a likeness to Ahriman. He is in a sense
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • because this transformed life of memory appears before his
    • flowers, blue flowers, green grass and shining promising ears of corn
    • memories of the first years of childhood are especially remarkable
    • with reference to human sleep, because in reality, during those years
    • and during the years extending to the change of teeth — that
    • In the first seven years of life everything has been
    • the first seven years of life is essentially inherited. But after
    • about seven years all the material substance is thrown off; it falls
    • his material part he gradually throws off. After seven or eight years
    • everything that was in his body seven or eight years before has gone.
    • It is a fact that when we have reached the age of nine years our
    • bears from the seventh to fourteenth year depends very much on the
    • Every seven years we build our body anew, but it is our
    • the outer world in a child of seven years (as you know it is only
    • that which appears as the physiognomy, the gestures, the external
    • his substance every seven or eight years shapes his own outer
    • of an enigma that man appears at this age having already reached a
    • appears highly fantastic to us may become extremely important. It is
    • significance to me personally, a few years ago, to transpose myself
    • occurred to me quite accidentally when I was just eleven years of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • earth with the cosmos then appears most intensely before the eyes of
    • perceived by the spiritual ears is spoken also by the metals in the
    • language has the ordinary form, so to speak, there appears before us
    • civilization. Then it appears in weakened form in such writings as
    • into poetic form. There actually appears in the language of the
    • the first years of its life a child learns to walk, speak, and think.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • bears upon it in the way of plants, animals, birds of the air, and so
    • substances are not always composed of what appears when they are
    • a remarkable manner, e.g. in one part there appears a large structure
    • structure appears in which man could specially have regained new life
    • and reaches a tremendous size. Then it disappears again into the
    • remembers: “When I was a child of nine years old I had a friend
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • experienced by man that he hears it. He experiences it inwardly. Only
    • you must conceive of it as inner experience. He hears it. This
    • What is it then that man hears? These world-happenings,
    • the chalk there was the silica, which now appears in quartz. In this
    • then appears to you among the secrets of the cosmos as the
    • is the macrocosm, but he also bears within him the mysteries of the
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • really illusion, that is deception. For that which appears in this
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • felt his being in his ears, he felt his being also on the surface of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • year just before the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War. But no one
    • Valentine Andreae, who only bears the same name, wrote in his later
    • event, just preceding the Thirty Years' War — a young man,
    • element appears.
    • undoubtedly in the first period of the devastating Thirty Years' War.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • grasp it. But this same lead which appears in the lead-ores of the
    • dost know still what thou knewest ten or twenty years ago. Just think
    • within thee what thou didst experience ten or twenty years ago. Thy
    • thou didst experience twenty years ago, and canst cause this to live
    • lead in Saturn, in Jupiter he bears tin, in Mars the iron, which is
    • bears which makes thee man. Thou standest on the earth, but that
    • I have just related is the truth and bears within it an impulse
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • can form an idea of the content of that seven years' instruction
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • say that there appears before our Imaginative consciousness, with all
    • deeds. What man sees as cloud formations, what he hears as thunder,
    • themselves behind these. Even that which appears outwardly as
    • seed which appears like this _ unless we knew, at the same time, what
    • know how Venus appears spiritually, psychically, and bodily, up above
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • When a certain definite complex appears in a man, it shows he is not
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • Carbon appears on the earth in a number of different
    • carbon; anthracite is carbon. On the earth carbon appears before us
    • takes place in the spiritual world, but which only appears in its
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • describes appears nebulous today. He saw as a reality what to
    • us appears nebulous; in what he called phlegm he did not see
    • anecdote. Many years ago I attended a meeting where an eminent
    • mystery that really underlies all this clears up only when we
    • idea I had three years ago, and I link the one to the
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • will prove as difficult as it appears at present, if people
    • when we come to the airy nature of the human being, it appears
    • appears. The development of liver and gall runs absolutely
    • conditions that follow one another in two consecutive years.
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • arrival of the second teeth — the first seven years of
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years of life. During the
    • elementary school years, the human being is not really
    • seventh to the fourteenth years, thank God, all that really
    • fourteenth years our ideal must be to work not primarily upon
    • years, and those principles of growth that stem from the
    • thirteenth years, on into the fourteenth, fifteenth and
    • sixteenth years, will see that symptoms that arise in earlier
    • confusion clears up, however, when we see that what proceeds
    • from the liver-kidney organization appears first in its
    • consider what appears normal in the region of the ear —
    • why do we call it normal? Because it appears precisely as it
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to the point where it is received into that which bears the
    • that when the substance appears in the inorganic realm it has
    • must understand that the time of year in which it appears is
    • appears antipathetic to me at first. If it really helps, I can
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • hypothetically that come to me when something appears in the course of
    • something that looks organic; and it appears in the ordinary organism in
    • human organism we therefore see something arising that appears to flood
    • which the organizing force of nature appears within the organism,
    • entire organism. If I wished to draw what appears from the other pole, in
    • nevertheless appears to us in the carcinomatous process, it will be
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • years, what truly engages in a creative activity, thus remains in a
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • certain anecdote. Many years ago I once attended a meeting where an
    • all this clears up only when we reach the stage of Imaginative
    • have an idea which reminds me of another idea I had three years ago
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • difficult as it appears at present, if people will only condescend to
    • when we come to the airy nature of man, it appears that the gases in
    • years — all that the sun imparts to the earth, however, has a
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • of the second teeth — the first seven years of life. When the
    • seven years of life if you say to yourselves: It is quite evident
    • their appearance between the seventh and fourteenth years of life.
    • From the seventh to the fourteenth years, all that really concerns us
    • Between the seventh and fourteenth years our ideal must be to work
    • rather from the preceding year or years, and, on the other hand,
    • the fourteenth years. They do not then develop into sexual diseases
    • twelfth and thirteenth years, on into the fourteenth, fifteenth
    • and sixteenth years, will realise that at this age symptoms that
    • irreconcilable with what I said yesterday. It clears up, however,
    • why do we call it normal? Because it appears precisely as it does in
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that when the substance appears in the inorganic realm, it has the
    • remedial agent in question here, which man already bears within him,
    • in which it appears is not without significance for its whole
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • such. And whoever reflects on the terrible years of the so-called
    • Thereby a new element appears in social life, the value of the human
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • the years of discretion. All such things as are related to the
    • During recent years we
    • followed the events of recent war-years knows that at the end the
    • Austria by one who has had the opportunity (I have spent thirty years
    • years of age; it cannot be said that such an action is isolated. His
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • history of the last few years and ask ourselves how the social
    • Of late years, much
    • isolated, very commendable efforts of recent years, the chief
    • when I was teaching for some years in a working-men's college, where
    • him it appears that for the last few centuries the religious bodies
    • twelve years older, that he has been taught. and trained; then he
    • through all the years of life, a spirit and soul element is working
    • the seventh, ninth, and twelfth years of his life. For only when
    • know what it means to a man, say thirty-five years of age, who looks
    • and such a thing when I was nine or ten years old; I believed it
    • seventh and fifteenth years; what he then learnt is renewed again and
    • again, and wears a new aspect in each successive stage of life. What
    • the course of years to think not unfavorably of our
    • five years, the World-War; they will call it the world-revolution and
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • the soul is lacking, and wait till it appears of itself; but to point
    • must now at last be recognized, that much which at present appears
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • such remarks at the present day. It appears to me more important to
    • the price of bread which appears on every table is connected with the
    • international intercourse has led us during the last five years? Did
    • one another to pieces! (Twenty-six years later — 1945 —
    • international impulses in late years. Also, when we speak of the
    • day which is the only thing that bears an international character,
    • the terrible influences of these last years. And where science
    • that during the years of the War? It was a place where, during the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • young in years, one will still have an opportunity to play one's part
    • the violet) the spectrum appears luminous. But, as you know, before
    • directions the light, as such, disappears. If, therefore, we give a
    • attendant came out and told him, he simply would not believe his ears.
    • Forty-five years ago, I came into a certain family. They showed me a
    • picture. I think it had been lying up in a loft for about fifty years.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • costs so much. Fifteen years later the same house may perhaps cost six
    • last ten years, simply because you have obscured the matter by
    • — a fact to which the history of economic theory bears eloquent
    • appears in a given place and at a given time, inasmuch as human Labour
    • point out the place where it appears. I will put this down
    • Consider this for a moment: Nature appears to us through human Labour.
    • Value appears inasmuch as Nature is transformed by human Labour —
    • Value appears inasmuch as Labour is seen through the Spirit. These two
    • so on the one side there appears the Nature-value which will show
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • other aspect is one to which I drew attention many years ago, though
    • for another ” — is scarcely a hundred years old. As a word,
    • and we shall see how it appears on the other side in the course of the
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • an illustration. It appears that this drastic illustration has caused
    • specific quality disappears. The specific qualities, both of the
    • But the Money appears at this point not in its fully abstract nature;
    • forget that whatever appears in the economic life will always be
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • till it eventually disappears in the Capital. For the further advance
    • independent. The Labour disappears in its turn, and now the Spirit
    • [“Freigeldleute”]. To them it appears quite simple.
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of the demand, just as the commodity which appears as a supply must
    • * In the producer's case the demand appears to be a demand for money;
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • things take their course in the economic process. If one hears big
    • farmers or estate owners speaking of their work, one often hears them
    • with lending, a remarkable phenomenon appears. Through the
    • appears, to begin with, in the psychological sphere, but afterwards
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • years' time. And think, on the other hand, how little an individual
    • possess double the amount in 15 years' time. He need do nothing at
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • The reason therefore appears to be a rather superficial one. The next
    • money. And if the money still bears the same face value, then the
    • after twenty-five years, a piece of money bearing the date
    • my undertaking must be planned for a period of twenty years. Shall I
    • its value in five years or in two. Therefore it will not do for me to
    • covering a period of only three years; in that case I should be a bad
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • future, say within 20 years, they will make still more fuss about him
    • than now. Nay more, following the habits of our time, within 20 years
    • nothing but autographs of the said poet. And after 20 years he sells
    • — paints at it, shall we say, for ten whole years? It signifies
    • him once more to spend ten years painting another picture. He can only
    • years. Therefore the picture will have to become worth as much as
    • years. Even if you take such a complex case as I explained at the
    • Spirit he has painted into it during ten years is certainly combined
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • goods for the economic life? In a money which wears out we have a
    • the land, for example, have to work for so many months or years on
  • Title: Lecture I: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha. And then let us
    • years before Christ knew quite well that when they ate this or that
    • meeting for which we have had to wait for some years, have borne
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • soul are in the ears that hear. I said just now; the human heart is
    • aspect of the physical body he then wears is due to heredity. He has
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • True, you do not see it with your eyes, nor hear it with your ears.
    • 25 years old, — let us say at noon one day, in Oxford, for
    • us. Here it is that the Christ appears before us as a spiritual Sun
    • fades and disappears, and we have — instead of a reflection of
    • eyes and ears, and unless you could breathe and had within you lungs
    • proper language of the dead bears no relation to earthly
    • you ever observed how constantly one hears people say, when some new
    • earthly words how Rousseau appears when one sees him from the
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha, Christ then appears, to be his Guide through the otherwise
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • years, have in fact succeeded in producing a whole race of sub-human
    • eyes, in the ears, — in short, in the sense organs of man. So
    • appears mere Nature, with morality. In this manner they bring
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • vexed and excited every time he hears tell of anthroposophical
    • twenty or thirty years after death, according to the age we reached,
    • to the age of thirty and spent the first five years in the
    • disappears. We are obliged to witness this: the spiritual seed has
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years before the Mystery of Golgotha. And then let us
    • years before Christ knew quite well that when they ate this or that
    • meeting for which we have had to wait for some years, have borne
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • soul are in the ears that hear. I said just now; the human heart is
    • aspect of the physical body he then wears is due to heredity. He has
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • True, you do not see it with your eyes, nor hear it with your ears.
    • 25 years old, — let us say at noon one day, in Oxford, for
    • us. Here it is that the Christ appears before us as a spiritual Sun
    • fades and disappears, and we have — instead of a reflection of
    • eyes and ears, and unless you could breathe and had within you lungs
    • proper language of the dead bears no relation to earthly
    • you ever observed how constantly one hears people say, when some new
    • earthly words how Rousseau appears when one sees him from the
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Golgotha, Christ then appears, to be his Guide through the otherwise
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • years, have in fact succeeded in producing a whole race of sub-human
    • eyes, in the ears, — in short, in the sense organs of man. So
    • appears mere Nature, with morality. In this manner they bring
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • vexed and excited every time he hears tell of anthroposophical
    • twenty or thirty years after death, according to the age we reached,
    • to the age of thirty and spent the first five years in the
    • disappears. We are obliged to witness this: the spiritual seed has
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • of 3,100 years of the Dark Age, that the people living then had all
    • Him in some such way about a hundred years after the events in
    • sometime between 1930 and 1940. The years 1933, 1935, and 1937 will
    • by without the understanding of human beings. If, then, in the years
    • others, because humanity will have 2,500 years in which to evolve
    • grasp this, spiritual science appears to us as the preparation of
    • proclaimed in the coming years. The materialistic mind today corrupts
    • Christ event; he unites with them. Then appears once more the great
    • led humanity's descent into the physical plane appears again after
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • any sense or purpose in the fact that the human soul appears again
    • about 3,000 years before the Christ event, an age that has gradually
    • than 3,000 years in an evolution that had limited them to the
    • is a leap whenever something new appears in the course of its
    • unknown sect, and we also know that one hundred years after
    • Kali Yuga came to an end only a few years ago; 1899 is
    • or not, during the years 1930 to 1940. Only a few decades separate us
    • as I have already characterized it, beginning with the years 1930 to
    • Humanity will be granted a period of about 2,500 years
    • in which to develop these faculties; 2,500 years will be at his
    • another time of transition. During these 2,500 years, more and more
    • that they cannot imagine anything but that when Christ appears again,
    • This cannot be emphasized too strongly for all who have ears to hear.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • years have passed since the Mystery of Golgotha, the Christ impulse
    • of human beings have gone through it in the past two thousand years,
    • this century, and in the following two thousand years more and more
    • increasingly throughout the next 2,500 years, human beings will
    • 3,000 years. “Maitreya Buddha” means the “Buddha of
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • planetary system is the contrast between sun and earth appears within
    • of heavenly space and tears him away from earthly existence. In a
    • feminine appears to clairvoyant consciousness as if it had not
    • appears in the form of the female body has remained as if it were at
    • bluntly to an orthodox German professor that good wine years followed
    • comets, and he tried to prove this by pointing to the years 1811 and
    • 1819, good wine years that were preceded by comets. This made a fine
    • materialists had not possessed, around the years 1850–60,
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • 3,000 years before the founding of Christianity, therefore, man
    • I-consciousness, the human I-consciousness. The Godhead appears as
    • the age of Abraham, after that individuality who appears in it and
    • successively appears as a kind of polarity. If, therefore, God
    • end. Kali Yuga lasted 5,000 years, until the year 1899 AD. The year
    • more and more human beings during the next 2,500 years, until at last
    • appears before me — which is essentially different, however,
    • led out of the brain and, during the next 2,500 years, we shall come
    • experience during the next 2,500 years a repetition of the event of
    • Anyone who has deaf ears, however, must wait until a subsequent
    • arise, at first only for a few, then — in the next 2,500 years
    • those who have ears to hear and eyes to see, this must be described
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • When these words were spoken, more than 3,000 years had passed since
    • Nazareth, and they permeated the earth for three years with their
    • continuing for the next 2,500 years, this will happen more and more
    • appears in the mysticism of men such as Eckhart, Johannes Tauler, and
    • Christ who reappears in the flesh is not to be believed but only a
    • Christ Who appears in the etheric body. This appearance will take the
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • Three thousand years after the beginning of that dark
    • The Dark Age lasted more than 5,000 years. We are living in the
    • vision appears, however, it will be necessary for people to know the
    • What we have said will often be repeated in the years to
    • the last 2,000 years. Christ appeared 2,000 years ago in a physical
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • twenty years ago, for instance, one heard nothing of it. Actually,
    • and lasted 5,000 years; it had run its course by 1899. Now a time is
    • being appears as either masculine or feminine. It is important to
    • corresponds to what appears in us as masculine and feminine? To
    • truth appears to them as illusion. In all theosophical books one
    • family's methodical pace is interrupted when a child appears, since a
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • glimmering light appears in the region of the pineal gland. This
    • esoteric research of recent years, undertaken by individuals among
    • Then in the course of the next 3,000 years, He will become visible to
    • it will happen, particularly to those who are young in years
    • the products of fragmentation. In the course of the coming years you
    • by the fact that Christ necessarily lived for three years on the
    • three years, human beings have become ripe to behold the Christ Who
    • thousands of years Oriental mysticism has spoken of this moment in
    • picture that within a period of 5,000 years after the great Buddha
    • moral atmosphere. Five thousand years after Gautama Buddha's
    • will appear 3,000 years after our time and will be able to teach
    • disclosed that he who will appear 3,000 years after our time as the
    • incarnations was that of Jeshu ben Pandira, who lived a hundred years
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture X: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 1
    Matching lines:
    • He appears, will not be an individuality incarnated in the flesh, and
    • single incarnation for three years here on earth and Who cannot
    • death with man. It thus disappears shortly before death; it must
    • which man bears within him, upon whom the geographic and other
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XI: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 2
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual world. One cannot then require that what appears be
    • one is familiar with the intentions one can see in what appears
    • taking up the struggle to allow what appears to him as evil to be put
    • sad years, humanity has not been at all ready to assess the facts in
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XII: Individual Spirit Beings and the Undivided Foundation of the World: Part 3
    Matching lines:
    • Christ impulse, as it appears in the twentieth century, is to be
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture XIII: The Three Realms of the Dead: Life Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • that they will penetrate human ears. I am also convinced that
    • within them, that man himself bears within him. These beings are
    • Look out!” He hears an inner voice, not as a hallucination but
    • miss this pleasure just once?” He hears this in the spirit. It
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • that this appears at present only in indications — but it is
  • Title: The Earth As Being with Life, Soul, and Spirit: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • characteristics of the being of the earth can be given, as it appears
    • instance the Orient appears otherwise than the American Occident. It
    • Asia until far into Russia, is observed, then the earth appears as if
    • appears more or less in burning red. You have there a polarity of the
    • the human soul can identify itself — so that the earth appears
    • of the earth disappears, seen from the outside; rather, the
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture I: Research into the Life of the Spirit During the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • desire for darkness. The Angel Being bears Light into darkness —
    • or an Angel Being bears darkness into Light. These Beings are
    • this is what it appears to be if, in the modern sense, one thinks of
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture II: Hidden Centres of the Mysteries in the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • your ears: look with your eyes on the things of Nature, hear with
    • your ears what goes on in Nature; the Spiritual reveals itself
    • not hitherto noticed, came forth a boy of 10 or 11 years old. This
    • Spirit of his boyhood, his very self. He, with his 15 or 28 years,
    • freshness, his childlikeness, to what the man of older years
    • projected into the later years of life — only then does one
    • quite incomprehensible in the mature years of life, but which can be
    • understood when childhood becomes real and living in the years of
    • but of whom he nevertheless felt that after many years he would
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture III: The Time of Transition
    Matching lines:
    • piety. What appears later as Rosicrucianism, sound and genuine
    • In the years that followed,
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture IV: The Relationship of Earthly Man to the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • Through what he is, through the forces and powers he bears within his
    • one hears even a last echo of this view. What we find in religious
    • The garment of Life which the Deity wears.
    • really and truly bears within herself the forces that are needed to
  • Title: Rosicrucianism/Initiation: Lecture V: Occult Schools in the 18th and First Half of the 19th Century
    Matching lines:
    • upwards, Weight bears downwards.” The pupil had to experience
    • bears within him in the nerves of the spinal marrow together with the
    • it appears to be merely a sense of smell, but the faculty, the
    • him between the years 1842 and 1879. But now they must, for their own
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas III: The Michael Inspiration
    Matching lines:
    • between birth and death. Let us reflect how, in what appears outwardly
    • forth the fight of Michael with the Dragon. There appears as the
    • appears with a pointing sword, pointing it towards the higher nature
    • and the arm of Michael appears to us in the midst of a sparkling
    • flaming meteor-sword in his right hand. And Michael appears to us in
    • continued to appeal to man for centuries, even thousands of years.
    • So we are able to direct our vision to what appears if Michael and the
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Va: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part I)
    Matching lines:
    • Fifty years ago it would have been impossible to speak to men of what
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas Vb: The Michael Impulse and the Mystery of Golgotha (Part II)
    Matching lines:
    • My dear friends, nearly two thousand years ago the event took place
    • preparation beforehand for what appears as a sudden incision in human
    • spiritual world, — that what disappears for the higher spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas VIII: The Michael Path to the Christ (Extract)
    Matching lines:
    • so-called war-years, in reality years of terror, a cry which has
    • During the years of the war we heard continually the universal lie:
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 1: The Poetry of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • children in their early years to persons of middle age and even to
    • “intelligent” person, who hears about this invisible
    • the bread crumbs as well, little thing.” The mother hears this,
    • she begins to weep, there appears a little man who says, “What
    • room with even more straw, and when the little man appears again and
    • it hears how spiritual science describes those secrets. It is true:
    • service to do a certain task. “There is a pack of bears coming
    • one blow, you can put an end to those bears.” The man said,
    • of food before the bears should arrive, for he thought he might as
    • came the time when the bears were expected; he collected together all
    • the sweet things bears like to eat, and laid them ready.
    • bears came, ate up everything they found and were so well stuffed
    • human soul with the forces of nature, first with the “Bears
    • brothers Grimm, and other collectors like them, devoted long years to
    • years or so to alienate everyone, even children, away from fairy
  • Title: Poetry/Fairy Tales: Lecture 2: The Interpretation of Fairy Tales
    Matching lines:
    • Every year a number of bears come to my country and do fearful
    • this, but till the bears come I must ask for as much to eat and drink
    • cannot slay the bears, and they kill me, I shall at least have eaten
    • and the bears were due to appear, he arranged the kitchen, set up a
    • manner of things that bears like to eat and drink — honey and
    • suchlike; then he hid himself. The bears came along, ate and drank
    • said: “I simply killed the bears and then cut off their heads.”
    • been imprisoned like this for several hundred years and must
    • appears bewitched, it has happened like this: we see the substance of
    • overcoming of the rough forces or the giants appears in fairy tales
    • that appears to him when the intellectual soul or his general inner
    • finally appears in his true form and is the very personality who can
    • overcome and cast forth appears in a quite distinct, external form.
    • forces. Wherever something evil appears and has to be overcome,
    • appears as a “dragon” or something similar; this is none
    • or fate appears in a wonderful way when the king's son meets his
  • Title: Lecture: Festivals and The Mysteries. The Adonis Mystery. The Easter Thought
    Matching lines:
    • youth in man, of all that appears as beauty in the human being.
    • thousands and thousands of years, human beings have been led through
    • repeated again and again through long, long years, now became a
    • Outwardly upon the scene of history there appears what was hitherto
    • Nature reveals her transitoriness and appears as a dying existence,
  • Title: Lecture: Moon-birth and Sun-birth. Necessity and Freedom. Stages of the Ancient
    Matching lines:
    • the time we are now considering lies many thousands of years before
    • Our lives today (and it has been so for more than two thousand years)
    • different eight or nine thousand years before the Christian era. In
    • man, say, three or four years younger than himself. His friend would
    • ears, feel outward with his skin, perceiving warmth and cold,
    • again inward through the ears. All these things taken together —
    • the eyes, the ears, the whole skin as an organ of touch, of warmth,
    • or hearkens inward through the ears, but when he actually
    • stands in connection with the earthly forces; he bears within himself
    • Thus what appears before our eyes in the Easter Festival today is
  • Title: Lecture: The Moon-secret Spring and Autumn mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • Outwardly regarded, the Moon appears from the earthly aspect in
    • appears to us in the physical light as the Full Moon. Thus the Moon is
    • listening outward through the ears, to see and hear the physical
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries of Ephesus The Aristotelian Categories
    Matching lines:
    • resounded in his ears that which lies hidden in these verses. For he
    • this being who in a physical garment bears the God within him:
    • it in our circle, indeed we mentioned it many years ago. When the
    • through thousands and thousands of years flowed at length into
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture I: A Convulsive Element in Humanity in the Nineteenth Century
    Matching lines:
    • years and was an altogether lovable character. The brothers of the
    • apart, now appears as an arch-criminal. He had gone mad in prison and
    • imprisoned. She appears at the top of the house amid the smoke and
    • good Dalai-Lama lives to an advanced age and for many long years is
    • according to his will. In his last years he becomes a Yogi, striving
    • offspring of his forbears, has become a maker of gods — as is
    • of his parents and forbears, he also lives in the past of his Polish
    • which the old Count appears with the clairvoyant child. The
    • Who now appears to him shows him: Victory lies neither on the one
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture II: Ancient Occult Magic. The Ahasver Mystery.
    Matching lines:
    • tyrant, who has developed the Ego and bears it in himself with all
    • its justification but which in the form it now bears is no more than
    • under the sway of this temptation which still whispers in their ears,
    • contradiction disappears as soon as the existence of two Jesus boys
  • Title: Significant Facts: Lecture III: The Tragic Wrestling with Knowledge. The Secrets of the Future Sixth Cultural Period.
    Matching lines:
    • the case at the present time. For when anything that bears the mantle
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • forebears, grandfather, great-grandfather, great-great-grandfather,
    • within human evolution while looking for the divine in his forebears.
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • hears the statement: “To build artistically is too expensive.”
    • that the top of the head appears as an image of the vast space arching
    • nose and ears, a memory dulled by the atmosphere of earth; and in the
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • long past, and green appears because at that time divine-spiritual beings
    • that is why it appears yellow. Physics (I have characterized a recent
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • if we would enter our true home and discover what bears a relationship
    • here, has already been quoted in past years, in other connections. Today
    • A novel which he wrote comparatively early in life bears the title
    • not less magnificently, they influenced Novalis.) In his younger years
    • later years Ludwig Tieck created the poetic work:
    • years ago, I had to deliver some anthroposophical lectures about the
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • most clearly if we go back four or five thousand years to poetry during
    • to express what appears in star-constellations and star-movements; far
    • At present such a question appears paradoxical, even nonsensical. But
    • the evening glow? Child, when it appears, the Mother of God is hanging
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • means that the beautiful bears a relation to the spiritual outside us.
    • ancient times this triad has been revered. Once, years ago, a man said
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • materialistic-intellectualistic scholarship appears like a man who walks
    • look further. The sun appears whitish, and we feel that this whitish
  • Title: Arts and Their Mission: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • itself. In that connection, consider how the living human figure appears
    • rigid forms. In green we have a similar case in that it appears
    • cosmic in the world of color. As I told you before, green appears as
    • appears out of nothingness. Phantasy lies hidden in the child; he is
    • Frau Dr. Steiner has given years to it. When we return to artistic feeling
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • known that willing, as it appears in the soul, is young, while
    • child, in reality? A child remains a child for at most twelve years,
    • overloaded the memory of the child when he was eight or nine years
    • what the result will be, forty or fifty years later, of our
    • though I bought him a pair of shoes when he was three years old, and
    • years of its life. You will say: A fine sort of spirit! It has become
    • that every seven or eight years our external physical substance
    • change every seven years as long as a man is on the earth. If the
    • teeth at seven, fourteen, and again at twenty-one years of age, and
    • first seven years of our life we have a body which is given to us by
    • the first body up to the change of teeth. It takes seven years to
    • fashioned on the model given us by our parents only appears at the
    • end of the first seven years of life, and all that external science
    • there with us for seven years, although during the very first years
    • first seven years of our life that our body is really inherited, but
    • and they too inherit a good deal in the first seven years. That one
    • in the proper way. There are children who at ten years of age are
    • science, only applies to the first seven years of man. After that
    • So in the first seven years
    • gradually enters the period between the seventh and fourteenth years,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • seven years a second life organism is gradually built up in the
    • seven years till about fourteen, a kind of victory is gradually
    • place. The child during the first seven years is really completely
    • seven years is really an eye. If something takes place in the child's
    • so in the first seven years, and according to this the organism
    • implanted tendency in the early years will then remain through the
    • seven years of life and not what you express outwardly in words as a
    • early years are wholly sense-organ, though life is not easy for such.
    • for the later years of life. A child who cannot write properly at
    • development as one who early, at seven or eight years, can already
    • several years. Why do you think that all the teachers approve of the
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • hair or a rose, it is another. In ten years' time the stone will be
    • the plants belong together, and that each portion of soil bears those
    • years all agricultural products have become decadent. Not long ago
    • human consumption in fifty years' time.
    • plants, and this plant world appears to him as related to the
    • whereas the child rejoices inwardly if he hears about the plant world
    • sheep-nature, tiger-nature and donkey-nature. He bears all these
    • animal would arise. Thus man bears the whole animal kingdom within
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • — these children I shall only meet in later years, again
    • can come back to in later years and make use of to arouse certain
    • seventh and eighth years, and later, perhaps in the fourteenth and
    • fifteenth years, to come back to it again in some way or other. Just
    • at seven years of age the children are given over to a teacher who
    • situation. A few years ago he had in his class a regular rascal (who
    • in the later school years.
    • through his early years, for you can come back to these pictures
    • with children of about eight years of age you can quite well do
    • years old, they will teach him how to think — to think for his
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • (11-12 years). Details given of a clear, visual proof, based on
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • In first seven years etheric body is an inward sculptor. After seven,
    • twelve years) should be based on modelling. Between seven and fourteen
    • change of teeth and puberty; we must know that in the years before
    • body in the first seven years has to put forward all the independent
    • artist in the child in the first seven years; it is a modeller, a
    • first seven years of life the etheric body has been carrying out
    • years of life, the child learns everything by imitation, but now he
    • of will in his own body. This can be seen in the very early years
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • the children through these early years of school life.
    • child or without him bears the character of a unity. I have shown you
    • later years. See Rudolf Steiner: The
    • child develops from the head downwards in the early years of his
    • have spoken, from eleven-and-two-thirds to fourteen years; we must
    • 1/2 years old, and the third,
    • /2 years. One has ten years, another twenty and so on, but
    • years together certainly have no meaning; they will all of them be
    • free long before the 75 years are over, so that it has no reality at
    • each. For years I have been watching this, and it has always proved
    • suppose a teacher has a child of between nine and ten years in the
  • Title: Kingdom of Childhood: Questions and Answers
    Matching lines:
    • multiplication and division which here appears most clearly.
    • first school years it is really only in the method of expression that
    • multiplication and division in the first school years, but it should
    • turning point of the ninth and tenth years. Up to this time keep to
    • have done that for two or two-and-a-half years and have really seen
    • and tenth years of which I have spoken.
    • the ninth and tenth years when abstract number as such can be
    • surfaces in light and shade, and out of these a face appears. To
    • the first few years most of our scholars came from a factory (the
    • before the time between the ninth and tenth years of which I have
    • and only much later, between the twelfth and thirteenth years, we
    • life during the course of the years; it contributes in a very special
    • because through this naturalistic religion during the early years the
    • If the children come to a Kindergarten Class at five or six years
    • children of four or five years do already come to school (which
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Hippocratic of all — as it appears to us today — namely “black bile”
    • gorilla appears to stand upright only with an effort. But there is the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • polarity which bears within it a non-correspondence, an irregularity,
    • sun — the light radiates in all directions, and finally disappears
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • only seek to calm the man's fears, and carry out the customary
    • Granted that the medical student hears preliminary lectures on natural
    • activity here is quite similar to organic production; what appears
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • so isolated regarding their sickness, as appears to be the case today.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • say that the plant expresses and bears the imprint of our whole
    • Now let us carefully examine the sphere that in plants appears visibly
    • years (one may, of course, become much older). In that case we shall
    • Vernal Equinox; this amounts to 25,920 of our terrestrial years. Here
    • interior of material structure: or rather, it did so twenty years ago,
    • gravity, and therefore tends to salt formation, from that which bears
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • astral body's activity in the illnesses peculiar to the early years of
    • appears later on.
    • Hydrocephaly has simply been shifted downward in the body, and appears
    • later years; they may recur later on, but do so in their polar form.
    • years. This etheric body is expelled again during certain processes,
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • amateurish term — into the atmosphere, so that this bears in itself
    • likewise bifurcated. This appears in the tendency of the digestive
    • man) appears as a duality that is dammed up in the heart, and in it
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • basic principle as appears in smell is at work in the formative
    • no more than fifteen years have gone by, people will think more
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • associated with carbon and carbon dioxide — bears in itself the
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • nature — or in what I might term the nature that appears extra-human
    • vegetable carbon) the polar effect appears, of the morbid process in
    • bears the source of an extra-telluric activity within himself. This
    • But again man bears within him something analogous to this
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • appears as albumen in the animal organism or especially in that of
    • man, and what appears as the same substance in the organism of plants?
    • defective at an early age. As soon as the first tooth appears, the
    • in the earliest years of life, there is this interaction between
    • substance — for during the first years of life, man is mainly a link
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • thus what appears to be a “neoplasm” is formed; and the mistletoe
    • physiological effects) the mental behaviour of men bears the definite
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Recently, however, it appears to have dawned on some other people that
    • this opinion can no longer be held, but that Anthroposophy appears to
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • spider bears within him. Now the bird has not attained such a degree
    • investigations of spiritual science, the spleen appears as the agent
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • aroused much interest of recent years. It is significant that we
    • during the years of youth. We form and build up our bodies in youth,
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • with children from six to seven years of age. Something — but
    • a child of from four to six years old is clumsy and awkward with arms,
    • of life. It appears externally in childhood and reacts on the whole
    • dental condition, in later years as well. We shall deal further with
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XVIII
    Matching lines:
    • in its growth and formation. Especially in the earliest years of life,
    • years of age. And then appear the activities connected with the life
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • questions put to me, one continually reappears, and it must, of
    • family descent among hæmophiliacs bleeding itself only appears in
    • substances, so that it often appears in combination with other
    • quantities of belladonna are administered. This is because it bears a
  • Title: Spiritual Science and Medicine -- Lecture XX
    Matching lines:
    • illness in question, for each specific kind of bacillus appears under
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • second teeth, he grew to be fourteen years old and attained puberty,
    • seven or eight years. This renewal is, however, particularly
    • build it. In the course of the first seven years we thrust off this
    • Between the seventh and fourteenth years the very strongest activity
    • body he bears from the seventh year onward. This truth we must master
    • the seventh and fourteenth years every human being passes through a
    • during these years the wonderful unfolding of the forces of the
    • has passed his twenty-first year, an abnormality appears in the liver
    • less possible the further one goes back into the years of childhood.
    • the first seven years. There may be defects due to heredity. It is
    • the first seven years, neither can he transform it rightly. The
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • earlier years (associated, as it was in him, with an inferiority
    • have seen how during the first seven years the body presents a model,
    • years), we find nothing at all in the human organisation that could
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • been describing — and especially so in the years of childhood.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • organisation. If I receive an impression from without, it disappears
    • beginning to announce themselves in the organism in the years of
    • tender years of childhood, lest later on they become the pet victims
    • hears it spoken — it is more weakly thought; it
    • feeble-minded. Since in such conditions the body bears too
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • boy has been with us since 11th September, 1923, and was nine years
    • breast-fed for three months only, and from nine months to three years
    • three years. The boy was all this time backward in his development
    • the right educational treatment for this child in very early years?
    • and a half years old was given into my care. I have written about him in
    • up to the twelfth, thirteenth and fourteenth years, a great deal can
    • particularly powerful in the earliest years of life, but it is still
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • disturbance. Not until two years old was he able to stand. Throughout
    • the first four years he was apathetic, but greedy for food. The first
    • is now six and three-quarters — not far off seven years old. As
    • the model body of the first seven years. The boy is behind-hand also
    • earliest years, the boy was apathetic and developed nothing but the
    • me remind you that what ought to happen during the first years of
    • him at four years of age, that whenever speech exercises are done in
    • eleven years old. And now let me tell you where the trouble lies. The
    • course in the first three years without any marked individual
    • cannot have been quite as represented, for at three years old the
    • developed for a long time, for he is eleven years old; but the
    • years was without any peculiar features or symptoms. What seems to me
    • in the first three years.
    • during the first seven years the ego and astral body are unable to
    • years of age — turn out to be stunted in their growth. Why
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • still an embryo. Details of mother and child. Child's astral bears
    • who appears normal but is a kleptomaniac. His ingenuity. His head
    • the size of the head by looking at the little ears which are of
    • child carries in him an astral body which bears clearly and
    • mother still bears a strong resemblance to its development in the
    • when she was three and a half years old — note that this is
    • exactly half-way through the epoch of the first seven years and is a
    • the second epoch, half-way between the seventh and fourteenth years
    • when three and a half years old, the child had headaches with high
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • will remember the boy of twelve years old who was brought before us
    • attach any meaning at all to what he hears people say about
    • of such a trait in future years. Far more important for the doctor as
    • course, during the period between the seventh and fourteenth years, a
    • of course, long been known as a remedy; for thousands of years those
    • years that the sun takes to go round the universe — these
    • 25,000 years we have in the circulation, in the pulsation of the
    • grown to be thirty years old. He would then be an adult human being.
    • of six years old. We used to meet constantly, for he was always there
    • seven or eight years old; but then, on the other hand, the man was,
    • told you how I had to treat the hydrocephalic boy of eleven years old
    • enters into man, wherein beings live whose whole life bears
    • bears the stamp of the ego organisation. These beings inspire us;
    • good if he hears well-formed speech spoken around him — unless
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • years old, and in whom we can clearly recognise an inferiority
    • several years older. The first thing that claims our attention in his
    • given. The girl is fifteen years old.”)
    • without it. For years it has been so terribly painful to me, the way
    • girl had, when three or four years old, an occult fever. It is even
    • period round about the third and fourth years, the astral body was
    • to study in two of your children. One of them is fifteen years old
    • twenty years old and the father twenty-two, died young of pneumonia.
  • Title: Lecture: Curative Education: Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • reappears on earth as Ernst Haeckel. The latter's speech at Jena on
    • was a little girl of ten years old, who was suffering from loss of
    • would be mostly about seven years old.) She has adenoids. The symptom
    • immediately patent. The girl is ten years old — that is to say,
    • substantial success can be looked for under three or four years
    • principle and is connected with love. Mars tears this out of its true
    • 1855-1921, Founder and for many years Leader of the Youth Sanatorium
    • himself, who was after all a clever man, it appears to us today, does
    • on Earth this individuality is drawn to Jena and appears there as
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • childhood onwards. The child first appears in the world showing
    • person it might take a week, and with another three years, and
    • of the soul appears the remembrance of our past experiences.
    • ten or twenty years ago with the same inner forces and strength
    • years. The material in us is something that is in constant
    • seven years; but that which we are in our individual being has
    • hundred years, a thousand years. But what is it which is there
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • bears within himself the next member, the astral
    • years before I began to speak about it openly — which was
    • years) — to the fact that one can regard the human
    • forty years ago, and to-day human hearts are more than ever
    • body — works over into the physical body and appears there
  • Title: Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • complicated as it appears when we really penetrate into the
    • the month of May; for what man bears within him during the
    • were, into eyes, ears and the other senses during this period.
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • onwards. The child first appears in the world showing outwardly
    • might take a week, and with another three years, and so on
    • childhood. Rising out of undefined depths of the soul appears
    • experience again what we experienced ten or twenty years ago
    • substances within periods of time of from seven to eight years.
    • change it every seven years; but that which we are in our
    • has been there a hundred years, a thousand years. But what is
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • is a sentient being, he bears within himself the next member,
    • years before I began to speak about it openly — which was
    • have just said that the study took me thirty years) — to
    • to ask myself the question — it is now nearly forty years
    • physical body and appears there as typhoid. Here we see into
  • Title: Spiritual Science and the Art of Healing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • but it is by no means so complicated as it appears when we
    • bears within him during the course of twenty-four hours, namely
    • Ego ‘shot,’ as it were, into eyes, ears and the
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 1
    Matching lines:
    • several hundred years, because if it had been otherwise, mankind would
    • Some three thousand years ago, during the flowering of the most
    • bears an etheric body. This is not to be confused with that which, in
    • mineral kingdom alone appears purely physical to us. In it we can
    • one hears with the ears. The ordinary memory, too, and ordinary
    • organism appears as though too much exposed to the centrifugal forces
    • — goitre appears.
    • mistletoe appears; and now there occurs through this plant, which has
  • Title: Report: An Outline of Anthroposophical Medical Research - 2
    Matching lines:
    • several hundred years, because if it had been otherwise, mankind would
    • Some three thousand years ago, during the flowering of the most
    • bears an etheric body. This is not to be confused with that which, in
    • mineral kingdom alone appears purely physical to us. In it we can
    • one hears with the ears. The ordinary memory, too, and ordinary
    • organism appears as though too much exposed to the centrifugal forces
    • — goitre appears.
    • mistletoe appears; and now there occurs through this plant, which has
  • Title: Threefold Order: Part II: Lecture: The Impulse Towards the Threefold Order
    Matching lines:
    • unconsciousness of this storm, one hears the reply, —
    • forward with this thing, after having spent long years in one
    • twenty or thirty years past in working at what I call Spiritual
    • What stood so menacingly before my eyes, long years ago, as the
    • things that arose out of the events of these last few years,
    • thirty years, that all this has come together in the thing,
    • must come, is one who hears the cry that goes up from the whole
    • years, the whole tangle of national, that is to say
    • the causes that contributed to set the world on fire. For years
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture I: The Principle of Spiritual Economy in Connection with Questions of Reincarnation: An Aspect of the Spiritual Guidance of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • us in earlier days and today still appears as fantastic
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture II: Christianity in Human Evolution: Leading Individualities and Avatar Beings
    Matching lines:
    • as our own. Thus it can happen that such a being appears; if
    • thirty years of age. This Being, who did not come into
    • incarnated for three years in a body of flesh and has since
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture III: More Intimate Aspects of Reincarnation
    Matching lines:
    • from it, and the grain is multiplied into the ears of grain.
    • avatar on earth was Christ Himself, who lived for three years
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IV: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: I
    Matching lines:
    • today. In prehistoric times, thousands of years in the past,
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture V: Results of Spiritual Scientific Investigations of the Evolution of Humanity: II
    Matching lines:
    • the astral body was organized for many years. Then the
    • years before Christ, and initiations no longer took place
    • his childhood years, he did not experience doubt or lack of
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VI: On the Occasion of the Dedication of the Francis of Assisi Branch
    Matching lines:
    • satisfied with the last few years of our endeavors.
    • mission. Even if we have to review thousands of years and
    • Nazareth and lived three years in this sheath as Christ, the
    • the ground, reappears in many copies according to the mystery
    • six hundred years from that event and then compare the earth
    • to what it was six hundred years after Christ, a period
    • spanning some twelve hundred years. First, let us look at
    • Buddha, who lived six hundred years before Christ. In him we
    • six hundred years before Christ. Let us fix in our minds the
    • and stands face to face with death. It was six hundred years
    • The believers of the Christian community six hundred years
    • body six hundred years before Christ, and then six hundred
    • years after the event of Golgotha.
    • Christ's victory, death appears to us as a bridge that leads
    • wears her somber garb, may the spirit of a higher life always
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VII: The Macrocosmic and the Microcosmic Fire: The Spiritualization of Breath and Blood
    Matching lines:
    • spoke to him in the lightning fire of Mt. Sinai appears as
    • blush, the world appears to us dark and full of riddles, but
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture VIII: The Event of Golgotha. The Brotherhood of the Holy Grail. The Spiritualized Fire.
    Matching lines:
    • preached to deaf ears and would not have been understood by
    • hundred years each before and after the birth of Christ. We
    • years before Golgotha, let us now call special attention only
    • us immediately consider the time six hundred years after the
    • of life. By contrast, the human beings six hundred years
    • the Christ Jesus six hundred years after the Event of
    • suffering; six hundred years before the Mystery of Golgotha a
    • considered as suffering six hundred years before the Event of
    • grows a stalk, and many ears of wheat, and the many, many
    • Everything in the life of Francis of Assisi that appears to
    • Some day when Maitreya-Buddha appears, the imperishable body
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture IX: Ancient Revelation and Learning How to Ask Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • process took place. Christ lived only three years in the
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture X: The God of the Alpha and the God of the Omega
    Matching lines:
    • perceive with our physical eyes and ears. Such theories and
    • it with physical eyes and ears. I can experience it only with
    • the East six hundred years before Christ. Buddha had to be
    • years before Christ, Zarathustra was born again in the land
    • years in the bodies of Jesus of Nazareth. And this is how
  • Title: Principle/Economy: Lecture XI: From Buddha to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • years on our physical earth. This is the being who will in
    • from His wounds at Golgotha. At that time He appears in the
  • Title: Lecture I: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • three to five thousand years ago. Thinking was more dreamlike; when
    • marvelous dramatic quality that is so often typical of dreams, bears
    • remark which might pierce through the case immediately appears
    • sort in human life. The people who lived about three thousand years
    • the good gods, normal plant-growth results. If it appears in hoar
    • something peculiar appears like a genuine memory of earlier times,
  • Title: Lecture II: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • particular region. If we go back three or four or five thousand years
    • above ground, a creature, that is, which bears the Sun-forces within
    • everywhere permeated by spirit-beings and bears the gifts of the gods
    • for close on a thousand years, and men had gone far into that darkness
    • years, becoming thicker and thicker, and how this expressed itself in
    • the Moon appears in men who live at a time when, because this deep
    • appears as somnambulism, especially as ordinary sleep-walking. Then
    • course extend for some thousands of years) cease through inner concentration
    • sight is changed. When this atavistic capacity appears, he sees
  • Title: Lecture III: Man in the Past, the Present and the Future
    Matching lines:
    • years before; you may dream of it in all its vividness, though
    • an event of twenty-five years before, a character appears whom we will
    • the smallest atoms. What appears in our dreams is not just the
    • which appeared a good many years ago and is typical of the spiritual
    • being, and, even though it appears only in the fleeting form of the
    • even five or six hundred years ago no genuine Christianity, and
    • for instance, was twenty or 200 million years ago. The arithmetical
    • him that it would take fifteen years, and then he would be cured.
    • But ... he died two years later. That was the reality; the other
    • condition and the answer is 300 years. Then we can calculate backwards
    • 300 years and see what our heart looked like 300 years ago.
    • years ago, and we shall not be alive 300 years hence. Equally the
    • held his peace for several years, but a high reputation had preceded
  • Title: Lecture IV: The Sun-Initiation of the Druid Priest and His Moon-Science
    Matching lines:
    • of Northern and Central Europe about 3,000 or 3,500 years ago. Men had
    • regions, where man still appears to us living and reading in the
    • configuration of the shadow of the Sun, and reads what appears in the
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • namely, that hatred creates obstacles and love clears them away, does
    • rest, which appears to be easier, comes much later — after much
  • Title: Descriptive Sketches: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • on during the early years of human life. Clairvoyantly one sees the
    • is not too much to say that, although in later years this work
    • which has been his favourite pursuit for many years and strictly
    • self-denial deliberately to give it up for seven whole years. You see,
    • begin to stir after a period of seven years. A beginning has now been
    • prenatal life — which generally lasts several hundreds of years
    • profound truth. Suppose that a man is well advanced in years; it would
    • hears a name or an era or a nation mentioned, and is thereby
    • the latter. Man himself appears as a very important being in the
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • rather than with the Earth. What appears in world space springing and
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the rest of the Christian festivals. In the course of the years we
    • number of years, and that these years present the return of certain
    • earthly life. Therefore the Christ appears, Who sets before thine eyes
  • Title: Lecture: The Cycle of the Year: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • everything appears — I might say — as a pantheistic mixture,
  • Title: Lecture I: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • as we otherwise feel to our eyes or ears. The physical body in its
    • the physical body just as in ordinary life we are related to our ears
    • Luciferic being appears in the soul. In such an ether-body there is
    • is aware of something that penetrates into him and as it were tears
  • Title: Lecture II: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • phantasmagoria of external appearance. There he appears of course as a
    • that man has two eyes and two ears and yet does not see or hear
    • with two ears.
    • and two ears. Hence we do not speak of two noses, but of one nose;
    • expression, a right-and-left symmetry. Had he not two ears, two eyes,
    • eyes or two ears. Every time we make a sense perception, we perceive
    • example, our eyes were situated near our ears and we had no
    • downwards, the similarity gradually disappears. In the case of the
    • also we find that man is not the being of space he appears to be. For
    • consider it merely as it appears at first sight; we only understand it
  • Title: Lecture III: The Balance in the World and Man, Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • man as he appears in the external world. We do not know — so say the
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture III: The Art of Recitation and Declamation
    Matching lines:
    • he hears the footsteps
    • Hears the tread of
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture IV: Poetry and the Art of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • tears!
    • ears
    • fears,
    • tears!
    • hears no more those evening bells!
    • it with our ears, through what our imagination has picked up from
    • what otherwise appears in the recitation and declamation with
    • the maiden Rosepetal. And then there appears a man with a long
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VI: Speech-Formation and Poetic Form
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of Goethe, who used to rehearse the actors in his
    • bears within it a thought- and a will-element. The thought tends
    • a form, such as appears in the first two strophes. But we are then
    • Whose ears have heard
    • earlier “Introduction” appears again there –
    • Iphigeneia, tears would roll down his cheeks. Goethe found
    • contrast to what Goethe, particularly in his later years, received
    • backward rears its head and huffs its glance
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture V: Poetry and Recitation
    Matching lines:
    • qualities we admire so much in his youth, even when he appears to
    • soul-being, into the breath, it appears to us as the more forceful
    • speech-formation. To rehearse the iambics of his Iphigeneia,
    • for what he hears declaimed to him and thereby sensitivity to what
    • moves spiritually over the waves of sound he hears. Only when he
    • As to that false appearance which appears to the
    • How differently this appears in our other poet,
  • Title: Poetry/Speech: Lecture VII: The Uttering of Syllables and the Speaking of Words
    Matching lines:
    • rehearse his iambic verse-dramas, Goethe stood in front of his
    • she hears the light’s
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture II: Rosicrucian Training and Anthroposophical Training
    Matching lines:
    • years, when he came to the idea of repeated earth-lives, he had
    • take; when it reappears in a later time it carries the fruits of its
    • reappears in other external forms, and so is reincarnated. With him,
    • matters is more important than perhaps appears. It is better to test
    • feeling: ‘This physical body as it is, as it appears to me, has
    • thing which appears there as the changed form of my physical being.
    • him appears to us in the great Imaginative picture of Christ Jesus
    • experienced all the immeasurable fears and anguish that we ourselves
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture III: Sources of Knowledge of Christ, Lord of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the possibility that in the course of the next 3,000 years, and
    • people, without esoteric development, in the next 3,000 years,
    • really appears quite like Him. When, for instance, we hear that this
    • and thirty-third years of the life of Christ Jesus, between the
    • surpassed them before he was thirty years of age — but no
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IV: Experiencing the Christ Impulse, Jerome and the Gospel of St. Matthew
    Matching lines:
    • out that within the next 3,000 years, beginning from our own epoch,
    • evolution, as it appears in world history, and the Christ-Event
    • towards these truths than there was perhaps twenty years ago. This
    • imparted that a mouth simply pronounces them and an ear simply hears
    • Spiritual Science during the last few years, or are rightly disposed
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture V: Redemption of the Physical Body
    Matching lines:
    • the sources of existence appears complicated, people turn away from
    • seems at first as if the physical body simply disappears into the
    • over to the grave or to the fire, disappears without trace, however
    • and disappears into the elements, after the most significant
    • and millions of years, during the Saturn, Sun and Moon periods, in
    • the earth, and, so to speak, disappears. Thus in the answer of Job's
    • upon through millions and millions of years — is that lost in
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VI: St. John and St. Paul, First Adam and Second Adam
    Matching lines:
    • Apostle John in his last years expressed the quintessence of
    • over almost two thousand years and ask people of the present day how,
    • appears before our eyes when we meet a man with our ordinary vision?
    • upon the Maya which appears to us as the physical body. We must think
    • clairvoyance it appears as Phantom only when we look away from all
    • overcome by Lucifer's temptation, but Jesus no longer bears an
    • Ego within Him; instead, He bears the Christ-Being. So that from this
    • time, beginning with the Baptism in Jordan, Jesus bears within
    • Ego, so that during the three years up to his death he was not
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VII: The Mystery of Golgotha, Greek, Hebrew and Buddhist Thought
    Matching lines:
    • concerning the Gospels in the course of years, and also from what has
    • human Ego but by a Cosmic Being, the Christ-Being. Through years of
    • something which appears to the modern man as such folly: that a
    • had risen out of the grave to do with what every man now bears in
    • understand Buddhism very well. About five hundred years before the
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture VIII: The Two Jesus Children, Zoroaster and Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • body which did not wait until later years to work on these faculties,
    • recent years have led to the recognition of a very important
    • Buddha gave to men about 500 years before the Christian era, but on
    • when this Nathan Jesus-child was twelve years old, the Zarathustra
    • years, from the Baptism by John in Jordan onwards to the Mystery of
    • taken into the bodily organism. Throughout the three years from the
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture IX: The Exoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • appears to be something quite new. If, however, we look away from the
    • box on the ears. This is something that happens on the physical
    • years must seem grotesque.
    • appears, only matter is present. How could this come about? In no
    • building-stones for it during past years. We will crown our
  • Title: From Jesus to Christ: Lecture X: The Esoteric Path to Christ
    Matching lines:
    • lets it live there for months, perhaps even for years, will see that
    • in the course of the coming years or the next age. Thus we see the
    • onwards, through the next 1,000 years, more and more people will have
    • live with them. And in the next three thousand years the truth that
    • them into error. Christianity had to develop for nearly 2,000 years
    • now understand why the Buddhist view, about 500 years before the
    • During the next 3,000 years the opportunity will be given to men of
    • upon it as a moral impulse. After the next 3,000 years it will be
    • hearts of men. During the next 3,000 years the human race must become
    • peculiarity of this Bodhisattva that when he reappears in a new
    • embodiment — and he always reappears thus in the course of the
    • particularly between the thirtieth and thirty-third years. It can
    • distinctive feature is precisely that the later years are so unlike
    • reappear and rise to the Buddha dignity exactly 5,000 years after the
    • years from now, this Bodhisattva, looking back on all that has
    • incarnations on the physical plane. This Bodhisattva, 3,000 years
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 2: The Deed of Christ and the Opposing Spiritual Powers. Lucifer, Ahriman, Asuras.
    Matching lines:
    • variations one hears this easy-going way of talking: Why should I
    • appears to oppose the progress of mankind subsequently turns out to be
  • Title: Deed of Christ: Lecture 1: Mephistopheles and Earthquakes
    Matching lines:
    • facts — a figure who appears in the drama as the seducer and tempter
    • resound as it were across thousands of years. Goethe has let words
    • is to identify the figure of Mephistopheles as he appears in Goethe's
    • deception were fearsome and terrible.
    • with his hosts appears as a figure with the most diverse names among
    • applies also to one who is receiving wrongful training) appears to him
    • spiritual world a great deal appears the connections of which are not
    • humanity for thousands and millions of years cannot be paralyzed by
    • one hears are the purest trash, because, as I say, it is one of the
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - II
    Matching lines:
    • see with eyes, hear with ears, apprehend with the intellect. That
    • with ears, grasped with the understanding, and this infinite Being had
    • is great similarity. This similarity in the Annunciation, in the years
  • Title: Lecture: (On) Apocalyptic Writings - III
    Matching lines:
    • historic actuality of the happenings in Palestine between the years 1
    • years after cannot annul, that it should make the promise of none
  • Title: Education: Lecture I: Science, Art, Religion and Morality
    Matching lines:
    • cannot grasp him. Why is this? Heretical as it sounds to modern ears,
  • Title: Education: Lecture II: Principles of Greek Education
    Matching lines:
    • nay even thousands of years, these souls have passed. The attempt
    • there appears an educational ideal for the men of highest
    • “universal human.” Men had eyes and ears only for what
    • humanity for thousands of years in Asia, in the East, found its final
    • not the word) for years if the man be industrious, for months if he
    • ideal of one epoch appears to the eyes of another. For what steps
  • Title: Education: Lecture III: Greek Education and the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • seven years. (I will take an extreme illustration for the sake of
    • approximately every seven years! The old teeth would fall out and be
    • to the fourteenth years he is a being of body-soul with a separate
    • physical human being in the first seven years of life is the vesture
    • seven years the child is released from the heavens, still bearing its
    • years — cast off for the first time, that is to say, in the
    • seventh year. In the first seven years of life the bodily sheaths
    • seventh to the fourteenth years onwards.
    • with it in the first seven years of life. It can grow up in the
    • the seventh and fourteenth years — the forces of childhood
    • between the seventh and the fourteenth years, to draw forth from the
    • which belong to the period when the fourteenth and fifteenth years
    • strongly in revolt, when indeed it bears within itself the forces of
    • tradition and memory. Between the seventh and the fourteenth years
    • fourteenth years of life against the conservation of
    • seventh and the fourteenth or fifteenth years. The
    • period between the seventh and the fourteenth years of life. It was
    • fifteenth year. Then there appears in the human being something which
    • consciousness before the fourteenth or fifteenth years, before the
    • fundamental fact. It was this fundamental fact, which appears after
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education: Lecture IV: The Connection of the Spirit with Bodily Organs
    Matching lines:
    • life. That which appears at the top merely symbolically, and within
    • to observe this modern thought as it appears, let us say, in John
    • in John Stuart Mill and Herbert Spencer appears merely, so to say, as
    • effect, the force that appears in the soul as thinking lies within
    • seventh and fourteenth years of life, with particular regard to his
    • characteristic qualities of soul, we find that what now appears
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years as qualities of soul, namely
    • already happens during the first seven years, for the whole process
    • years. Just as we must seek in the growth-forces of the teeth, in the
    • fourteenth years, still bound up with the body. All the feelings of
    • all-important point of life, the male bears within him the etheric
    • about the fourteenth and fifteenth years a third human member
    • fourteenth or fifteenth years, this astral body works through the
    • the seventh or eight years and then gradually frees itself. It is
    • the child reaches his twelfth, thirteenth or fourteenth years, this
    • twenty-one years old in the third period of life. It is enough to-day
    • expression in human speech, in words, actually appears in its true
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years, therefore, can only
  • Title: Education: Lecture V: The Emancipation of the Will in the Human Organism
    Matching lines:
    • independent at about the seventh and fourteenth years of life
    • and twenty-first years they should be acquiring not only outer
    • years. For at the seventh year, the head, which is the bearer of
    • the other, between the seventh and fourteenth years. In the middle
    • between the seventh and fourteenth years we set up a true
    • seventh and fourteenth years, we have to bring his thinking into a
    • earliest years of life and allowing the arms and legs so to move in
    • appears in full freedom as a quality of soul about the twentieth
    • the seventh and fourteenth years will be an outer significant sign of
    • Bacon. In the doctrine of idols which appears with Bacon lies the
    • men. The Logos disappears. What is called perception or observation,
    • this longing appears in its most symptomatic form in Montaigne, John
  • Title: Education: Lecture VI: Walking, Speaking, Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • years of life man learns more than in all his subsequent student
    • years. In his time there were only three academic years.
    • three years, and from then onwards to the seventh year, are much the
    • not at all the same being as in later life. In his earliest years the
    • years, for instance, man tastes his food in his mouth, tongue and
    • with the child, and especially so during these early years, this is
    • earliest years — the faculties of walking, speaking, and thinking.
    • for during the first years of life everything must be learnt from
    • physically in later life. Years later it makes itself evident in the
    • appears as speech.
    • the time when a child is learning to speak, for in those years the
    • of his life the child bears within him the inner effects upon the
    • intellectual faculties are developed before the fourth or fifth year bears
    • imagination in which his early years are passed. For if we allow his
  • Title: Education: Lecture VII: The Rhythmic System, Sleeping and Waking, Imitation
    Matching lines:
    • man bears within him throughout his earthly life the results of the
    • evident that during the early years of school life (that is to say after
    • all-important early school years our teaching has a basic artistic
    • or fifteenth years, to the age of puberty, he must unfold a free
    • benefited if between the seventh and fourteenth years (approximately,
    • which, as we have seen, must be pre-dominant in the earlier years.
    • instance, between the ninth and tenth years, though with one child it
    • the ninth and tenth years. Outwardly, the child becomes restless; he
    • and tenth years; he cannot formulate this question mentally, he
    • watch for this moment between the ninth and tenth years and act
  • Title: Education: Lecture VIII: Reading, Writing and Nature Study
    Matching lines:
    • the outer world between the ninth and tenth years. Hence when he
    • years. They are years when the sentient life of the soul must flow
    • between the ninth and tenth years, gradually carrying it further
    • earth-substances permeate the root; the root then tears itself away
    • if up to the eleventh or twelfth years he is not introduced to the dead
    • tenth and the eleventh or twelfth years. If we can give the child
    • forty years of age, it should not be a mere repetition of something
    • we learnt at ten years of age. It ought to have changed its form,
    • ten, eleven or twelve years concerning the animal world must be
    • of an organic system in man, so that the whole animal world appears as
    • then understand that because man bears the spirit within him, he is
    • mirrored in the various species of animals. Only because man bears
    • Thus he bears
    • child has entered between the ninth and tenth years, into a
  • Title: Education: Lecture IX: Arithmetic, Geometry, History
    Matching lines:
    • begin by saying to the child: “You are now ten years old, so
  • Title: Education: Lecture X: Physics, Chemistry, Handwork, Language, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • ninth and tenth years. Only now does the child begin to realize
    • and twelfth years, and not until then, we may begin to teach about the
    • eleventh and twelfth years.
    • himself and the world at large. Between the ninth and tenth years we
    • be introduced until the child is between eleven and twelve years of
    • work when the child has reached the fourteenth and fifteenth years. In the
    • children are fourteen or fifteen years old, we begin to give
    • years ago, the so-called “Social Movement” of to-day
    • efficiency during the last sixty or seventy years. Great progress has
    • the last sixty or seventy years the outer configuration of
    • point lying between the ninth and tenth years the child still bears within
    • years the child is pre-eminently an imitative being. He learns his
    • it is of such far-reaching importance not to let the first three years
    • self-consciousness. Between the ninth and tenth years the child
    • when the change occurs between the ninth and tenth years in order to lead
    • between the ninth and tenth years and generally speaking the
    • or three preceding years in order to introduce the teaching of languages
    • between the ninth and tenth years is laid down.
    • tenth years onwards the glory of Christ Jesus if before this age he
  • Title: Education: Lecture XI: Memory, Temperaments, Bodily Culture and Art
    Matching lines:
    • years of life therefore the memory must be left to develop without
    • kind of teaching that is suited to his years. In the Waldorf School,
    • achieved in this direction between the seventh and twelfth years
    • between the eleventh and twelfth years, and that is the proper time,
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • quite a number of years now Education has been one of those
    • schools have existed only a few years, so I cannot speak of an
    • here in Holland, where many years ago I had the opportunity of
    • change according to whether one swears by liberalism,
    • of fact in today's unsocial world-order, which only wears an
    • us study the human being as he appears to us today, beginning
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • in his earliest years, or is drawn out of him during those
    • years, will sometimes appear in the latest years of life; and
    • many years I made an intensive study of both of them. I am
    • in his middle years. Goethe was born in 1749 and he died in
    • 1832, so he lived to be 83 years old. He reached middle age,
    • years between 1790 and 1800 we have the middle decade of his
    • here everything appears as the result of Karma. Or the opposite
    • predispositions; he bears these within him. Let us assume that
    • bears within him. Here we have something which shows the true
    • than 20 years ago. But I was greatly concerned about this
    • of studying what Schiller achieved in the last ten years of his
    • do we get our second teeth, not every seven years. With the
    • change of teeth, we shall see that during these years he learns
    • circulatory and breathing systems is for the first seven years.
    • these first years of life something is at work which is only
    • so must the soul in the first years of life play its part in
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • process, or whether this only appears outwardly to be so. We
    • life impulse. At the same time there appears in the child's
    • to light in gesture, in movement. For gesture is what appears
    • and fourth years of life, he does so through gesture;
    • something which is unfitted for his tender years, but belongs
    • who imitates these things will in his later years, from the age
    • errors made in the very earliest years of childhood.
    • this perception is awakened there appears simultaneously
    • an interest in speech. During the first seven years of life
    • movement; in the years between seven and fourteen there is an
    • to speech, and in the lower school years from seven to fourteen
    • the same way as in the earliest years of life the child only
    • seeing that 30 years ago I wrote my
    • children monkeys or bears. To be sure, neither do these toys
    • ten and eleven years old, we take as a subject in our
    • others, so that what was present as the original stage appears
    • developed in later years can only do so to a limited extent.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • died when my father was between eighteen months and two years
    • years old and long afterwards, when the latter was in his 45th
    • appearance in the course of twenty-one years is however already
    • developed mainly in the first third of these years, that is to
    • say in the first 2⅓ years. The main development
    • predisposition takes place after 2⅓ years. The actual
    • years old. Naturally all this must be taken as an average. From
    • germinally between 4⅔ and 7 years old. The
    • forming of gestures continues of course throughout these years,
    • gestures right back to the first 2½ years. What is
    • imitation works in the very first years of life.
    • 1½ and 2 years old. Now this is precisely the time
    • a soul that is “bound” during the first seven years
    • seven years of life is imperceptibly bound up with the physical
    • body during the first seven years; this is why nothing of a
    • works in the first seven years of life must be gained from
    • experience one would have to say: In the first seven years of a
    • only as a model; after the first seven years, after the change
    • of course, but now he does so consciously. These years,
    • years ago in Europe — and how they look today! Today we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • One can have a child in the class who appears to be
    • childhood, say at about 7, 8 or 9 years old the ease with which
    • is perceptible to the eye, but also bears within him the
    • 8 years old, certain attributes are making their appearance.
    • not only undernourished, but have suffered for years from
    • the family, and at that time one of the boys was 11 years old
    • also all the other mess thrown there. At 11 years old he still
    • he was already 11 years old. The parents were distressed. They
    • only come about in the course of the years, is an interesting
    • which are extended over several years. Between the ages of 13
    • his exercise hooks, seizes his neighbour by the ears and tweaks
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • years of age a child must have reached a certain standard, and
    • all what will be good in the Waldorf School in 5 years time for
    • in these 5 years they will have learned a great deal and out of
    • receiving a child of school age, about 7 years old, into his
    • the course of a few years' teaching — where should he
    • understand when I was 8 years old, but which I accepted solely
    • an experience, for in later years it is the source of
    • developed during the first 7 years, speech during the second 7
    • years, so during the third 7 years of life thinking comes fully
    • or that in the years before he is 7? Because he wants to
    • to the first 7 years of life.
    • period it will now be easy between the 7th and 14th years to
    • first years of life and that love is active in the whole human
    • outwardly is active between the years of 7 and 14 as the
    • conception of anthroposophy is studied. There he hears from
    • body, astral body and ego. Between the 7th and 14th years the
    • wears this sort of tie, and since the year so-and-so one no
    • but bears the other sex in the etheric body. So that the woman
    • in his totality is bi-sexual; he bears the other sex within
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • only works if the educator bears within his soul a true and
    • we must consider this, at any rate for the years after birth.
    • can say: During the first years of a child's life both these
    • Superstition sometimes appears in strange guise. I once had an
    • opportunity of demonstrating how in the very first years of
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • the processes of nourishment, and which, in the early years of
    • first 7 years of life this physical body is cast off, but
    • inherited nose, then in the course of the first seven years its
    • the second 7 year period as it had in the first 7 years. In
    • the course of the first 7 years creates the second physical
    • body, that in its turn also lasts for 7 years. The etheric body
    • of history between the 10th and 12th years.
    • taken as the approximate date, we find he lived 1120 years before
    • hundred years. We can show these 3 or 4 generations by
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • go through years of practical training. But it is absurd that
    • students during their first years are not taught in such a way
  • Title: Human Values in Education: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • Call to mind the Mystery of Golgotha. Only a hundred years
    • traditions of the previous several thousand years, even there
    • us take several hundred years later. What earlier had spread
    • thought one looks forward a few hundred years, one may at any
    • years to maintain the lower classes also.
    • few years the school grew in such a way that children were
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture I: Introduction - Aphoristic remarks on Artistic Activity, Arithmetic, Reading, and Writing
    Matching lines:
    • between seven and fourteen years of age the feeling for
    • in which it appears in legend is quite false; the truth is that
    • most active in children in their third and fourth years.
    • eurhythmy in the third and fourth years. The whole individual
    • his being. And if he hears plenty of stories to rejoice over
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture II: On Language - the Oneness of man with the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • rises every spring appears to proceed gradually every year, and
    • the sun takes in this way 25,920 years to go round its whole
    • is our life poised in the world? We live 72 years on an
    • sun's revolution round the worlds, which takes 25,920 years,
    • existence; our seventy-two years of life are one day for that
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture III: On the Plastically Formative Arts, Music, and Poetry
    Matching lines:
    • from seven to fifteen years of age; in these years a great deal
    • fourth years in a gift for dancing, is essentially an element
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IV: The First School-lesson - Manual Skill, Drawing and Painting - the Beginnings of Language-teaching
    Matching lines:
    • sentimentality, feel tears in their eyes, for instance, at
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture V: Writing and Reading - Spelling
    Matching lines:
    • few years ago there was some agitation — the younger
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VI: On the Rhythm of Life and Rhythmical Repetition in Teaching
    Matching lines:
    • Movement. You know how much I have protested for years
    • to come back years later in a positive way to what was
    • instilled into the children's souls years before. In any case,
    • children in earlier years. It is part of the teaching method
    • memory, which has perhaps remembered things from years ago, in
    • people who can remember a thing for a long time, even years,
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VII: The Teaching in the Ninth Year - Natural History - the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • each individual child between seven and fifteen years.
    • “The child at nine years of age can be told little
    • your eyes, your ears, your nose, your mouth, in your head. You
    • see with your eyes, you hear with your ears, you smell with
    • food; what you hear with your ears goes into your trunk as
    • disproportionately large ears of the mouse, then come to its
    • body; consequently, it does not need such big ears as the
    • of stories, now that he is past nine years of age you can show
    • fifteenth years should be employed to give the child what
    • appears to children between seven and fifteen years of age and
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture VIII: Education After the Twelfth - History - Physics
    Matching lines:
    • years of age, but it ruins human nature, it really un-suits it
    • thirty years), to be always only a composed and rigid person,
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture IX: On the Teaching of Languages
    Matching lines:
    • children of thirteen, fourteen, and fifteen years, we carefully
    • considered, from thirteen to fourteen years old. You will have
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture X: Arranging the Lesson up to the Fourteenth Year
    Matching lines:
    • at about nine years of age. At the same time, of course, the
    • school course, that is to fourteen and fifteen years of age.
    • for this at about twelve years of age. Before this we study
    • understand things later. Consequently, in the years comprised
    • can write, and particularly after twelve years of age, tell
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XI: On the Teaching of Geography
    Matching lines:
    • years of age familiarize the child chiefly with economic
    • perfectly. We describe to him first, from nine to twelve years
    • nine to ten years of age; but it will be left to you to choose
    • begins school up to nine years of age, from nine to twelve, and
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XII: How to Connect School with Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • that the child learns during his school years should ultimately
    • if you avoid showing him in his last years at the school the
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIII: On Drawing up the Time-table
    Matching lines:
    • years of age, of course, by our methods our children should
    • appears in a reforming capacity, as with the Scouts
    • beginning and end of the school years. We must do our utmost to
    • in practice. This feature reappears in the second year in a
    • lost ground, particularly in these last years. We shall have to
  • Title: Practical Course/Teachers: Lecture XIV: Moral Educative Principles and their Transition to Practice
    Matching lines:
    • the time-tables which were issued fifty or sixty years ago, you
    • When you receive a child in the first years at the elementary
    • last years of the school course. In his first years he is still
    • in their very first years, that they still have very sound
    • first years at school. These cease in the interests of human
    • development with the last years of school life. When puberty
    • last school years of the growing being. Here you can still
    • health. That is why particularly the last years of the
    • From this explain to him in his last years of school the
    • undertake this instruction precisely in these years. At
    • That is why you can teach the child in these years about the
    • these years about matters of nutrition and health they will
    • nutrition and health in his last years at the elementary
    • must save them up for the last school years, when the fire of
    • dietetics and health, as I have explained, in the last years at
    • But if in the last years at the elementary school you only
    • something to the children in the years from twelve to fourteen.
    • school years. Imagination or fantasy is not enough without
    • have traced: first, up to nine years of age, when we introduce
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • first years of the child's education. But when we receive the children
    • which have been done wrongly, or left undone, in the first years of
    • the spiritual side generally appears to be in contradiction to the
    • all that he sees with his eyes, and hears with his ears, and does with
    • teaching — lies in what the teacher bears within him, as his
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • psychologists simply because to the psychologist will appears as
    • something which appears later. I beg you to bear clearly in mind the
    • cosmos. When the cosmos has such aversion for what man bears within
    • man really bears the copy of the cosmos in him. The roundly formed
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • school constitution of recent years has been the habit of keeping the
    • which he alone and no other earthly being bears within him from birth
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • Thus the body is involved in the stream of inheritance and bears the
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • the consciousness above the threshold, and our willing itself appears
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • as it is now called, a consideration of the human being as he appears
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • childhood man principally Body; in middle years Soul; in old age
    • Zeller). Man may belie Soul in middle years. Willing united with
    • disciple of Hegel, who was over ninety years old. And as he was
    • human being bears within him thinking-cognition feeling and willing.
    • This indeed is what the process appears at first to be. But this
    • Thus sensation, as it appears within the human being, is
    • seventies. After some years we met and had a conversation about light.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • condition which appears especially in this way in childhood.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • teeth the child bears a very distinct character, shown in his wanting
    • proof that there has been no true education in the preceding years. We
    • their same form in him until he is thirty or forty years of age, then
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • appears. The head form is the one that conceals least of itself.
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • years the child's soul is dreaming in the head; while his spirit in
    • stage of its development during the first seven years of life. The
    • child in his early years, we see clearly that the chest organs, as
    • earlier years we have no direct bridge. No stream passes over from the
    • in its rightful place. Milk bears its own spirit within it, and this
    • years of human development. And when we educate and develop the child
    • Now, of course, when the child is seven years old, he has not merely
    • years when the child is first given into our charge, we must teach him
    • years. From the change of teeth onwards it is we who educate the child
    • in later years, namely, the power of independent judgment, a feeling
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • Let us begin with that part of the human being which at first appears
    • in the first seven years an intense forming force streams from the
    • oxygen. This appears as a process of combustion, and it looks as
    • to digest unripe apples and pears as he can the fruit which has been
  • Title: Study of Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • Just as one finds in the first years of school life that what
    • soul, so in the later years of schooling one finds pressing into the
    • in the later school years, the twelfth, thirteenth, fourteenth and
    • fifteenth years. In particular, there then appear all those capacities
    • learn during these years; all history, all geography teaching must be
    • Therefore in these years we should foster an intercourse alive with
    • teaching has a wonderful influence on children in their later years.
    • cultivated during the later primary school years is the mutual
    • again years later in precisely the same form, is intellectually frozen
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture I: The Necessity for a Spiritual Insight
    Matching lines:
    • tradition, twenty years ago.
    • in recent years friends have come forward to carry it also into
    • all that bears lasting witness that man belongs to a super-sensible
    • makes his own the sounds he hears about him? Or does he derive the
    • in the process of development of the eye, in the very early years.
    • its environment in the manner in which, in later years our eye dwells
    • accomplished with the child in his earliest years.
    • far more significant for a child between seven and fourteen years to
    • teachers of children from seven to fourteen years being able to give
    • in his early years, so, in his later years he becomes a follower, one
    • them in thirty years' time when grown-up — in the same form as in
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture II: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday: Yoga
    Matching lines:
    • impossible to do the same as was done hundreds or thousands of years
    • Suppose I am teaching a child of nine or ten years old. I want to tell
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture III: Spiritual Disciplines of Yesterday and To-day
    Matching lines:
    • These things do not come as a matter of course. It often takes years
    • to-day I was not ten years ago.” The inner content of the soul,
    • ahead, for example, to what we shall be in ten years' time, and set'
    • One has to consider, for instance, what one will be like in ten years'
    • years of life than in the three years at the university.
    • You were only nine or ten years old, may-be, at the time, and you did
    • picture form to a child of eight or nine years, (for it was of
    • is transformed in later years — what would be the sense of
    • entering into human nature came to me more than 35 years ago.
    • more than 35 years ago. Not until a few years back, in my book
    • speak of these things for the erst time. A period of thirty years lay
    • apparent to me more than thirty years ago, and which have been made
    • years old. But naturally the ideal thing is for children to receive
    • all (and one even hears of a psychology, a science of the soul, devoid
    • It is this that I realised 35 years ago to be wrong. For the only part
    • had to do 35 years ago, when I was engaged in verifying the original
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IV: Body Viewed from the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • its first weeks or years. Science has produced an extensive teaching
    • place during the child's early years between heredity and adaptation
    • inherited organism. In the course of the first seven years of our life
    • spiritually the matter appears in a very different light. The
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture V: How Knowledge Can Be Nurture
    Matching lines:
    • child from his earliest years to wearing very small clothes, which do
    • when parents come and say: My child is eight, or nine years old, and
    • way. And just as life appears in manifold variety so can a teaching
    • appears quite differently. In the same way when the art of education
    • lacking in humanity in later years. And the teacher must be willing to
    • May I mention a personal experience in this connection, Years before
    • years old who was exceedingly backward in his development. Up to that
    • his profession, but only when he was nearly forty years old.
    • of life has been reached. What appears inwardly is the clear
    • particularly between the 16th and 24th years.
    • with mathematics in the right way during these past years we should
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VI: The Teacher as Artist in Education
    Matching lines:
    • between their eleventh and twelfth years. Usually only what we might
    • puberty. When the child is nearly ten years old the beat and rhythm of
    • years the human being builds up his own rhythmic system in the way
    • years the skeleton adapts itself to the outer world. A mechanic and
    • If you observe children under eleven years old you will see that all
    • children of over 12 years old you will see from the way they step how
    • no understanding of cause and effect. He hears the words used. We
    • make the brain hard, so that it develops migraine in the latter years
    • children over 12 years old, suddenly become inattentive to the lesson
    • human type. What is he like? He appears externally a quiet, withdrawn
    • effect is not seen from one day to the next, but it takes years. And
    • or 9-year old child with a child of 3 or 4 years. The 3- or 4-year old
    • choleric of 8, 9, 10 years or even older, we shall affect nothing with
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VII: The Organisation of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • the emotions and impulses of the years 1918 and 1919, after the end of
    • or 15 years old. Now these children came to us at the beginning from
    • considered suitable for a child of 8 or 11 years old. So that during
    • compromise. In a memorandum, I asked to he allowed three years grace
    • higher classes, children of 11, 12, or 13 years old what it comes to
    • years old can he understand grammar — namely, when he reaches an
    • children of 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 years old. So far only these older
    • Dornach by a little American boy of about nine years old. (Tea cosy;
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture VIII: Boys and Girls at the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • of the Waldorf School have been with those of fifteen or sixteen years
    • of 15 and 16 years old. And we have with these very special
    • is due to the fact that during these 14th, 15th and 16th years the
    • these years the brain behaves as though it were congested with blood.
    • and bears it in mind. And the verse works upon the child's will, or
    • that many tears would be shed if this had to be done. The truth is
    • at least we have had many good results in these first few years.
  • Title: Spiritual Ground: Lecture IX: The Teachers of the Waldorf School
    Matching lines:
    • educating come to be 14 or 15 years old and reach puberty. At this
    • the human being whether a certain organic phenomenon appears at one
    • very special way. During these years the blood circulation is, as it
    • pulse and breath between 10 and 12 years, even if done with external
    • these years, the form and content of language, or of the languages he
    • appears, people think it is not concerned with material things, or
    • A boy of 14 or 15 years old echoes in his being the world around him.
    • years of childhood into the 14th, 15th and 16th year, why then, ladies
    • years of western civilisation we have entered deeply into
    • years. The child is naturally averse to intellectualism. And yet all
    • of a certain degree of maturity, i.e. over 14, 15, or 16 years old,
    • That is why one hears so often: Waldorf School pedagogy says the same
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • may be considered the basis for human eurythmy itself since it appears
    • the thyroid gland in its neighborhood. What appears in more recent
    • possible can develop in later years simply through an irregularity
    • the child. If in time the condition appears to he habitual, then something
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • you will be convinced that a tendency to become thinner actually appears
    • begin with it appears that you have the feeling, or should have the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • can wiggle their ears and so on, they can show very clearly how the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • hears the sound that he has just carried out. You will find that in
    • the movement it appears to be the result of the spoken sound. And then
    • and then in one's fantasy imagines that one hears the “I”
    • break, but disappears. This latter movement is in most cases where the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • two years ago a deformation of the joints set in. These are things which
    • it may nevertheless be necessary to render aid when something appears
    • to the luminous movements within. In particular, there appears an entire
    • appears as a particularly magnificent and beautiful picture: on the
  • Title: Curative Eurythmy: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • encountered twenty years ago. People who called themselves nature-therapy
    • into consideration. How often one hears: this person has an irregularly
    • The lecture which appears here as number seven (April 18,
    • appears here rather than S. — German editor.
  • Title: Lecture: A Lecture on Eurythmy
    Matching lines:
    • I am, however, convinced that Eurythmy bears within it infinite
    • this perfection bears within it traces of decadence, whereas in their
    • that what otherwise appears only as gesture accompanying speech can
    • Franz Brentano, a dear friend of mine who died some years ago. I have
    • Civilised language bears out what has been so beautifully expressed by
    • melody, are all brought to expression. When Goethe was rehearsing his
    • Frau Dr. Steiner has given many years to the development of this
    • legs, for instance, or the head, the nose, ears, what you will —
    • language or song in their very early years. The child feels his way
    • School has already been in existence for some years, and the
    • arises a complete system of Eurythmic lighting which bears within it
  • Title: Lecture I: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • piece of swollen, enlarged stem. It only appears to be a root; in
    • have root forces. No green leaf ever appears down in the earth. In
    • the strenuous exertion of these last twenty-four years! I never could
  • Title: Lecture II: Nutrition and Health
    Matching lines:
    • through our nose and our ears, through all our senses; that's the
    • it needs. Here's just one example: people who are in jail for years at
    • in his earlier years he did eat rather a lot of meat. At seventy he
    • slight sclerotic condition — which in earlier years made one old and
    • There were two professors at Berlin University. One was seventy years
    • sclerotic with his years, his arteries were completely sclerotic, but
    • lost track of each other, and after some years I came to the city
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • one should not believe that when man hears the world of tone welling
    • hears music, a clairvoyant can perceive how the tones flow, how they
    • hears music, the impression is experienced first in the astral body.
    • itself. When the human being hears music, he has a sense of
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • period of 250 years, nearly thirty members of this family exhibited
    • music appears to be something quite special. Music has always
    • expression. The musician hears the pulse of the divine will that
    • flows through the world; he hears how this will expresses itself in
    • as the world surrounding us that appears to us as reality. Once a
    • appears.
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • how, in the same way that a man's shadow appears on the wall, a
    • family within a period of 250 years and that the mathematical talent was
    • years ago, when the human being was constituted quite differently. In
    • son, father, and grandfather, all of whom had musical ears. Just as
    • years in Devachan, if a suitable physical body is available on the
    • individuality will make up the 200 years during his next time in
    • ancestors who existed on earth millions and millions of years ago
    • body existed a million years earlier, they would have been able to
    • another out even after many hundreds and hundreds of years. In this
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • bears within himself but everything surrounding him in outer nature
    • world of the stars. Though it appears that I am speaking
    • one can say that one hears the beings who have their dwelling places
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • octave appears. One cannot actually distinguish it any longer from
    • octave appears in a musical composition, man will have a feeling that
    • of the third. The difference between major and minor keys appears;
    • major and minor third. This is something that appears between ages
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • fifth that still existed, let us say, four to five hundred years
    • nine years old with the rhythm that is experienced, for example, in
    • and goes without saying — I find the element that appears as
  • Title: Lecture: Inner Nature of Music: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • thousand years. We have already discussed this event repeatedly from
    • eyes see and what ears hear, the manifold world phenomena engaged in
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Many years ago, when I was working in Berlin, the news filtered into a
    • cited — show that what appears outwardly incomprehensible must
    • only one of which shall be mentioned today. Between the years 1841 and
    • The aim of these Angeloi-Spirits between the years 1841 and 1879 was
    • life. You may speak for long years, on countless occasions, to vast
  • Title: Behind the Scenes: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • and peoples. Think of what we have been saying for many years about
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • outward aspect. But he hears them give expression to their very
    • the beings there. They listened with their ears of spirit to the
    • ears what the beings in the spiritual world communicate regarding
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • six hundred years before our era, was assigned a task which he never
    • works through successive epochs as Bodhisattva appears as one into
    • less. If the Bodhisattva who lived six hundred years before our era
    • us to-day to look back to what happened six hundred years before our
    • thousands of years had brought to men the message of compassion and
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • humanity in India some six hundred years before our era.
    • the twenty-nine years of his final existence as Bodhisattva, from his
    • colour red, when the ear hears a sound, a tone, when the sense of
    • could therefore say that man bears within himself influences due to
    • an extract or essence of this etheric body remains; he bears this
    • for thousands and thousands of years in accordance with the principles
    • the later years of the life of Jesus of Nazareth.
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • later stages, to the twentieth, thirtieth and fortieth years, we can
    • twenty-first years certain powers not in operation before make their
    • assimilated between the twelfth and eighteenth years, so that he does
    • seven years old. Under these conditions the faculties of the human
    • prolongation of the years of youth be achieved by such an experiment
    • a long time to be untalented and was for years considered a
    • Whoever works for the world wears out his strength, and this wearing
    • years before our era (at the time of Buddha in India) and worked there as
    • his early years this Jesus-child bore within him the power of the
    • not again appear in an earthly body; he appears in the Nirmanakaya, the
    • in later years and are available in English translation. Among them
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • things; for if all the children of two years old and younger were
    • warmth when it appears again, rejuvenated, in the Gospel of St.
    • hundred years before our era, Zarathustra was born again in ancient
    • (1:40 And entered into the house of Zacharias, and saluted Elisabeth.1:41 And it came to pass, that, when Elisabeth heard the salutation of Mary, the babe leaped in her womb; and Elisabeth was filled with the Holy Ghost:1:42 And she spake out with a loud voice, and said, Blessed art thou among women, and blessed is the fruit of thy womb.1:43 And whence is this to me, that the mother of my Lord should come to me?1:44 For, lo, as soon as the voice of thy salutation sounded in mine earsLuke I, 39–44).
    • until they were about twelve years old. When the Nathan Jesus reached
    • Thee. And Jesus himself, when he began to teach, was about thirty years
    • (3:22 And the Holy Ghost descended in a bodily shape like a dove upon him, and a voice came from heaven, which said, Thou art my beloved Son; in thee I am well pleased.3:23 And Jesus himself began to be about thirty yearsLuke III, 21–23)
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • his early years. Anyone who observes life closely will find this to
    • appears; but the first stream would not be capable of rising to a
    • listening to how he actually speaks. Five to six hundred years before
    • we hear what the Buddha had to say six hundred years after he had
    • later on, when the tree has grown and bears flowers, refuses to believe
    • five or six hundred years before our era, there lived one called the
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • evident in more advanced years. It is usually thought that from a
    • differences taking place even in the later years of human life.
    • body only; what comes to the fore during the first seven years is the
    • twenty-first, twenty-eighth and thirty-fifth years came about in his
    • nineteenth, twenty-sixth and thirty-third years respectively. This
    • violent shock, a tableau of his life hitherto appears before him.
    • tread the Earth in human form for three years, a man among men,
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • worked in the world for three years as ‘Christ’ in a human
    • a few thousand years only and the one and only source of information
    • 8:8 And other fell on good ground, and sprang up, and bare fruit an hundredfold. And when he had said these things, he cried, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. \
    • but city air from his earliest years, is not necessarily made healthy
    • years, encounters elements that cannot possibly harmonize with
    • proof that when mankind in the future, after thousands of years, has
    • in his astral body; he hears the word and suffers pain in his astral
    • about twelve years of age, and she lay a-dying. But as he went the
    • years, which had spent all her living upon physicians, neither could
    • 8:42 For he had one only daughter, about twelve years of age, and she lay a dying. But as he went the people thronged him. \
    • 8:43 And a woman having an issue of blood twelve years, which had spent all her living upon physicians, neither could be healed of any, \
    • other phenomenon. When this, child, now twelve years old, was born, a
    • who had suffered from a certain illness for twelve years, passed
    • suffered for twelve years were deeply connected! And it is not
    • with an illness suffered for twelve years approaches Jesus and is
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • important jump has been made when the fruit appears. Anyone who
    • when the last leaf has developed and the blossom appears, so do jumps
    • great Buddha lived on the Earth; in about three thousand years from
    • three thousand years from now men will be able to unfold its teaching
    • the great Buddha, in three thousand years from now humanity would
    • When — in about three thousand years — a number of human
    • before our era, he will become Buddha in about three thousand years,
    • He descended for three years only, never having been embodied on the
    • said. The presence of Christ on the Earth for three years — from
    • appears on Earth and becomes Maitreya Buddha, he will find on Earth
  • Title: Gospel of Luke: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • the time when for three years Christ was on Earth, and the preceding
    • yesterday it was said that in about three thousand years from now,
    • been imparted openly to mankind a few hundred years earlier. It was
    • for three years on the Earth in the one single Personality. It was
    • Christ. “Let these sayings sink down into your ears; for the Son of
    • (Let these sayings sink down into your ears: for the Son of man shall be delivered into the hands of men. \
    • act in the Mystery Temples for hundreds and thousands of years was
    • conception of it if we were to close our ears to any of the
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Two: The Unveiling of Spiritual Truths
    Matching lines:
    • years later Schelling no longer found any satisfaction in this mode
    • philosophers, each in their own country. Then in their later years
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Three: The Opposition to Spiritual Revelations
    Matching lines:
    • when it is raised to consciousness, appears as something spiritual.
    • correctly assessing their re-emergence only twenty years later in a
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Four: Spiritual Truths and the Physical World
    Matching lines:
    • years. One need only consider how great the difference really is
    • For example, in the first years in Berlin I had to lecture in a
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Five: The Decline of the Theosophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • Nevertheless, in the first seven years of my anthroposophical work
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Six: The Emergence of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • actually appeared in print some one and a half years later, but the
    • between death and a new birth, and appears in the new incarnation.
    • relationship with these people. Two years ago a gentleman who had
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Seven: The Consolidation of the Anthroposophic Movement
    Matching lines:
    • France about four years ago, and which includes in its membership
    • appears to be to undermine the discipline of the armies in the Allied
    • ground, the we should never play a role. One repeatedly hears
    • disappears, people in the Society
  • Title: Anthroposophic Movement: Lecture Eight: Responsibility to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • certainly develop over a period of perhaps twenty-one years. Whenever
    • over twenty-one years. By my calculations, the Society has already
    • existed for twenty-one years.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • phenomenal world, the fruit of years of patient and diligent study,
    • East there echoes across thousands of years the saying: the world
    • thousand years ago the world and its divine Ground or essence were
    • to-day. Let us look back to that epoch a few thousand years ago, when
    • differently thousands of years ago. Sleep was less unconscious,
    • evolution. A few thousand years ago waking life was not so
    • reached its zenith in the early years of our epoch. We are now living
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • a day every four years. Thus, over relatively long periods of time we
    • were obliged to intercalate a whole month every six years, whereas we
    • reckon a leap year, with an additional day, every four years. So they
    • had six years of twelve months each, followed by a year of 13
    • month every six years instead of an extra day every four years, had a
    • looked back to the first six or seven years of their childhood and
    • perceived how, during those years, they were still unmistakably
    • six or seven years. This was in accordance with the lunar phases. The
    • their own life experience of periods of six or seven years. And they
    • man, to a period of twenty-eight years
    • (4 X 7 years).
    • first and second seven years. Nowadays children are so very clever
    • observed in the heavens. Therefore every seven years they inscribed
    • additional day every 4 years, whilst the Chaldeans intercalated an
    • additional month every 7 years, indicates that in reality, though
    • advanced in years were looked up to as sages; today they are
    • world that appears in dream pictures, but a wholly different world
    • most strikingly when we look at the animal kingdom which now appears
    • bears these three worlds within himself. We feel to some extent the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • astral plane. Then I tried to show how the plant-cover appears in its
    • the Cosmos no longer appears bright with stars but is the abode of
    • and durable. The salt crystal, on the other hand, appears to offer no
    • remarkable being. He does not possess separate eyes and ears, but is
    • at one and the same time eyes and ears together. He resembles a sense
    • years or decades after death relives in reverse order its life on
    • will recapitulate his life experiences over twenty years
    • give a somewhat crude example. Let us assume that three years before
    • on a magnified scale; everything appears to be more intensely real.
    • Initiate consciousness, the physical world appears like a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • training and discipline, one often hears the remark: I would be only
    • certain specific spiritual exercises. In such cases, years rather
    • years, a psychic darkness had descended upon all that he had received
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Five: The Inner Vitalization of the Soul through the Qualities of the Metallic Nature
    Matching lines:
    • we should be without eyes and ears, without sense organs. The world
    • years after their death. The perception of this world is lost,
    • accompany the dead in the years immediately following their
    • being, isolates it and bears it into that spiritual world whose
    • native city his agitation increases because he hears of the fate of
    • first years after their death, but that our fundamental being is in
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • accompany the dead in the first years after death. This etheric body
    • the physical body is endowed with eyes and ears. At the present stage
    • ears. Thus, when he withdraws from his physical and etheric bodies in
    • body in the physical world bereft of eyes and ears, so that all
    • eyes and ears of the soul. Through spiritual training of which I have
    • participated in all the inner activities of eyes and ears and of the
    • eyes and ears of the soul. He does not now perceive what is happening
    • develop spiritual eyes and ears in the astral body and
    • through his eyes and ears. This is true Initiation knowledge. One
    • Earth. His earthly life appears before his inward eye in the form of
    • to twenty-one, and those of later years evoke different responses in
    • of twenty-one and forty-two appears relatively uniform. Then follows
    • particular age. The first seven years of childhood awaken in him a
    • different insight from that of the years between seven and fourteen.
    • again different; the years between twenty-one and forty-two
    • perceive them through spiritual eyes and ears. At one time we see
    • our eyes and ears. In the world of Inspiration we make use of the
    • and from the period between the forty-second and forty-ninth years.
    • you have a few more years behind you. Then I can tell you everything
    • years of its life, it could live in the Moon sphere in this way.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • later years did the need arise to have direct contact with him as a
    • survey of the first years of childhood, we acquire knowledge of the
    • between our twentieth and fortieth years, or more precisely, between
    • earliest years of childhood.
    • “Jacob Boehme minor” appears before us in the later
    • Latini, appears before us, then for the first time we really
    • luminaries, whilst Scotus Erigena appears like some erratic boulder
    • into his etheric and astral bodies and which appears in the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • in touch with the dead in the years immediately after their death.
    • twenty or thirty years after their death until they leave this
    • after ten, twenty or thirty years in order to enter into a higher
    • to a dim impression. This bears the same relationship to the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • investigation over the years. There has always been an active
    • investigation into the Moon sphere and how the world appears from the
    • founded in the course of recent years, has accumulated an abundant
    • in the years between 1906 and 1909, I described the Earth in its earlier
    • the years 1906 to 1909 when I first steeped myself in modern
    • must now add that it appears to inhere in the conditions of modern
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • which he now bears within himself until the moment of waking.
    • with sunlight and then directs the sunlight through the eyes and ears
    • day without, within himself he bears the night. In the daytime there
    • from the way in which Mercury appears to us, we are in touch with a
    • Mercury appears there emerges the Being whom we call the Divine Being
    • as a totality, but as he appears through an inner spiritual
    • organs man bears within him the images of divine-spiritual
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • reflect a different kind of outlook, which bears no
    • Man appears; we see him as he really is, integrated in the Cosmos.
    • man were simply the complete physical man he appears to be
    • original impulse was lost years ago.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture One: Nature is the Great Illusion; Know Thyself
    Matching lines:
    • phenomenal world, the fruit of years of patient and diligent study,
    • East there echoes across thousands of years the saying: the world
    • thousand years ago the world and its divine Ground or essence were
    • to-day. Let us look back to that epoch a few thousand years ago, when
    • differently thousands of years ago. Sleep was less unconscious,
    • evolution. A few thousand years ago waking life was not so
    • reached its zenith in the early years of our epoch. We are now living
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Two: The Three Worlds and their Reflected Images
    Matching lines:
    • a day every four years. Thus, over relatively long periods of time we
    • were obliged to intercalate a whole month every six years, whereas we
    • reckon a leap year, with an additional day, every four years. So they
    • had six years of twelve months each, followed by a year of 13
    • month every six years instead of an extra day every four years, had a
    • looked back to the first six or seven years of their childhood and
    • perceived how, during those years, they were still unmistakably
    • six or seven years. This was in accordance with the lunar phases. The
    • their own life experience of periods of six or seven years. And they
    • man, to a period of twenty-eight years
    • (4 X 7 years).
    • first and second seven years. Nowadays children are so very clever
    • observed in the heavens. Therefore every seven years they inscribed
    • additional day every 4 years, whilst the Chaldeans intercalated an
    • additional month every 7 years, indicates that in reality, though
    • advanced in years were looked up to as sages; today they are
    • world that appears in dream pictures, but a wholly different world
    • most strikingly when we look at the animal kingdom which now appears
    • bears these three worlds within himself. We feel to some extent the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Three: Form and Substantiality of the Mineral Kingdom in Relation to the Levels of Consciousness in Man
    Matching lines:
    • astral plane. Then I tried to show how the plant-cover appears in its
    • the Cosmos no longer appears bright with stars but is the abode of
    • and durable. The salt crystal, on the other hand, appears to offer no
    • remarkable being. He does not possess separate eyes and ears, but is
    • at one and the same time eyes and ears together. He resembles a sense
    • years or decades after death relives in reverse order its life on
    • will recapitulate his life experiences over twenty years
    • give a somewhat crude example. Let us assume that three years before
    • on a magnified scale; everything appears to be more intensely real.
    • Initiate consciousness, the physical world appears like a
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Four: The Secret of Investigation into Other Realms through the Metamorphosis of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • training and discipline, one often hears the remark: I would be only
    • certain specific spiritual exercises. In such cases, years rather
    • years, a psychic darkness had descended upon all that he had received
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Five: The Inner Vitalization of the Soul through the Qualities of the Metallic Nature
    Matching lines:
    • we should be without eyes and ears, without sense organs. The world
    • years after their death. The perception of this world is lost,
    • accompany the dead in the years immediately following their
    • being, isolates it and bears it into that spiritual world whose
    • native city his agitation increases because he hears of the fate of
    • first years after their death, but that our fundamental being is in
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Six: Initiation-Knowledge, Waking Consciousness and Dream Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • accompany the dead in the first years after death. This etheric body
    • the physical body is endowed with eyes and ears. At the present stage
    • ears. Thus, when he withdraws from his physical and etheric bodies in
    • body in the physical world bereft of eyes and ears, so that all
    • eyes and ears of the soul. Through spiritual training of which I have
    • participated in all the inner activities of eyes and ears and of the
    • eyes and ears of the soul. He does not now perceive what is happening
    • develop spiritual eyes and ears in the astral body and
    • through his eyes and ears. This is true Initiation knowledge. One
    • Earth. His earthly life appears before his inward eye in the form of
    • to twenty-one, and those of later years evoke different responses in
    • of twenty-one and forty-two appears relatively uniform. Then follows
    • particular age. The first seven years of childhood awaken in him a
    • different insight from that of the years between seven and fourteen.
    • again different; the years between twenty-one and forty-two
    • perceive them through spiritual eyes and ears. At one time we see
    • our eyes and ears. In the world of Inspiration we make use of the
    • and from the period between the forty-second and forty-ninth years.
    • you have a few more years behind you. Then I can tell you everything
    • years of its life, it could live in the Moon sphere in this way.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Seven: Knowledge of the World of Stars. Differentiation of the Historical Epochs of Mankind and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • later years did the need arise to have direct contact with him as a
    • survey of the first years of childhood, we acquire knowledge of the
    • between our twentieth and fortieth years, or more precisely, between
    • earliest years of childhood.
    • “Jacob Boehme minor” appears before us in the later
    • Latini, appears before us, then for the first time we really
    • luminaries, whilst Scotus Erigena appears like some erratic boulder
    • into his etheric and astral bodies and which appears in the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eight: Potential Aberrations in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • in touch with the dead in the years immediately after their death.
    • twenty or thirty years after their death until they leave this
    • after ten, twenty or thirty years in order to enter into a higher
    • to a dim impression. This bears the same relationship to the
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Nine: Abnormal Paths into the Spiritual World and their Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • investigation over the years. There has always been an active
    • investigation into the Moon sphere and how the world appears from the
    • founded in the course of recent years, has accumulated an abundant
    • in the years between 1906 and 1909, I described the Earth in its earlier
    • the years 1906 to 1909 when I first steeped myself in modern
    • must now add that it appears to inhere in the conditions of modern
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Ten: Influences of the Extra-Terrestrial Cosmos Upon the Consciousness of Man
    Matching lines:
    • which he now bears within himself until the moment of waking.
    • with sunlight and then directs the sunlight through the eyes and ears
    • day without, within himself he bears the night. In the daytime there
    • from the way in which Mercury appears to us, we are in touch with a
    • Mercury appears there emerges the Being whom we call the Divine Being
    • as a totality, but as he appears through an inner spiritual
    • organs man bears within him the images of divine-spiritual
  • Title: True/False Paths: Lecture Eleven: What is the Position in Respect of Spiritual Investigation and the Understanding of Spiritual Investigation?
    Matching lines:
    • reflect a different kind of outlook, which bears no
    • Man appears; we see him as he really is, integrated in the Cosmos.
    • man were simply the complete physical man he appears to be
    • original impulse was lost years ago.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • experienced in the etheric body, a struggle that wears you
    • years. It is coming slowly and gradually. It has already
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • consider the different forms of art, it appears that
    • character of architecture very largely disappears.
    • sculpture appears to be alive. It would actually be alive if
    • disappears in the flood of materialistic views and passes out
    • course of many years. This naturally involved the risk that
    • ideas. But in the course of years even decades they will
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • space outside, becomes architecture, so sculpture appears
    • reappears when we enjoy or create works of sculpture. On the
    • consciously aware during life on earth he appears to be but
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Their tears ran down in streams
    • Disregarding the kind of atrocious modern research that tears
    • souls during the years we have been working with spiritual
    • in the materialistic age, human ears are so deaf that they
    • world and sees it in its colours and forms and hears its
    • appears before you and impinges on your senses. We must think
    • developed over the years, in order to encounter a revelation
    • the ears to hear it. That is why we are engaged in spiritual
    • science, so that we shall have the ears to hear, when the
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • its concepts and ideas, appears dull and dry, cold, lifeless
    • appears. This is certainly horrible, not from the point of
    • world appears to be filled with spirit, when our organs are
    • person, as he appears in the external world, cannot teach at
    • look at the teacher. During the first seven years of the
    • can imitate; in the second seven years it will be through the
    • following seven years it will be through the educational
    • had been longing for, for many years. But now that I have
    • years ago I was of an age when I could have done it. Now I am
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • corresponding to the ‘you shall’ appears to
    • all the more before he is born or during his earliest years.
  • Title: Art/Mystery Wisdom: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • the region of the senses — eyes, ears, nose and taste
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the mineral appears. So now we have a fourth condition [see drawing]:
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • If a man lived 720 years instead of seventy-two, he
    • a little of the fly nature with our seventy to seventy-two years! We
    • sixty-eight years ago. Things of different ages stand side by side.
    • already given out many years ago by anthroposophy in a rather
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • that these happenings cannot have gone on through millions of years
    • appears immediately. If you dig down to a certain depth anywhere in
    • the earth, water immediately appears.
    • so very long ago, 10,000 to 15,000 years, human beings must, of
    • next; in this way your body is renewed. Every seven years it is
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • fifteen thousand years ago the earth, the ground, became sufficiently
    • earlier than ten thousand years ago. These men naturally left
    • existed ten thousand, eight thousand years ago. The Chinese said:
    • people may easily say about it. Two years ago when we had a Congress
    • carbon. But — the Chinese had made gunpowder thousands of years
    • knowledge thousands of years earlier. They also had the art of
    • thousand years before our time. Much later, in the millennium
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • really eating a piece of swollen, enlarged stem. It only appears to
    • leaf, does not have root forces. No green leaf ever appears down in
    • twenty-four years! I never could have traveled entire nights, for
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • hydrogen we take in through our nose and our ears, through all our
    • in jail for years at a stretch, usually get food that contains very
    • really decent life. But in his earlier years he did eat rather a lot
    • which in earlier years made one old and stiff altogether; now the
    • was seventy years old, the other ninety-two. The younger one was
    • with his years, his arteries were completely sclerotic, but because
    • in life, we lost track of each other, and after some years I came to
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • being who bears within him body, soul, and spirit, with each of these
    • years ago, views prevailed from which we can learn a great deal and
    • appears to anyone with insight as if it were said: You're to make a
    • thousand years ago but many, many thousands of years before our day.
    • make paper thousands and thousands of years ago, long before human
    • about 1200 years before the founding of Christianity. Now when we
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • would be if the sun were not-as it appears-to go around the earth
    • revolve around the earth, but that is how it appears.
    • There are years when the potatoes are unharmed by these troublesome
    • little maggots, and then there are years when simply nothing can be
    • potatoes — if you wait now for four years, the cockchafers will
    • be there in great numbers, because it takes them four years to
    • develop from the grubs. There is a period of approximately four years
    • fully developed insect. The grub needs four years to develop into the
    • only a few grubs some year, four years after that there will only be
    • of grubs that were present four years earlier.
    • for which intervals of years are needed on the earth — as in
    • creatures that could not have intervals of years between the
    • in this particular constellation for hundreds of years, but always at
    • period of 25,915 years, the point at which the sun rises in spring
    • years ago, that is to say, 23,991 years before the birth of Christ
    • circuit, and a circuit that takes it 25,915 years to complete. Thus
    • 25,915 years.
    • day, man breathes as many times as the sun needs years to make its
    • sun needs 25,915 years. The stone is a much harder fellow. To bestow
    • is also a circuit which the sun needs 25,915 years to complete. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • shown such irregularities through the years, particularly recent
    • years, do have something to do with conditions in the heavens, but
    • at intervals of about ten or eleven or twelve years. Naturally, these
    • sun is turning — in the course of years they appear in that
    • Thousands of years ago there were no spots on the sun.
    • and development of the grubs and cockchafers every four years. And
    • the earth and the sun every four years, so that the grubs which take
    • four years to develop into cockchafers are also connected with this.
    • If you take two revolutions of Mars — requiring four years and
    • years ago. Six to ten thousand years ago there were no mountains in
    • about five or six or seven thousand years — not in exactly the
    • rises and sinks. Some six thousand or more years ago the level of
    • is now slowly rising, so that after five or six thousand years there
    • 18 or 19 years. For example, in a certain year, on a certain day,
    • regularly in the course of 18 to 19 years. All phenomena connected
    • since they depend upon the moon? After 18 or 19 years there must be
    • something in the weather similar to what happened 18 or 19 years
    • what the weather had been 18 or 19 years earlier, and now expected
    • reason the calendar was called the Hundred-Years' Calendar was that
    • thing they take place only once every hundred years or so, and for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • than forty years, that we made a certain experiment in the laboratory
    • from vanity. And the following happened. About forty years ago I was
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • no longer appears as a comet, but on those dates when in the ordinary
    • is in the earth. Every few years the comet gives something to the
    • You recall, gentlemen, that for years I gave lectures to
    • fifty years have elapsed since then. I was ten or eleven years old at
    • or nine years earlier. In it he had stressed that science is
  • Title: Evolution, Earth, Man: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • in its beginning, and naturally it appears to be similar in many
    • What you now cut away, you took in, you ate seven or eight years ago.
    • whole body. It needed seven or eight years to do that. Now you cut it
    • are sitting there. If you had sat there seven or eight years ago, it
    • period of seven or eight years has been entirely renewed.
    • earthly life. Every seven or eight years he puts on a new body and
    • every year, you would find that after a certain number of years it
    • part of their body; and after a period of a few years they've
    • nothing at all of the body you had some eight years ago. And yet
    • but this body is thrown off entirely, and after seven or eight years
    • had during the first years of life came from our parents; we could
    • body he has for the first seven or eight years of his life comes from
    • the spiritual world. And every seven or eight years the human being
    • eat, we certainly wouldn't need seven or eight years to replace our
    • seven or eight years.
    • For the sake of simplicity let us take 72 years as the average length
    • of human life, and 360 days in a year. 72 years X 360 days = 25,920
    • So now let us reckon those 72 years as a single breath.
    • now that he lives an average of 72 years, we can say: This
    • years. Taking this period to be one cosmic day, we would again have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 1: The Mission of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • related to Spiritual Science, as I have done now for several years past.
    • centuries ago. For example, thousands of years ago the sun rose in the
    • developed and changed in the course of hundreds or thousands of years. Yes,
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 3: The Mission of Truth
    Matching lines:
    • this statement with a remark by a man who worked for many years in Berlin and
    • that the human Ego appears again and again on earth in successive
    • introduces one-sidedness into the world, the danger appears among his
    • his own fruitfully creative strength, and so Phileros appears
    • obsess his mind. Then Eos, the Dawn, appears. She is an unlit being who
    • appears with his torch because he has just come out of the night. The
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 4: The Mission of Reverence
    Matching lines:
    • turn its eyes and strain its ears to survey the world in all directions, but
    • of ascent; then comes a pause, and finally, in the later years, a decline.
    • youth reappear in a different form during the years of decline. If much
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 5: Human Character
    Matching lines:
    • and death. This development is evident when in later years a man shows
    • everything that must have occurred during months or years, and all we went
    • character, therefore, although it appears to us as determined and inborn, can
    • The years from
    • next seven years up to the age of 35 — these are all only average
    • during his first seven years we are able to strengthen the forces of his
    • these years by those who care for him is not a matter of indifference! People
    • who can compare the early years of childhood with the period after the
    • bring him the right sort of influence during his early years. Anything we can
    • that we can give the child during his early years, the fewer obstacles and
    • these years is of direct benefit to the Sentient Soul, when the Ego is
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 6: Asceticism and Illness
    Matching lines:
    • years, take a quite definite attitude towards human nature. They start from
    • faculties required. In some circumstances this may last not merely for years,
    • that he may thereby open his spirit-eyes and spirit-ears; and if he is too
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 7: Human Egoism
    Matching lines:
    • world to which they owe their eyes and ears; how they cut themselves off from
    • Wilhelm Meister's Years of Apprenticeship
    • Years of Travel.
    • Years of Apprenticeship,
    • that — as she clearly describes — everything which appears to the
    • Years of Apprenticeship
    • Years of Travel.
    • Years of Travel,
    • to sketch out the rest. In earlier years he had written various tales and
    • Years of Travel
    • various other writings left over from earlier years, and these he now gave to
    • Years of Travel
    • gives expression even more to the wise principle that from his earliest years
    • clothes he wears. He is offered a varied range of garments and has to choose
    • Years of Travel
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 8: Buddha and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • thief can still be punished for his theft. So it is with what re-appears in
    • on them as the effects, the fruit, of his previous life. But what appears is
    • wishes to direct attention above all to the idea that, although what appears
    • from a recognition that everything in an individual life bears fruits which
    • nearly perfect, until at last it appears in a spiritual form. Even the least
    • by the world we perceive through our eyes and ears, the world in which we are
    • to open the spiritual senses — his spirit-eyes and spirit-ears, in
    • spirit-ears in order to see the external world as it really is. Repeated
    • He that hears the
    • death there springs eternal life. So it was that six hundred years before the
    • years after the coming of Christ simple folk saw the symbol which expressed
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul One: Lecture 9: Something about the Moon in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • a few years only; some of them extended over many decades and concerned not a
    • modern times, but anyone who, like myself, has spent many years in the study
    • and appears again in a new life, must be sought in the soul-spiritual
    • the body, and reappears in a new form at the next incarnation. Here there is
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 1: Spiritual Science and Language
    Matching lines:
    • against something else; rather like when the child hears the dog bark
    • everything which appears in the Indo-Germanic languages is prompted more by
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 2: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • laughter and tears as merely commonplace. After all, the consciousness which
    • to killing himself, he hears the Easter bells ring out and cries:
    • “Tears spring forth, the earth holds me again.”
    • Tears are used here by Goethe to symbolise the state of soul which enables
    • eyes or stop up our ears. The physical body is less under our control than
    • body, appears to clairvoyant observation as an expansion of the astral: at
    • tears. The astral body, having been left with gaps as it were, wants to fill
    • latter's substances in the form of tears. What, then, are these
    • tears?
    • make itself richer again. The tears are not merely an outflow; they are a
    • the tears. If someone suffers a weakening of self-consciousness, he tries to
    • manifest in the flow of tears. The tears give the ego a subconscious feeling
    • compensation, in tears. You will know, too, how people who cannot weep find
    • the ego is a necessary precondition of laughter and tears.
    • outer world. Only the ego can express itself in laughter or tears. So it is
    • or fears is typical for its species, modified only in minor details among
    • for a relationship he cannot find and expresses his frustration in tears
    • humanity through laughter and tears.
    • facts as laughter and tears for bringing out the difference between men and
    • deep as tears, leading to a contraction of the astral body, and hence to a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 3: What is Mysticism?
    Matching lines:
    • in his soul from morning till evening. So at first his inner life appears to
    • earlier years, it is extraordinarily difficult for anything he says about his
    • different experiences during their earlier years, and this will give their
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 4: The Nature of Prayer
    Matching lines:
    • of inward deepening which appears in the mysticism of the Middle Ages from
    • human beings, and thus it appears as a light so weak that most people never
    • He appears to us as if we ourselves were given over to the
    • period of ten years during which he scorned prayer, and then over a second
    • period of ten years during which he recognised its power. If he then compares
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 5: Sickness and Healing
    Matching lines:
    • ten years of his life in deep inner contemplation: the gestures and
    • events. As soon as the intelligence lays something down which appears
    • appears in this context is well suited to showing us how the world in the
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 7: Error and Mental Disorder
    Matching lines:
    • happen — that when someone in the vicinity clears their throat this
    • something and interprets the meaning in such a way that he thinks he hears
    • lose big ears, therefore you still have big ears. The absurdity arises
    • resistance of the outer human being: and if he bears the seeds of illness
    • soul-life in such a manner that it appears internally disciplined and in
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 8: Human Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • Conscience appears to every individual as something holy in the human breast,
    • when a man hears the inward
    • which took place a few hundred years after endeavours had been made by many
  • Title: Metaporphoses/Soul Two: Lecture 9: The Mission of Art
    Matching lines:
    • the beginnings of art, as it first appears among men in the guise of poetry,
    • Aeschylus, three or four hundred years later.
    • gods we find in Homer, the independent man of action appears, though still at
    • ideals, endeavours and renunciations during the sixty years he worked on his
    • appears, we see the spiritual world created anew out of imagination.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • twelfth to his seventeenth and eighteenth years it can be seen
    • however, they have no ears with which to hear. That pain of
    • by the prophets had ceased because there were no longer ears to
    • ears but do not hear what the secrets of the cosmos are.”
    • still somewhat difficult. These were also the years in which he
    • fourteenth and the fourteenth and twenty first years because we
    • only active between the seventh and fourteenth years. Then came
    • years. Then we lived in an epoch in which the forces which are
    • years, were active during the entire lifetime.
    • spiritual regions since Jesus was twelve years old. From then
    • what he´d experienced since he was twelve years old. The
    • led you? I saw you many thousands of years ago; you were
    • thousands of years ago, and you were
  • Title: Fifth Gospel, Part 2: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the effect is that what is unreal appears to us as real.
    • with the untruths about which there were many ears to hear. I
    • for three years. It is important to understand what that fact
    • this reason Ahriman remained active during the three years that
    • united with the three bodies of Jesus. It took three years. At
    • and third years he spent with his closest disciples, we find it
    • three years.
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • say: ten, twelve, or fifteen thousand years ago the earth became
    • is today. Already fifteen thousand years ago, however, in Asia, in
    • as it actually existed ten thousand, eight thousand, years age. These
    • say afterwards. When two years ago we had a congress in Vienna, one
    • But the Chinese had made gunpowder thousands of years before!
    • no knowledge of printing. Thousands of years ago the Chinese already
    • years of ill-treatment at the hands of Europeans.
    • culture which is quite ancient and goes back ten thousand years
  • Title: On the Development of Human Culture: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • man is a being who bears within him body, soul, and spirit, each
    • may be said to be only about three or four thousand years ago —
    • what is not so appears to anyone with insight as if it were said: You
    • paper was discovered not just two or three thousand years ago but
    • very many thousands of years before our day. By whom then? Not by
    • years ago, long before human beings arrived at it by means of their
    • Trojan War took place? About 1200 years before the founding of
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • marvel, It appears to be hexagonal when we look at it from above;
    • appears with her new Sun-influence, this poison is harmfully
    • it. But when the new Queen appears it is exactly like when we walk in
    • itself. It needs the poison when it fears something from outside may
    • this honey diet till the age of three or four years. Rickets would
    • things will be in fifty to eighty years time, for by then certain
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • new Queen appears, she shines for the other bees as the glow-worms shine
    • hive when the new Queen shows herself and appears to the bees like a
    • that the cat hears best when it is asleep, which is a rather doubtful
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • When the man is 30 years of age it may often be a very good thing to
    • observations of the last four years seem to confirm that there is
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • cannot understand that within the next eighty to a hundred years the
    • Steiner means by saying that within eighty to a hundred years
    • eight years. There is then nothing at all left of it; so that your
    • friend when you see hint again after ten years' interval, has nothing
    • years ago. Yet you recognised him! When you look at a man externally,
    • When sufficiently magnified in his substances, man appears exactly
    • should be able to recognise another after ten years (for not a single
    • during the last few years. They were carried out on large farms as
    • 100 years hence! It is quite comprehensible that someone should say
    • in 50, 60 or 100 years time — this is quite comprehensible.
    • years time, Herr Müller, and see what your opinion is then! It
    • generally the case today, but 50 or 60 years ago the farmer did not
    • a few years, but exposed to direct sunlight they would have faded so
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • following is important: you all know that there are years when the
    • though such methods may appear successful for a few years, disastrous
    • appears in those relatives of the bees, if I may call them so, the
    • as long as 2,000 years ago, and indeed, still today, could be persuaded
    • see here a model, as it were, for what appears in bee-keeping.
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • Some years ago,
    • When one hears
    • injured in youth; the heart can only be injured after many years. But
    • so many stings, was it after you had been working many years with bees?
    • Many years.
    • years of experience he is convinced that the Queen, when not a good
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • ants. You know how, when one clears away an ant-heap, one finds the
    • thousands of years on the flowers had they not fostered them in the
  • Title: Nine Lectures on Bees: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • December 23, one hundred years ago, and whose life time coincides
    • custom, but the fir-tree has only been so used for 150 to 200 years.
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a novel can so move us that we shed tears at definite
    • possible we must have rehearsed earlier, letting it take form
    • goes into our wills, and appears during our lecturing in tone
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • or a hundred years — or many extend the time even
    • would first ripen in fifty or a hundred years. One glides
    • everything that appears today in our civilization in one
    • ear for it, however, already hears the “As If”
    • sufficiently unprejudiced for it, then one only seldom hears
    • territory, poured something into his language that appears as
    • appears infinite in a certain realm. In this way beauty was
    • that appears, when these things are to be spoken about, from
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • middle-class population hears only that which it, has sensed
    • social-democratic agitator thirty years ago in popular
    • years, I did indeed teach in such an institution, even giving
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • speaks of what has reached his ears, not of what he has actually
    • experienced. This is why it appears so like the Swiss, when those
    • the state still wears the toga, — if one disregards this toga,
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. In the seminar courses that I held over two years
    • objective. Man hears himself speak quite instinctively. In
    • That hears itself while one is speaking!
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • hears a straight assertion his actual tendency is to engage
    • when one hears it, one gets a light shock;
    • which, if one hears it, one gets something like a light
    • that men listen with their ears alone; but the fact that
    • They would not do this if they listened with their ears
    • ears, if one speaks before the usual public about the
  • Title: The Development of Thought from the 4th to the 19th Century - 1
    Matching lines:
    • nineteenth century — and the character of the first twenty years
    • of men, and this was actually the case in the first fifty years of the
    • to appear a few hundreds of years before the fifteenth century but becomes
    • little by little lift ed away from its hinges and disappears as an
    • hears the voice of a child calling to him from the next garden: ‘Take
    • and it may truly be said that the ultimate outcome of this break appears
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • very rapidly during the period of 14 to 17 years, develops
    • chaos? It appears to me that in relation to this question
    • we remain outside what appears as outer reality; we only
    • material world, appears inwardly dark until it is brightened
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • as normal scientific thinking appears here and there in
    • Actually, it only appears to our consciousness in the act of
    • appears in an unreal form. Kantianism speaks of the three
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • for more than twenty years — to report to the world in
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • however, something peculiar appears: we now approach the
    • plant world in such a way that the individual plant appears
    • isolated rose only appears to have life.
    • Both require years of work: one, mental work; the other,
    • insight appears first in one definite area: namely, the
    • develop, through self-discipline, a quality which appears in
    • keeping the power of love just as it appears in ordinary
    • with what we were, say, ten years earlier — if we are
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • achieved through years of painstaking, conscientious, and
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • what appears there in pictorial form is indeed reality,
    • ourselves, and our inner being appears to us for the first
    • years ago that this occurred.
    • problems of spiritual research. Unfortunately, in the years
    • recent years, that the needful — indeed, indispensable
  • Title: Anthroposophy Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • extinguished for a moment, then something appears through
    • relate to reality, although at first it appears to have
    • through inspiration, a new content appears for the first
    • time. The content that appears corresponds to our existence
    • time. And within the true “I” there appears to
    • many years can speak in a different tone from those for whom
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • work and striving of the last fifty years especially. If one has sensed
    • And now, almost fifty years later, the world demands just such concepts
    • human beings could do than what we have done for the last fifty years,
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • last few years has Hegel begun to be mentioned in the lecture halls
    • than simply say: within the spectrum there appears the color yellow
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the simple phenomenon of warmth that appears when we rub two bodies
    • previously latent and now appears by means of the bodies. We proceed
    • by the eyes and ears, except that the former remains unconscious within
    • us during these first years. And if we look within, look into our own
    • activity, a certain inner mathematics, just in those first several years.
    • This sense of life manifests itself in later years as a perception of
    • loom that wove you during the first years of growth as a child here
    • spiritual which in our early years lives and weaves within us. This
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • grips with something that rests upon a firm foundation, that bears its
    • during the first seven years. At the change of teeth this etheric body
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • “mathematicizes” within us during the first seven years up
    • works. Nietzsche strives to bring his ego into this realm, but it tears
    • his room in Naumburg a few years after his illness. He lay upon the
    • itself: for years the physical organism was filled by a soul-spirit
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • years of childhood, as I have described it to you. One experiences not
    • that appears as astraphobia, a state in which one fails to come to terms
    • with fears that he immediately senses to be pathological. He is in the
    • approximately the seventh and fourteenth years. The independent soul-spirit
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • to show how the soul-spirit, which functions in the earliest years of
    • inference: aha, he bears an ego within as well. This directly contradicts
    • fourteenth years, which is through the love-instinct being impressed
    • Many years ago, in a different
    • many years ago to write down what I had given as actual anthroposophy
    • several sheets of print — lay for some five or six years at the
  • Title: Boundaries of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • be remembered that man bears a certain kind of sensory organization
    • work together with the will during man's first seven years. We are guided
    • that worked formatively upon man principally during the fast seven years
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • appears there as imprint becomes permeable to the
    • animals a natural form of healing also appears without the
    • intervention of man, one that appears to be the same as the
    • being bears these death-bringing forces continually within
    • few years, though the cost may be that in exchange he becomes
    • etheric body, and hence illness appears in its imprint in the
    • the human being when a pathological condition appears that is
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • marked irregularity or powerful disturbance appears in the
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • because a subtle transition appears here from effects of a
    • years of life.
    • between the ninth and tenth years, the ego that works from
    • gradually after puberty, when the astral body appears and
    • entire human organism and appears in this way. One learns to
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • out, in yet another context, how what at puberty appears in a
    • reddening. Wherever a reddening appears in natural processes,
    • appears with phosphorization (when the ego attacks the blood
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • contrary, in space it disappears continually, passing out of
    • instrucfive and bears fruit for further experiences. If you
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • effect appears. These are outward expressions of ego
    • because the effect that before appeared directly, now appears
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of tin in fairly high potencies on everything that bears upon
  • Title: Anthro Medical Therapy: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • of blood from a bullet wound; two years ago his joints
    • deeply mystical drawings and paintings, but much that appears
    • consciously continue what appears eurythmically in the
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture II: Address at a Monthly Assembly
    Matching lines:
    • sounds in your ears, brought to you through the patience and
  • Title: Dear Children: Lecture III: Address at the Assembly at the End of the First School Year
    Matching lines:
    • rest, we cannot use our ears and eyes properly to hear and see all
    • better and your ears hear better. If you had to stay awake all the
    • remember it later — the years behind us have been bitter ones
    • for humanity, years in which people beat and bloodied and shot each
    • human life. When people get old, they are seventy or eighty years
    • minutes long, and your eight years in primary school would be
  • Title: Colour: Part One: Colour-Experience (Erlebnis)
    Matching lines:
    • select the lifeless peach-blossom colour for that which appears as
    • appears as human flesh-colour we can only attain by various tricks of
    • appears tinged quite distinctly in the direction of white, and to
    • We might say that what appears to us as sun, what manifests itself as
    • at all in the same way as an external colour. An external colour appears
    • Between white, which appears as colour, and light there must be a
    • carbon-existence to the dark blackness in which it appears; just as
    • itself its own colour, if it is not tinged by the mineral and appears
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Luminous and Pictorial Nature of Colours
    Matching lines:
    • When the lifeless appears in the Spirit you get black.
    • Peach-colour we must also leave; it disappears of its own accord, we
  • Title: Colour: Part One: The Phenomenon of Colour in Material Nature
    Matching lines:
    • mineral, its colour appears to us because it is in sunlight. Sunlight
    • One hears very often, after all, that artists have a proper fear of
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Thought and Will as Light and Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • the heading either of thought of will appears to be something
    • The will thus appears as the seed, as it were, of thought. What is at
    • requires between birth and death, the head appears in the shape and
    • appears outside you. You differentiate it in yourself. You work in it.
    • formerly was will has become thought, and thought appears as light. As
    • the strength of the world bears you up. In light shines beauty in the
    • world that the past appears to us in the present, and the past wraps
    • into the present; for in the plant the past appears already in the
    • said, peach-coloured. And that is the colour which appears here when the
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: The Connection of the Natural with the Moral-Psychical. Living in Light and Weight.
    Matching lines:
    • from outside as their light-aura, that appears in the realities of
    • gratitude to those beings who so many millions years ago, let us say
    • in it. They say: the comet appears, traverses a huge ellipse, and
  • Title: Colour: Part Two: Dimension, Number and Weight
    Matching lines:
    • it appears, nor are there things around us which can be counted or
    • weight, we are apt to consider something that appears in the physical,
    • Lavoisier; something more than a hundred years. Weight was first use
    • how the blood-vessels expand, a utricle or bag appears and the heart
    • changes after seven years — his heart is not composed of the
    • explains it, that the colour appears there on the surface by means of
    • thirty or forty years ago are dissolved through the theory of
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • small its sun appears today, it will grow and grow and become brighter
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Artistic and Moral Experience
    Matching lines:
    • artistically, how something appears before our soul when it attempts
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: Colours as Revelations of the Psychic in the World
    Matching lines:
    • Let us look further. The sun appears to us whitish, which we feel to
  • Title: Colour: Part Three: The Hierarchies and the Nature of the Rainbow
    Matching lines:
    • circumstances when light appears somewhere, there also appears shadow,
    • here courage, which disappears again. There the rainbow becomes dense
    • appears only after the lunar existence, with the terrestrial
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • be given a general application; it bears solely on a
    • even thousands of years ago? Do we not get to know him far
    • himself to fresh action. The Dream appears in the likeness of
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • souls in the course of the years. Out of inner feeling we.
    • clearly felt — all those impulses which man bears in
    • less power than what man bears within him from ancient
    • Post-Atlantean period and the ancient cultures, bears the
    • bears the stamp of the Fifth Post-Atlantean epoch more
    • my book Welt- und Lebensanschauungen fifteen years
    • rooted in the nature of the Ego appears in a characteristic
    • Soul appears on the scene. Darwin produces, out of the
    • bears the countenance of man, to love every kind of people as
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Empire appears today in a certain unified form. Let us
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • absorbed of Spiritual Science in the course of the years, and
    • years. For everything that was contained in the Atlantean and
  • Title: The Building at Dornach: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • of what happened in Europe four to six thousand years ago. We
    • what happened in Europe some four thousand years ago lies in
    • believed. One often hears it said “I have a mind
    • Science bears within it a new knowledge, a new art, and
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture I: The Acanthus Leaf
    Matching lines:
    • by many hundreds, nay even thousands of years, from the first
    • bears an apparent resemblance to a form in the animal or
    • day I received two letters from a man who, ten years ago, it
    • my young days, when I was about 24 or 25 years old, when I
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture III: The New Conception of Architecture
    Matching lines:
    • vehicle that bears us onwards. In a spiritual sense we shall
    • ). But now think — this form ( &#8734 ) disappears
    • into the fourth dimension— then appears again and
    • again disappears into the fourth dimension. This
    • soul in all their wonder. The circle appears to be an utterly
    • the first seven years of life. They appear in the etheric
    • period of seven years the first pair of life pillars is
    • through his life and after every seven years raises within
    • develops in the first seven years of his life; the second
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture IV: True Aesthetic Laws of Form
    Matching lines:
    • approximately seven years each, and — as I tried last
    • seven years, we may say that after each period a certain
    • of seven years has run its course; the second pair of pillars
    • second period of seven years; and so it goes on, only it must
    • diagrammatically as it actually appears to the occult seer
    • following way. Instead of the area that appears blue, the
  • Title: Ways/Architecture: Lecture V: The Creative World of Colour
    Matching lines:
    • human skin as it appears in the temperate zones is
  • Title: Goethe As Founder of a New Science of Aesthetics: Steiner's First Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • artistic creation, is barely 160 years old. It was with
    • the particular appears gifted with the character of the
    • all German philosophers, for the last hundred years, have
    • disappears when the useful is no longer there. Not so with the
    • appears to him. This is what Goethe means when he declares of
    • appears in its highest manifestation in the blossom, and the
    • fruit, the outward phenomenon appears formless and gross,
    • appears as an ideal world. Consider what thou will'st, still
    • manner of its appearance is ideal. Where the ideal form appears
    • appears perhaps most eminently in music, because in music there
    • when the Idea appears, it does so out of truth, and not as
    • Taken in this sense, the artist appears as the continuator of
    • artist with the cosmic Spirit, and Art appears as the
    • purpose we must welcome everything; what appears a
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a novel can so move us that we shed tears at definite
    • possible we must have rehearsed earlier, letting it take form
    • goes into our wills, and appears during our lecturing in tone
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • or a hundred years — or many extend the time even
    • would first ripen in fifty or a hundred years. One glides
    • everything that appears today in our civilization in one
    • ear for it, however, already hears the “As If”
    • sufficiently unprejudiced for it, then one only seldom hears
    • territory, poured something into his language that appears as
    • appears infinite in a certain realm. In this way beauty was
    • that appears, when these things are to be spoken about, from
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • middle-class population hears only that which it, has sensed
    • social-democratic agitator thirty years ago in popular
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • twenty years ago.) The delegate Rickert delivered a speech in
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • speaking. In the seminar courses that I held over two years
    • objective. Man hears himself speak quite instinctively. In
    • That hears itself while one is speaking!
  • Title: Art of Lecturing: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • hears a straight assertion his actual tendency is to engage
    • when one hears it, one gets a light shock;
    • which, if one hears it, one gets something like a light
    • that men listen with their ears alone; but the fact that
    • They would not do this if they listened with their ears
    • ears, if one speaks before the usual public about the
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 3: Rudolf Steiner's Opening Lecture and Reading of the Statutes
    Matching lines:
    • years. We could say that a large proportion of the impulses,
    • world over the course of the last twenty years made their
    • years of work are indeed tied up in all that can be gathered
    • twenty years.
    • spiritual realm in the twenty years of the Anthroposophical
    • have seen as our starting point years ago in 1913.
    • believe that during those four or five years — a time
    • the experiences of the past ten years since the founding of
    • have been asking myself for years what can be done about the
    • great many people for many years, and it could not be more
    • brought about during the years when we were promoting the
    • the last ten years. From the start we must stress
    • Movement for over twenty years. Apart from us, she is the
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 4: The Laying of the Foundation Stone
    Matching lines:
    • recent years.
    • stand, a summary. But first let our ears be touched by them,
    • verses your ears have just heard.
    • two thousand years ago, so that it may help us when we carry
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 5: The Foundation Meeting, 25 December, 11.15 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • eurythmy rehearsal my evening lecture will begin at 8.30.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 7: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 26 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • under the obstacles and hindrances of those terrible years of
    • the past ten years.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 8: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 27 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • years. Would it not be possible to formulate something which
    • expresses the years of work in wide-reaching circles? I am
    • been presented to all mankind over many years.’
    • elaborated for years past, and in important particulars already
    • ‘elaborated for years past, and in important
    • decades past’ instead of ‘for years
    • years past’. Does anyone else wish to speak?
    • for many years past, and in important particulars already
    • or in twenty years' time, it will be said: In the year 1923
    • years past and in important particulars already
    • appears to be an entirely new inauguration; there is no
    • years but only of something entirely new.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 9: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 28 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • Sculptural Arts. You know that for years Miss Maryon has been
    • years. So this is how things will have to stand.
    • bears the initiative for the leadership of the
    • said, I have been thinking about this question for ten years
    • members for years are to be treated as publications of the
    • rehearsals. There is therefore no room large enough for all
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 10: Rudolf Steiner's Contribution During The Meeting of the Swiss School Association
    Matching lines:
    • Experience over the years has shown this quite clearly. And
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 11: Meeting of the Vorstand of the General Anthroposophical Society
    Matching lines:
    • an amount which bears no relationship to what we need here
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 13: Continuation of the Foundation Meeting, 30 December, 10 a.m.
    Matching lines:
    • just sketched can come into being over the next few years as
    • appears to be merely organizational immediately leads to a
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 14: Meeting of practising doctors, 31 December 1923 at 8.30 in the morning
    Matching lines:
    • years we shall come to the result that we need, which is that
    • happen that in fifty or seventy-five years' time the chance
    • years — in the face of this speed, let me therefore
    • achieve the necessary results in five or ten years. And I am
    • ten years what will now take us fifty or seventy-five years.
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 15: The Idea of the Future Building in Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • eurythmy rehearsals had to take place on the stage itself.
    • was needed for rehearsals and preparations for
    • identical measurements, will be for rehearsals only. So there
    • will be a room down below which can serve for all rehearsals
    • up to the dress rehearsal, thus leaving the upper auditorium
    • for those taking part in the rehearsals, where they may wait
    • 1919 this seems to be hundreds of years out of date. Thus,
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 16: Open Discussion of Swiss Delegates
    Matching lines:
    • had lost his membership card two or three years ago. Every
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 17: The Envy of the Gods - The Envy of Human Beings
    Matching lines:
    • the forces of the earth. Look at the crystal. It bears a form
    • death, to rumble about in the aeriform realm. For years the
    • the element of warmth which he bears within him. Thus the
    • Rosicrucian pupil felt the warmth he bears within him, the
    • faith with that Spirit for whom, over ten long years, we were
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 19: The Rebuilding of the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • protective form which appears above the head of the one who
    • years, or indeed over a longer period too, because it has
    • appears as though through a mask. This has brought us enough
  • Title: Christmas Conference: Lecture 20: On the Right Entry into the Spiritual World: The Responsibility Incumbent on Us
    Matching lines:
    • been there for many years: a tremendous amount of
    • all the thousands of years during which human beings have
    • glimpse like this into the spiritual world bears witness to a
    • made bad in recent years.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • has been under construction in Dornach for the past ten years, no
    • privileged to carry on our activities in it for many years, and
    • things were for almost ten years. But a single night sufficed to end
    • of the past ten years falls into insignificance beside the
    • the very thought of rebuilding should remind us that ten years have
    • considerably during those harrowing years, no breach was made in the
    • years. While that hate was raging elsewhere, real love prevailed in
    • origin in the spirit. The name anthroposophy bears is justified: it
    • for years that we will have to reckon with a constantly growing
    • fate for the past four years. The situation has to be described as it
    • I will have to describe quite differently. In the past four years,
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • being, one neither accepts nor rejects. Then, perhaps even years
    • taken a matter of years to accomplish the first re-casting, one
    • every minute of the time. The judgment naturally disappears into the
    • involved. But when — possibly after a lapse of several years
    • because, as I have said, the process of re-casting can take years,
    • matter. One therefore waits again, and perhaps again for years, for
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • published about thirty years ago, and
    • in recent years, anthroposophy has been carrying on its research.
    • years of the Twentieth Century, I gave my first Berlin lectures
    • anyone aware to what extent it has been possible in recent years to
    • just as conceivable sixteen or eighteen years ago as they are today,
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the twenty-one or twenty-two years of the Society's development, we
    • For the truth is that everything in life that flowers and bears fruit
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • them by divinities. When they perceived with their ears, they said
    • the outer world in the same way that eyes and ears receive sense
    • ears at the side, at the larynx and the distorted shoulder blades,
    • growing-together of the ears and larynx: a Luciferic form, composed
    • of chest and head, wings, larynx and ears.
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • for almost ten years, I often had occasion to explain that a
    • almost ten years many friends worked side by side with me trying to
    • years ago. We must guard against any such misconceptions as these as
    • way into the Society over the years certainly sees plenty to find
    • years it is introduced into a human community that is absolutely
    • tenth and twentieth years. Let us assume that good relationships
    • that reappears before us in the cultus. That is a tremendous tie. It
    • four years, to learn how to go about this in an anthroposophical
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • mistakes have been made in the past few years for want of it, with
    • years, the Goetheanum really shared the destiny of the
    • developments of the past three or four years have meant, for members,
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • of people born in the 1890's and in the first few years of the
    • recent years. These leading personalities in Stuttgart are extremely
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • But its every aspect also bears the imprint of fresh revelations,
    • indeed often does present itself to meet again some thirty years
    • matter of concern. When that happens, one seldom hears the phrase,
  • Title: Awakening to Community: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • just as absurd for someone who hears anthroposophical truths to say
    • pouring into one's ears, waking one out of the self-begotten pictures
    • gleaned from the spiritual world in recent years and put before you
    • been developing in recent years has tended to keep out people who
  • Title: Hegel, Schopenhauer, Thought, Will
    Matching lines:
    • between Schopenhauer and Hegel. It appears relevant that
    • appears striking, the remaining elements of reality existing
    • have spoken to you over the last few years about various powers
    • towards the West, because on the one hand it appears again in
    • appears everywhere in Schopenhauer's work, in particular in the
    • to work on you, the thought-element appears somewhat flat;
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: I: A Retrospect
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years ago of Buddha and Buddhism. This last, if not actually
    • recent years, within what Western cultural development had to offer,
    • not recognised to-day, in fifty or a hundred years it will be the
    • such things often hears it said: — “I have not done this
    • comes from them. Truth alone bears fruits in the spiritual realm.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: II: Some Practical Points of View
    Matching lines:
    • example, but however trivial it means more than at first appears.
    • bears out what spiritual science tells us.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • seven years, from birth to the change of teeth, is described as the
    • accomplished during the first seven years is the construction of the
    • seven years. This is, and must be so, as regards the man of the
    • person appears who can fulfil this task. It was such a person to whom
    • hundreds of years Christianity was only a matter of faith, and had to
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • a historic event into a few short years; here, on the contrary, it
    • You all know the rainbow. To a child it appears as something real in
    • itself, but that it only appears when rain and sunshine stand related
    • disappears. Thus it is not a reality; it is but an illusion. The
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • fills the sense organs, eyes, ears and so on, with the pictures it
    • thousand years. The personality of Zarathustra was selected somewhat
    • then occurs (but not till later years) what I described as happening
    • than appears on the surface will not attain to the understanding of
    • Zarathustra really passed through great dangers in his early years,
    • one often hears people exclaim: — “And yet he was an
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the course of many years. Only such thoughts can show us what is
    • recent years concerning the super-sensible worlds. We have learnt
    • appears to us infinitely the greater!
    • first, second and third years! But of how things impressed
    • are therefore certain years of our conscious life during which the
    • In its early years a
    • contact with the surrounding universe in the first years of
    • retained by the child in its early years, it is lost from the point
    • his early years on into later times. This was in the days of the
    • years of childhood.
    • the early years of childhood. In these early years what comes can only
    • years (as is always the case): — it would meet its end on
    • consciousness, which otherwise man only enjoys in the early years of
    • were aware of what it felt during those three early years. In this
    • early years along with that of a later day. In the normal man of
    • Christ. For after these three years death had necessarily to follow
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • results immediately in the course of the first few years, whereas the
    • through tears. Sorrow as a soul-experience brings greater strength to
    • Sorrow is always an inner enhancement of the ego. Tears but express
    • tears spring — the sign of this in the soul of Faust: —
    • “Tears start, earth holds me once more,” he cries.
    • belonged to earth was strengthened through the shedding of tears, the
    • increased intensity of the ego found expression in tears.
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves passed through in recent years we sketched out a certain
    • the idea is quite a small one. The occultist knows that it appears
    • built up, and then again years in the same rhythm. We can have a
    • rhythm of seven to seven weeks, and of seven to seven years.
    • that there is a rhythm in them according to days, weeks, and years.
    • that only after four times seven years is it really ripe, and then it
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: III: Excursus: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • in recent years, but it is possible to show in a parable how this
    • civilisation appears again in a certain way in post-Christian times
    • having been separated from it by a period of six hundred years, we
    • arose, spread, and entered Europe six hundred years after the Event
    • being again a period that lasted for about six hundred years. After
    • a period of six hundred years — that is up to our own time
    • If we study Goethe as we have been accustomed to do for some years
    • to six hundred years before our era! Look to what he taught!”
    • future Buddha of the world. Buddha appears again in the legend as
    • later never appears as an exact replica of an earlier.
    • painful for those who know how fact after fact appears in scientific
    • opposite appears, that belief alone does not suffice. Everything that
  • Title: Excursus/Mark: IV: The Path of Theosophy from Former Ages until Now
    Matching lines:
    • science that have been voiced for some years within our circle, and
    • our own age as it appears spiritually to souls, which, like our own,
    • twentieth centuries to what they were even fifty or sixty years
    • life. Many of you have striven for years to fill your souls with
    • been practised herefor years if it were not a necessity of your life.
    • development from one seven years to another seven; he must learn to
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture I: The Eternal and the Transient in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • One hears saying that it
    • that the pupils called themselves listeners. For years they are only
    • this silence extended up to five years. They are silent in this time.
    • that he has to learn for years only and to let a long period pass. Today
    • of your bodies were not in you seven or eight years ago. What formed
    • my body eight years ago is scattered in the world and has to fulfil
    • appears in the animal realm, plant realm, and mineral realm. But also
    • of years and know that in millions of years everything looks differently
    • In thousands of years the monkey developed from the marsupial. But something
    • neither the soul came into being at birth nor it disappears at death.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture II: The Origin of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • body with its limbs, eyes, ears, and muscles, it built our whole body.
    • tone by means of their ears differently, may they perceive colours differently,
    • years and will be valid in millions of years because it is descended
    • from wildness, from ignorance. Millions of years ago, when the human
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I: Lecture III: The Nature of God from the Theosophical Standpoint
    Matching lines:
    • opinions at the moment, it is still covered, and it still appears in
    • of years ago: I have arrived at the summit of existence, then the worm
    • compared to that which humankind will have in millions of years if it
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course I - Lecture IV: Theosophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • years a word was often said which shows how little sympathetic it is to our
    • the living Word that had become flesh. Therefore, He appears in his spirituality,
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture I: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy I
    Matching lines:
    • dreamer who bears witness to his peculiar image worlds because he has
    • Indeed, it appears as a contradiction, but you will see that it corresponds
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture II: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy II
    Matching lines:
    • he writes this in 1766, and fourteen years later he founds that theory of knowledge
    • there outside our organ, outside our ear which hears the tone. What takes place
    • is the world view of illusionism which appears inevitably as the last consequence
    • which appears with an unconditional obligation in us. — Kant calls it
    • caused by any sensory effect, but appears in us, something must exist that causes
    • the senses as well as the categorical imperative, and appears if all duties
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course II: Lecture III: The Epistemological Basis of Theosophy III
    Matching lines:
    • tones, but only an ear which hears them. Perhaps, you could believe that I wanted
    • of the theosophical system, it appears to us as arrogance to speak about a philosopher
    • of the thing. This appears to a modern epistemologist to be the most absurd
    • the western epistemology it appears in such a way. But it did not always appear
    • narrow building as our organisation appears to us, but the single human being
    • that you see how he felt: “Several years ago the first aurora appeared
    • truth which appears with an absolute validity has validity only in your consciousness.
    • several years. That is why I believe to know something about him. But if you
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture I: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part I: Body and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • speak of the soul as one did it for thousands of years before our time. The
    • only some years before Christ. Somebody who investigates the conversation sees
    • is clear to himself about the fact that something appears within the human soul
    • its lodge, in ten, hundred, thousand years as well as today. Development is
    • through our eyes and hear through our ears something sensory. We perceive everything
    • the deep view which was won there on account of the thousands of years old teaching
    • This is the way prescribed by teachings thousands of years old which one only
    • sense who considers it not as it appears to him if he hears with external ears,
    • looks with external eyes, but in such a way as it appears if we see it in the
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture II: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part II: Soul and Human Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • eyes and hear with ears, but if we observe the own soul?
    • ears.
    • his birth. There is the other who appears as a child of luck whom desire and
    • not make sense to anybody immediately which maybe appears to anybody as something
    • individual is a proof that something particular appears in the human being,
    • a way as he appears before us. Somebody who leaves the single human being, that
    • single origin of any soul. That is why he appears as an honest thinker, but
    • Then that which appears as pain, listlessness in one life looks like something
    • internal soul development: somebody who searches for the soul appears to him
    • Then the law of destiny appears to us as a big law of development. As well as
    • the genus is active in the animal development and appears like a wave, which
    • is churned up by the passing development, the single human life appears like
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course III - Lecture III: Theosophical Teachings of the Soul. Part III: Soul and Mind
    Matching lines:
    • whole sensuous world. Everything disappears that the sensory impressions, that
    • If only that disappears which stands before the senses, then this remains unchanged
    • the human soul in another form than one normally hears it. He puts the question:
    • these questions. He must be beyond that which appears in his soul every day,
    • interests us as a personality. That causes desire and harm which disappears
    • They must be incapable of tears.
    • can no longer have tears of joy and tears of pain in the everyday sense. Because
    • the sensuous sense. Then he hears self-consciousness in his inside speaking
    • is true and eternal in certain way. What appears to us in the language of mathematics,
    • of time and space that speaks in our inside to us which appears before our soul
    • us as an everyday desire or harm which moves our eyes directly to tears or makes
    • our ears sensitive, which fulfils us with fear and hope — If we remove
    • ears are active in the same way as before; we have our waking consciousness,
    • without desire and grief like the hypnotised hears the thoughts and words of
    • to such thoughts disregarding our personal wishes. Then that appears which merges
    • Then the thought appears as an organising
    • the development years, it is the spirit in the innermost core of the human being
    • developing human life which appears like a being before the soul whom he has
    • They must be incapable of tears.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture I: Theosophy and Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • of the scientific age to the thirties years of the 19th century. One has pointed
    • in the clock; it should have its cause in nothing else than in the gears which
    • a result of the mechanical gears, we must not forget that in the production
    • all objections which were done against spiritism fell on deaf ears.
    • since forty years — endeavours to confirm the truth that the material
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture II: Theosophy and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness, and then one thing appears above all: indeed, it is for the most
    • as a ticking as your usual ear hears it, but it has transformed itself, has
    • this wakes and really hears the cock crowing outside.
    • these dream actions; for if the consciousness appears in the dream, a kind of
    • another ego appears, a kind of dream-ego; because the dreaming person can see
    • percepts which he has in the dream. The situations in which this dream appears
    • the soul can perceive independently of its physical organs like eyes and ears,
    • being is not this single, isolated being which usually appears to us, but that
    • can take place. It is not only necessary that we have eyes and ears, but it
    • deducing, calculating reason, therefore, any single sensory sensation appears
    • nature which we perceive in every bone, in every plant which appears from the
    • What we remember, think up and deduce appears in the somnambulistic state immediately
    • states of consciousness in millions of years of slow development. The human
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture III: The History of Spiritism
    Matching lines:
    • the forms of the things appear — a new world appears to somebody whose
    • direction going on. What appears offers nothing new to us; spiritism offers
    • bodily eyes to hear with bodily ears — is only one way of many possible
    • is with the sensuous world by means of your sensory eyes and ears.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course IV - Lecture IV: The History of Hypnotism and Somnambulism
    Matching lines:
    • “This very big force of imagination appears even with the animals. The
    • red circle through a prism, this hallucination appears refracted exactly according
    • which admittedly appears to the outsider as adventurousness, as charlatanism.
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture I: What Does the Modern Human Being Find in Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • which appears here as an external phenomenon perishes once and disappears in
    • and pass; what appears, however, again and again what is there with every new
    • Which is the character of life? It appears time and again. As well as birth
    • disappears into nothing.
    • that everything emerges and disappears, is birth and death. We have seen that
    • this has completely moved it up to itself and joins with it. This spirit appears
    • is transient, life bears itself over and over again, and however, the spirit
    • and antipathy. The human being hears the spirit speaking from his soul; he perceives
    • 29 years over all the countries of the earth. We find it in India, Australia,
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture II: What Do Our Scholars Know about Theosophy?
    Matching lines:
    • in talks and the like since several years. If you remember of the destiny of
    • appears over and over again. It is no longer standard today to burn heretics,
    • from all the literature about hundred years ago. If we take a book which has,
    • not be investigated. — Then, however, something else appears which possibly
    • who sees, hears, smells, tastes with his five senses, and combines the sense-perception
    • with the physical eye, the mind sees with the spiritual eye. Like the body hears
    • with the physical ear, the mind hears with the spiritual ear.
    • — This speaking of proofs is something that appears over and over again
    • comes there and says that this does not interest him which one hears with the
    • outside, as well as that who blocked his ears can only find what one can see
    • Still a few years ago one got up
    • penetrated the theosophical movement and theosophy itself in the first years.
    • forces, and what he hears with the musical ear — the swinging string expresses
    • from a higher point of view sees how he appears there and knows how to classify
  • Title: Spiritual Teachings of Soul/World: Course V - Lecture III: Is Theosophy Unscientific?
    Matching lines:
    • the last years, which must be symptomatic of the interests of our time to us,
    • copies of this edition were sold during few years since its appearance.
    • being. This was, as Preyer assumes, millions of years ago. A huge living being
    • be dark and dumb if we did not have eyes and ears, which transform the oscillations
    • us is dependent on us. If we did not have particular eyes and ears, we could
    • has no ears; he does not hear the sounds of his fellow men. They could produce
    • sounds and words, but without ears you would not perceive the sounding manifestations
    • of the external physical world. You must have ears to realise the physical world.
    • for millions of years, he looks back to the point where from the astral daybreak
    • if the dark room is illuminated, everything appears new to the spiritual researcher,
    • human race was more different from that of today millions of years ago than
    • appears like an anachronism; we see that these views do no longer cope with
    • In the Greek culture then appears
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • independent and so are our ears. We can perceive the world of colour
    • perceive with etheric eyes and etheric ears as though they were
    • the next three thousand years, certain people will be able to meet
    • must learn to understand the Christ Being who lived for three years on
    • Pandira, who was born a hundred years before the two Jesus boys were
    • Bodhisattva becomes Buddha a new Bodhisattva appears. In the moment
    • will become a Buddha: five thousand years after the enlightenment of
    • Buddha beneath the bodhi tree. Roughly three thousand years after our
    • up as children in the world, and after a certain number of years their
    • years, and it will only be possible to recognise him then through the
    • self-reliant individual. For thousands of years past, and now by
    • can only come five thousand years after Gautama Buddha. However a
    • years that we should bear this principle of occultism in mind: before
    • years. When younger people speak, they may do this for good reasons,
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse in Historical Development - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • prepare ourselves to open our spiritual eyes and our spiritual ears to
    • three thousand years. Humanity will devote itself to such things
    • only three years. The uniqueness of the Christ Individuality was that
    • it was destined to work for only three years in the earthly world. He
    • first. The coming years will bring many surprises to the earth. In
    • is known to have lived as an Essene about a hundred years before Jesus
    • years before the Mystery of Golgotha, and he is known as Jeshu ben
    • as a Bodhisattva until three thousand years have gone by, and then,
    • when about five thousand years will have taken their course after the
    • Buddha also. Every serious occultist knows that five thousand years
    • then, when the five thousand years are over, a teaching will arise
    • morality will work through his words. Five thousand years after the
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Rosicrucian Christianity - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • become especially powerful every hundred years or so. This is to be
    • years later we see the influence of the rosicrucian stream coming to
    • H.P. Blavatsky's uncritical spirit already appears in the early ones.
    • lived for over a hundred years. He was brought up in a similar way in
    • twenty-eight years old he formed a remarkable resolution. He had to
    • receive all the wisdom of that time in the course of seven years.
    • When, after seven years, he returned to Europe, he took the most
    • the secret of the rosicrucians for a hundred years, and that not until
    • a hundred years had passed might these rosicrucian revelations be
    • hundred years might they talk about them in an appropriate way. Thus
    • can be made public that happened a hundred years ago, for that is the
    • years.
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Rosicrucian Christianity - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • hundred years, his main task was instructing the pupils of the twelve.
    • Then the man, now only a step or two from the precipice perhaps, hears
    • thousands of years in the same way as noble thoughts work in me. I am
    • there for thousands of years in the same way as love works in me.
    • thousand years ago. Until man has gone through this process, which is
    • Christ Impulse. Development during the next three thousand years will
    • the course of the next three thousand years this will become possible
    • The Maitreya Buddha will appear five thousand years after Buddha was
    • enlightened under the bodhi tree, that is, about three thousand years
    • the Maitreya Buddha in about three thousand years. But no true
    • Secondly, it will be three thousand years before the Bodhisattva who
    • appeared in Jeshu ben Pandira appears as the Maitreya Buddha. The real
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • observe something in the soul, experience something, which bears a
    • summarise what thus appears in our inner life, we may call it
    • falling asleep, and disappears the moment we fall asleep. No one will
    • was the forerunner and herald, a hundred years before Christ. He also
    • hundred years before our era. One does not need to be a clairvoyant in
    • hundred years before Christ as Jeshu ben Pandira, as a herald of the
    • the rank of Buddha after 3,000 years, reckoned from the present time.
    • In other words, he will require exactly 5,000 years to rise from a
    • moral power. Three thousand years after our present time the
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Jeshu ben Pandira - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • appear only after the lapse of years or even decades. Only one who
    • This is why Anthroposophy appears precisely in our time, so that
    • lived as Jeshu ben Pandira, herald of the Christ, a hundred years
    • before Christ. Five thousand years are needed for his ascent to the
    • thirty-third years, a mighty revolution occurs in his life. There will
    • thirty-third years.
    • then known that, when he appears after 3,000 years, and has been
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • on those of fifteen to twenty years ago. Thus, for instance, a
    • to, so that according to this the transmission of light appears to be
    • long-forgotten early years, for example, because there was a definite
    • next three thousand years. In bygone times, however, when man was
    • was born as the son of a king in India 550 years before Christ, lived
    • and taught for twenty-nine years as a Bodhisattva, and then ascended
    • occultism, therefore, it can be said: Five thousand years after
    • thousand years, the Bodhisattva who is his successor will become
    • power of goodness. For thousands of years, therefore, oriental
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Christ Impulse as Living Reality - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • a hundred years. Even when he was not incarnated in the flesh, he
    • materialist), suddenly he hears a voice saying: ‘Stop what you purpose
    • hundred years before the Mystery of Golgotha, through Jeshu ben
    • About 3,000 years after our present time this Bodhisattva will become
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age - Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Science during the last few years, in addition to what you know of
    • earthly life lasted for more than a hundred years. In the new earthly
    • permissible to speak of happenings of a hundred years ago; for this is
    • not be spoken of until a hundred years have elapsed. Such studies must
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Dawn of Occultism in the Modern Age - Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose something painful happened to us ten or twenty years ago. In
    • be, of course, that even after ten or twenty years a feeling of pain
    • suddenly hears a voice calling out to him from somewhere: ‘Stand
    • prematurely old. Thirty years ago, for example, children looked quite
    • different; there are children today of ten or twelve years of age who
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The True Attitude To Karma
    Matching lines:
    • being I was forty years ago. What was it, then, that joined forces in
    • childhood, although it is less marked as the years go by. We have
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: Intimate Workings of Karma
    Matching lines:
    • roughly speaking not quite seven hundred years ago. Conditions were
    • opinions of the one of whom he is writing. For many years I was held
    • for more than a hundred years. All those things again appeared in him
  • Title: Esoteric Christianity: The Mission of Christian Rosenkreutz
    Matching lines:
    • appears on the earth in physical incarnation. But this does not mean
    • preparatory meeting a few years beforehand, not because he was in
    • written twelve years ago. The book
  • Title: Novalis: On his Hymns to the Night
    Matching lines:
    • throught Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909.
    • throughout Austria and Germany in the years 1908–1909. Eight of the
    • even reaching thirty years of age was Novalis, and we hope that
    • appears illuminated in a dazzling bright astral light when
    • Jena, where she spent the last years, she also encountered
    • death appears as a pondering muse, as an enigma which cannot be
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 1: Whitsuntide. Festival of the Liberation of the Human Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • almost appears as if there were a kind of arrogance, a sort of pride
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 2: The Contrast Between Cain and Abel
    Matching lines:
    • created. And Adam lived an hundred and thirty years, and begat a son
    • and so many years’ — that indicates a long span of time —
    • forebears. There is no mixing of the race. The differentiation first
    • Jesus Christ remained on the earth for ten years after His death.
    • years. If we were to deny man a knowledge of reincarnation any longer we
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 3: The Mysteries of the Druids and the 'Drottes'
    Matching lines:
    • anything remains. The eternal does so and appears again in a new
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 6: Manicheism
    Matching lines:
    • usually hears it said about Manichean teaching that it is
    • next issue of Luzifer appears, you will see from
    • of Luther; he throws the inkwell at the devil's head. What appears to
    • appears in a limited form, spreading and interweaving. The fact that
    • it appears in a limited form is a restriction imposed upon this
    • from a higher stage, appears like a fetter; it is just out of this
    • many forms. It appears in forms which many can call to mind but which
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 7: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 1
    Matching lines:
    • wisdom from God. Thus this contrast appears once more at the court of
    • answer: ‘Not yet seven years.’ He has to serve seven
    • years as an apprentice before he can progress to become a
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 8: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 2
    Matching lines:
    • only now — and perhaps only during the last five years — human
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 9: The Essence and Task of Freemasonry from the Point of View of Spiritual Science - 3
    Matching lines:
    • Cagliostro; it is meant to prolong human life to a span of 5,527 years.
    • To a freethinker that appears laughable. In fact, however,
    • he was obliged to retire to the Orient for the span of 85 years, and
    • by all outward — but not occult — science until four or five years
    • beginning to recognise that this physical atom bears the same
    • relationship to the force of electricity that a lump of ice bears to
    • of Freemasonry. *This last sentence appears as follows in the notes
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 10: Evolution and Involution as they are Interpreted by Occult Societies [The Atom as Congealed Electricity]
    Matching lines:
    • without a trace, but passes into the very atoms. Every atom bears a
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 11: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 1
    Matching lines:
    • finger, every step we take, bears the impress, is an expression of
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 12: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 2
    Matching lines:
    • Carrier appears. That will
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 14: Concerning the Lost Temple and How It Is To Be Restored - 4
    Matching lines:
    • where the Devil or Lucifer appears to Eve and persuades her to eat of
    • the Bible appears as a descendant. Wisdom was first transmitted to
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 15: Atoms and the Logos in the Light of Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • 3,000 years. The experience, which men undergo during this present
    • altered as well, in the last three thousand years. On average, we
    • from one to another at the vernal equinox. Eight thousand years ago
    • then elapses, lasts some two thousand six hundred years.
    • physical forces. If one goes back a million years in Germany,
    • thought appears as something different. It is then like a spoken word
    • Supplement: Two years later, on 21st October 1907, again at the
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 16: The Relationship of Occultism to the Theosophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • soul up to it. What leaves one cold as an idea, appears in the
    • years ago by forces which are all around us, so a higher body is
    • it, so too, what we possess in the way of eyes and ears was organised
    • beauty and truth will rise up in our inner being. What eyes and ears
    • forces in it which constructed it once, millions of years ago. The
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 17: Freemasonry and Human Evolution I
    Matching lines:
    • a few hundred years before the birth of Christ.
    • revelation was a [living] tradition for thousands of years before
    • wisdom, and bears its stamp. The Old Testament is female wisdom. Male
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 19: The Relationship Between Occult Knowledge and Everyday Life
    Matching lines:
    • is it which appears blueish. You can perceive this if you gaze into
    • the infinity of the dark universe. It appears blue to you because of
    • reverence, then the dark centre appears to be blueish; just as a
    • flame appears to you to have a blue core that is surrounded by light.
    • beginners in rehearsal, we arc still influencing the visible world
    • revisits a town which one has not seen for, say, ten years. If one
    • years later, one will see that their appearance has altered. There is
    • powers of this kind. For years it has illtreated many noble
  • Title: Temple Legend: Lecture 20: The Royal Art in a New Form
    Matching lines:
    • yet it is true. It is now some seventeen or eighteen years ago
    • hundred years,
    • significance. And when this human race once again appears on the
    • hundred years were in fact a schooling for humanity — the school of
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • From this side of life, death appears to be a dissolution,
    • and dread. From the other side, death appears as the
    • appears to be the case after death) — then we must
    • shouting with unbelievable strength into my ears:
    • prime. Tears started into my eyes and I thought of all
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • the course of many years we have been striving to make it
    • some time and in her last dream Arthur appears to her. It
    • disappears or functions like the chemical elements. This is
    • passed through a long earthly life, who in her last years,
  • Title: Problem of Death: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • barren, dry, it is something that tears love out of one's
  • Title: The Bridge between Morality and Nature
    Matching lines:
    • pointed out how, during the last hundred years, every world
    • child, we must say: what appears to us in the child is the
    • Like a refinement in the microcosm appears the virtue of love,
    • awareness of our freedom appears through this which we carry in
    • think like this, no one understands it. This only appears on
  • Title: Spiritual Science, History, Reincarnation, Culture, Examples
    Matching lines:
    • inherited characteristics from their forebears, but we need to
    • During recent years I have made indications regarding these
    • Things are far more complicated. What appears through spiritual
    • civilisation now appears something extraordinarily meaningful,
    • which appears in the outer world can verify these things, if we
    • years to the love of abstraction which has made the largest
    • is needed in these days — which of course include years — to
  • Title: Opponents to Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • “Tat” issue so symptomatic. It appears to actually
    • would have been active for instance, let's say, in the years
    • What appears to be thoroughly difficult to understand to those
    • This appears in the most harsh way in the February edition of
    • firstly he doesn't want it and secondly it appears stupid to
    • Anthroposophy, it all appears to agree. When however one is
    • thoughtlessness of this contemporary bunch appears precisely at
    • today which appears as the Anthroposophical opposition cloaked
    • fails to interest me when something praiseworthy appears
    • appears in pure spiritual creativity today, where there is no
    • sexual Dadaism, which, when it also appears under all possible
    • sent out into the world. It appears in both English and Swiss
    • appears very, very often. We need to reiterate this to
    • small circles. Whatever appears sophisticated is made
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 1 (Summary): Effects of Modern Agnosticism
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 2 (Summary): Perception and Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 3 (Summary): The Tragedy of F. Nietzsche
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 4 (Summary): The Relationship between Goethe and Hegel
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
    • him in sculpture, but which appears in his dramas. He could not give
    • he meant that whoever during many years had watched the lower animals
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 5: From Sense Perception to Spirit Imaging
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
    • a person may have had years ago. Imaginations on the other hand, if
    • form of images. Something we experienced, say, ten years ago, in what
    • the memory concept to something we experienced ten years ago. Compare
    • has happened, in the invention, the discovery, only bears a very distant
    • what he felt to be the plant that appears in all plant forms, in metamorphosis.
    • in Berlin — that is a few years ago now — on Swedenborg's influence
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 6: From Imaginative Knowledge to Inspirational Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
    • that does not recall personal experience but now bears the stamp of
    • Indeed it approaches a form that, I would say, actually bears the stamp
    • Imagination consists in receiving pictures — bears the mark of processes
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 7: The Gulf Between a Causal Explanation of Nature and the Moral World Order
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
    • element, so that he is in some way connected with the realm that bears
    • last few hundred years and particularly in most recent times, it is
    • not apply at the point where thinking appears on the scene in our own
    • man bears within himself a real force that is in rhythmical interplay
    • it bears this within itself, itself creating it. When we then come to
    • element appears to the fullest degree in accord with the rank and dignity
  • Title: Fruits/Anthroposophy: Lecture 8: The Social Question
    Matching lines:
    • means by which the spiritual world bears fruit for the future of human
    • the basis of hearsay and after glancing at perhaps a single book and
  • Title: Natural Science; the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • results of untruthfulness within humanity in the last few years
    • last weeks or if it appears in some other form. Today one can
    • sprung from the same tendency, unconcerned whether it appears
    • light — who gather in Geneva, or whether it appears in
    • something appears out of a pressing urgency and point to these
    • grown out of the demands of the present, it appears different
    • is to be fulfilled in years to come but that I can only look
  • Title: Et Incarnatus Est
    Matching lines:
    • Christianity, the resurrection from the dead, appears to modern
    • eternal in man, which we have felt for thousands of years to be
    • This was the belief held for thousands of years, and as the
    • years. There had been presented in these mysteries and rituals
    • Thus, my dear friends, for nearly two thousand years the
    • hundreds of years, and to the prophetic mind of man for
    • thousands of years, has recognized as the Savior of the
    • appears in the other Gospels. The East was full of people who
    • understand the events of the years 1914 to 1917 we need simply
    • thirty-three years of Christ's life on earth. Previous to the
    • years. This is the key. What does this mean? That the Christmas
    • that follows thirty-three years later, while the Easter
    • Easter of next spring but to the one thirty-three years hence
    • thirty-three years — is the period of a human generation,
    • birthdays or beginnings in the events of thirty-three years
    • of the next thirty-three years. Personal karma rules in our
    • thirty-three years before.
    • Connections that reach over intervals of thirty-three years are
    • sense) only after thirty-three years. Furthermore, I can
    • world only by looking back across the thirty-three years of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture I: Where and How Does One Find the Spirit?
    Matching lines:
    • several years. Today a new series of talks begins. Who has
    • Today the science of the spirit appears as the most popular and
    • but also everywhere around us. It appears like an internal
    • nothing else than compressed spirit. It appears for the sighted
    • originated. Thus, the physical appears to us like a compression
    • anything appears to us as physiognomy of the spirit, we can
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture II: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Exoteric
    Matching lines:
    • and an around ten years older one, listened to this talk, and
    • appears, nevertheless, over and over again how the scientific
    • unite in Goethe and he appears like the unifying force of
    • Goethe — that he appears to us as a modern spirit, then
    • “Every individual human being, one can say, bears a pure
    • pleasure to him. Still today, Goethe appears as somebody
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture III: Goethe's Secret Revelation - Esoteric
    Matching lines:
    • thing that it appears to you ugly or beautiful, that you desire
    • it or do not long for it. The fact that it appears to you red
    • possible, that, however, everywhere intention appears, where
    • secret. At the moment when the old man hears that the snake
    • the human being has harmonised his life, the subordinated bears
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IV: Bible and Wisdom I
    Matching lines:
    • Bible. Already more than hundred years ago, the more
    • explain the spiritual. Who has not developed spiritual ears and
    • appears to the mind out of the thing itself. Then with that
    • shows that the human being appears first and has not developed
    • this. However, one must have developed spiritual eyes and ears
    • eyes, the sensuous disappears, and the spiritual picture
    • external sensuous world offers it. This appears to us as
    • appears from the fourth verse of the second chapter on. Thus,
    • strange appears. The text of the Bible becomes light and clear,
    • third chapter, the name Yahveh appears again.
    • Yahveh appears and if it is omitted, this means something
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture V: Bible and Wisdom II
    Matching lines:
    • with ears which are not sensuous ears to see with eyes, which
    • which happened during 33 years, but also what happened for the
    • appears more and more different, the farther we go back. The
    • those who hear these talks already for some years, it cannot be
    • first chapters of the Bible who become hundreds of years old
    • to see and to hear with spiritual eyes and ears independently
    • senses, his physical eyes, and ears. For it, however, he beheld
    • Then some word, which is written in the New Testament, appears
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VI: Superstition from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • had to remember a lady who had worked on a dress many years ago
    • the human development. More than twenty years ago, it was
    • drink — possibly in the second, third, fourth years. One
    • children of two to five years at that time to others who got no
    • office, and there appears professor Lacassagne after one hour.
    • appears to you as sheer madness, as absolute nonsense.
    • Moreover, it appears in numerous cases as such obvious fraud
    • appears in the spring, this and that is prophesied. If the
    • is. — A healthy trait appears here that must not be
    • that really appears in his body and enables him to another
    • does not want to rely on this, as soon as something appears
    • process appears to the human beings as something that is hard
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VII: Issues of Nutrition in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • human being to nature appears. The human being comes into
    • science shows us more and more how that which appears as light
    • appears also in our astral body. It appears externally in its
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture VIII: Issues of Health in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • swears, and then this must be unleashed on the poor sick
    • force of the human being if he hears that, for example, rabbits
    • sick person will feel finer, and the migraine disappears.
    • what the ears hear and what the hands can touch. — Now
    • externally discernible, what the eyes see, what the ears hear,
    • concepts. He describes what cannot be heard with ears, what
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture IX: Tolstoy and Carnegie
    Matching lines:
    • of life. Hardly he is one and a half years old, he loses the
    • certain event makes on Tolstoy at the age of eleven years. A
    • philistine view, such a soul, if it appears in its first youth
    • presence of mind what appears before his soul for the first
    • 1848, when he was twenty years old. One looks only at the face
    • fifty years old man: it has become completely different, until
    • the soul appears. It becomes apparent that the soul lives and
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture X: The Practical Development of Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • carry out things in a way, which appears to be correct for him,
    • let two stagecoaches go to Potsdam for many years: if people
    • fruits such concrete sense bears. The confidence that the
    • is something that appears so unambitious and is mostly combated
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XI: The Invisible Human Members and Practical Life
    Matching lines:
    • before himself and uses this thing for anything that appears
    • event tears are shed shows that the soul can cause bodily
    • years of the child, the astral body constructs the instrument
    • or a new occupation absorbs him; but this appears once in the
    • significance even if it appears wrong. Should we cancel
    • everything mysterious in the human nature because it appears
  • Title: Where/How/Spirit: Lecture XII: The Secret of the Human Temperaments
    Matchi